*** empty log message ***
[bpt/emacs.git] / src / xdisp.c
1 /* Display generation from window structure and buffer text.
2 Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 99, 2000
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 /* New redisplay written by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>.
23
24 Redisplay.
25
26 Emacs separates the task of updating the display from code
27 modifying global state, e.g. buffer text. This way functions
28 operating on buffers don't also have to be concerned with updating
29 the display.
30
31 Updating the display is triggered by the Lisp interpreter when it
32 decides it's time to do it. This is done either automatically for
33 you as part of the interpreter's command loop or as the result of
34 calling Lisp functions like `sit-for'. The C function `redisplay'
35 in xdisp.c is the only entry into the inner redisplay code. (Or,
36 let's say almost---see the the description of direct update
37 operations, below.).
38
39 The following diagram shows how redisplay code is invoked. As you
40 can see, Lisp calls redisplay and vice versa. Under window systems
41 like X, some portions of the redisplay code are also called
42 asynchronously during mouse movement or expose events. It is very
43 important that these code parts do NOT use the C library (malloc,
44 free) because many C libraries under Unix are not reentrant. They
45 may also NOT call functions of the Lisp interpreter which could
46 change the interpreter's state. If you don't follow these rules,
47 you will encounter bugs which are very hard to explain.
48
49 (Direct functions, see below)
50 direct_output_for_insert,
51 direct_forward_char (dispnew.c)
52 +---------------------------------+
53 | |
54 | V
55 +--------------+ redisplay() +----------------+
56 | Lisp machine |---------------->| Redisplay code |<--+
57 +--------------+ (xdisp.c) +----------------+ |
58 ^ | |
59 +----------------------------------+ |
60 Don't use this path when called |
61 asynchronously! |
62 |
63 expose_window (asynchronous) |
64 |
65 X expose events -----+
66
67 What does redisplay? Obviously, it has to figure out somehow what
68 has been changed since the last time the display has been updated,
69 and to make these changes visible. Preferably it would do that in
70 a moderately intelligent way, i.e. fast.
71
72 Changes in buffer text can be deduced from window and buffer
73 structures, and from some global variables like `beg_unchanged' and
74 `end_unchanged'. The contents of the display are additionally
75 recorded in a `glyph matrix', a two-dimensional matrix of glyph
76 structures. Each row in such a matrix corresponds to a line on the
77 display, and each glyph in a row corresponds to a column displaying
78 a character, an image, or what else. This matrix is called the
79 `current glyph matrix' or `current matrix' in redisplay
80 terminology.
81
82 For buffer parts that have been changed since the last update, a
83 second glyph matrix is constructed, the so called `desired glyph
84 matrix' or short `desired matrix'. Current and desired matrix are
85 then compared to find a cheap way to update the display, e.g. by
86 reusing part of the display by scrolling lines.
87
88
89 Direct operations.
90
91 You will find a lot of of redisplay optimizations when you start
92 looking at the innards of redisplay. The overall goal of all these
93 optimizations is to make redisplay fast because it is done
94 frequently.
95
96 Two optimizations are not found in xdisp.c. These are the direct
97 operations mentioned above. As the name suggests they follow a
98 different principle than the rest of redisplay. Instead of
99 building a desired matrix and then comparing it with the current
100 display, they perform their actions directly on the display and on
101 the current matrix.
102
103 One direct operation updates the display after one character has
104 been entered. The other one moves the cursor by one position
105 forward or backward. You find these functions under the names
106 `direct_output_for_insert' and `direct_output_forward_char' in
107 dispnew.c.
108
109
110 Desired matrices.
111
112 Desired matrices are always built per Emacs window. The function
113 `display_line' is the central function to look at if you are
114 interested. It constructs one row in a desired matrix given an
115 iterator structure containing both a buffer position and a
116 description of the environment in which the text is to be
117 displayed. But this is too early, read on.
118
119 Characters and pixmaps displayed for a range of buffer text depend
120 on various settings of buffers and windows, on overlays and text
121 properties, on display tables, on selective display. The good news
122 is that all this hairy stuff is hidden behind a small set of
123 interface functions taking a iterator structure (struct it)
124 argument.
125
126 Iteration over things to be be displayed is then simple. It is
127 started by initializing an iterator with a call to init_iterator
128 (or init_string_iterator for that matter). Calls to
129 get_next_display_element fill the iterator structure with relevant
130 information about the next thing to display. Calls to
131 set_iterator_to_next move the iterator to the next thing.
132
133 Besides this, an iterator also contains information about the
134 display environment in which glyphs for display elements are to be
135 produced. It has fields for the width and height of the display,
136 the information whether long lines are truncated or continued, a
137 current X and Y position, and lots of other stuff you can better
138 see in dispextern.h.
139
140 Glyphs in a desired matrix are normally constructed in a loop
141 calling get_next_display_element and then produce_glyphs. The call
142 to produce_glyphs will fill the iterator structure with pixel
143 information about the element being displayed and at the same time
144 produce glyphs for it. If the display element fits on the line
145 being displayed, set_iterator_to_next is called next, otherwise the
146 glyphs produced are discarded.
147
148
149 Frame matrices.
150
151 That just couldn't be all, could it? What about terminal types not
152 supporting operations on sub-windows of the screen? To update the
153 display on such a terminal, window-based glyph matrices are not
154 well suited. To be able to reuse part of the display (scrolling
155 lines up and down), we must instead have a view of the whole
156 screen. This is what `frame matrices' are for. They are a trick.
157
158 Frames on terminals like above have a glyph pool. Windows on such
159 a frame sub-allocate their glyph memory from their frame's glyph
160 pool. The frame itself is given its own glyph matrices. By
161 coincidence---or maybe something else---rows in window glyph
162 matrices are slices of corresponding rows in frame matrices. Thus
163 writing to window matrices implicitly updates a frame matrix which
164 provides us with the view of the whole screen that we originally
165 wanted to have without having to move many bytes around. To be
166 honest, there is a little bit more done, but not much more. If you
167 plan to extend that code, take a look at dispnew.c. The function
168 build_frame_matrix is a good starting point. */
169
170 #include <config.h>
171 #include <stdio.h>
172 #include "lisp.h"
173 #include "keyboard.h"
174 #include "frame.h"
175 #include "window.h"
176 #include "termchar.h"
177 #include "dispextern.h"
178 #include "buffer.h"
179 #include "charset.h"
180 #include "indent.h"
181 #include "commands.h"
182 #include "macros.h"
183 #include "disptab.h"
184 #include "termhooks.h"
185 #include "intervals.h"
186 #include "coding.h"
187 #include "process.h"
188 #include "region-cache.h"
189 #include "fontset.h"
190
191 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
192 #include "xterm.h"
193 #endif
194 #ifdef WINDOWSNT
195 #include "w32term.h"
196 #endif
197 #ifdef macintosh
198 #include "macterm.h"
199 #endif
200
201 #define min(a, b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
202 #define max(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
203
204 #define INFINITY 10000000
205
206 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
207 extern void set_frame_menubar P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
208 extern int pending_menu_activation;
209 #endif
210
211 extern int interrupt_input;
212 extern int command_loop_level;
213
214 extern int minibuffer_auto_raise;
215
216 extern Lisp_Object Qface;
217
218 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map;
219 extern Lisp_Object Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag;
220 extern Lisp_Object Qmenu_item;
221
222 Lisp_Object Qoverriding_local_map, Qoverriding_terminal_local_map;
223 Lisp_Object Qwindow_scroll_functions, Vwindow_scroll_functions;
224 Lisp_Object Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
225 Lisp_Object Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks;
226 Lisp_Object QCeval, Qwhen, QCfile, QCdata;
227 Lisp_Object Qfontified;
228 Lisp_Object Qgrow_only;
229
230 /* Functions called to fontify regions of text. */
231
232 Lisp_Object Vfontification_functions;
233 Lisp_Object Qfontification_functions;
234
235 /* Non-zero means draw tool bar buttons raised when the mouse moves
236 over them. */
237
238 int auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p;
239
240 /* Margin around tool bar buttons in pixels. */
241
242 int tool_bar_button_margin;
243
244 /* Thickness of shadow to draw around tool bar buttons. */
245
246 int tool_bar_button_relief;
247
248 /* Non-zero means automatically resize tool-bars so that all tool-bar
249 items are visible, and no blank lines remain. */
250
251 int auto_resize_tool_bars_p;
252
253 /* Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. */
254
255 Lisp_Object Vinhibit_redisplay, Qinhibit_redisplay;
256
257 /* Names of text properties relevant for redisplay. */
258
259 Lisp_Object Qdisplay, Qrelative_width, Qalign_to;
260 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qinvisible, Qimage, Qwidth;
261
262 /* Symbols used in text property values. */
263
264 Lisp_Object Qspace, QCalign_to, QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
265 Lisp_Object Qleft_margin, Qright_margin, Qspace_width, Qraise;
266 Lisp_Object Qmargin;
267 extern Lisp_Object Qheight;
268
269 /* Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. */
270
271 Lisp_Object Vshow_trailing_whitespace;
272
273 /* Name of the face used to highlight trailing whitespace. */
274
275 Lisp_Object Qtrailing_whitespace;
276
277 /* The symbol `image' which is the car of the lists used to represent
278 images in Lisp. */
279
280 Lisp_Object Qimage;
281
282 /* Non-zero means print newline to stdout before next mini-buffer
283 message. */
284
285 int noninteractive_need_newline;
286
287 /* Non-zero means print newline to message log before next message. */
288
289 static int message_log_need_newline;
290
291 \f
292 /* The buffer position of the first character appearing entirely or
293 partially on the line of the selected window which contains the
294 cursor; <= 0 if not known. Set by set_cursor_from_row, used for
295 redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal. */
296
297 static struct text_pos this_line_start_pos;
298
299 /* Number of characters past the end of the line above, including the
300 terminating newline. */
301
302 static struct text_pos this_line_end_pos;
303
304 /* The vertical positions and the height of this line. */
305
306 static int this_line_vpos;
307 static int this_line_y;
308 static int this_line_pixel_height;
309
310 /* X position at which this display line starts. Usually zero;
311 negative if first character is partially visible. */
312
313 static int this_line_start_x;
314
315 /* Buffer that this_line_.* variables are referring to. */
316
317 static struct buffer *this_line_buffer;
318
319 /* Nonzero means truncate lines in all windows less wide than the
320 frame. */
321
322 int truncate_partial_width_windows;
323
324 /* A flag to control how to display unibyte 8-bit character. */
325
326 int unibyte_display_via_language_environment;
327
328 /* Nonzero means we have more than one non-mini-buffer-only frame.
329 Not guaranteed to be accurate except while parsing
330 frame-title-format. */
331
332 int multiple_frames;
333
334 Lisp_Object Vglobal_mode_string;
335
336 /* Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. */
337
338 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_position;
339
340 /* String to display for the arrow. Only used on terminal frames. */
341
342 Lisp_Object Voverlay_arrow_string;
343
344 /* Values of those variables at last redisplay. However, if
345 Voverlay_arrow_position is a marker, last_arrow_position is its
346 numerical position. */
347
348 static Lisp_Object last_arrow_position, last_arrow_string;
349
350 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on a visible frame. */
351
352 Lisp_Object Vframe_title_format;
353
354 /* Like mode-line-format, but for the title bar on an iconified frame. */
355
356 Lisp_Object Vicon_title_format;
357
358 /* List of functions to call when a window's size changes. These
359 functions get one arg, a frame on which one or more windows' sizes
360 have changed. */
361
362 static Lisp_Object Vwindow_size_change_functions;
363
364 Lisp_Object Qmenu_bar_update_hook, Vmenu_bar_update_hook;
365
366 /* Nonzero if overlay arrow has been displayed once in this window. */
367
368 static int overlay_arrow_seen;
369
370 /* Nonzero means highlight the region even in nonselected windows. */
371
372 int highlight_nonselected_windows;
373
374 /* If cursor motion alone moves point off frame, try scrolling this
375 many lines up or down if that will bring it back. */
376
377 static int scroll_step;
378
379 /* Non-0 means scroll just far enough to bring point back on the
380 screen, when appropriate. */
381
382 static int scroll_conservatively;
383
384 /* Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of
385 the top or bottom of the window. This value is translated into a
386 pixel value by multiplying it with CANON_Y_UNIT, which means that
387 there is really a fixed pixel height scroll margin. */
388
389 int scroll_margin;
390
391 /* Number of windows showing the buffer of the selected window (or
392 another buffer with the same base buffer). keyboard.c refers to
393 this. */
394
395 int buffer_shared;
396
397 /* Vector containing glyphs for an ellipsis `...'. */
398
399 static Lisp_Object default_invis_vector[3];
400
401 /* Zero means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face
402 (this slightly odd definition is for compatibility with previous versions
403 of emacs), non-zero means display them using their respective faces.
404
405 This variable is deprecated. */
406
407 int mode_line_inverse_video;
408
409 /* Prompt to display in front of the mini-buffer contents. */
410
411 Lisp_Object minibuf_prompt;
412
413 /* Width of current mini-buffer prompt. Only set after display_line
414 of the line that contains the prompt. */
415
416 int minibuf_prompt_width;
417 int minibuf_prompt_pixel_width;
418
419 /* This is the window where the echo area message was displayed. It
420 is always a mini-buffer window, but it may not be the same window
421 currently active as a mini-buffer. */
422
423 Lisp_Object echo_area_window;
424
425 /* List of pairs (MESSAGE . MULTIBYTE). The function save_message
426 pushes the current message and the value of
427 message_enable_multibyte on the stack, the function restore_message
428 pops the stack and displays MESSAGE again. */
429
430 Lisp_Object Vmessage_stack;
431
432 /* Nonzero means multibyte characters were enabled when the echo area
433 message was specified. */
434
435 int message_enable_multibyte;
436
437 /* True if we should redraw the mode lines on the next redisplay. */
438
439 int update_mode_lines;
440
441 /* Nonzero if window sizes or contents have changed since last
442 redisplay that finished */
443
444 int windows_or_buffers_changed;
445
446 /* Nonzero after display_mode_line if %l was used and it displayed a
447 line number. */
448
449 int line_number_displayed;
450
451 /* Maximum buffer size for which to display line numbers. */
452
453 Lisp_Object Vline_number_display_limit;
454
455 /* line width to consider when repostioning for line number display */
456
457 static int line_number_display_limit_width;
458
459 /* Number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. t means
460 infinite. nil means don't log at all. */
461
462 Lisp_Object Vmessage_log_max;
463
464 /* The name of the *Messages* buffer, a string. */
465
466 static Lisp_Object Vmessages_buffer_name;
467
468 /* Current, index 0, and last displayed echo area message. Either
469 buffers from echo_buffers, or nil to indicate no message. */
470
471 Lisp_Object echo_area_buffer[2];
472
473 /* The buffers referenced from echo_area_buffer. */
474
475 static Lisp_Object echo_buffer[2];
476
477 /* A vector saved used in with_area_buffer to reduce consing. */
478
479 static Lisp_Object Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
480
481 /* Non-zero means display_echo_area should display the last echo area
482 message again. Set by redisplay_preserve_echo_area. */
483
484 static int display_last_displayed_message_p;
485
486 /* Nonzero if echo area is being used by print; zero if being used by
487 message. */
488
489 int message_buf_print;
490
491 /* Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. Either a float
492 specifying a fraction of the available height, or an integer
493 specifying a number of lines. */
494
495 Lisp_Object Vmax_mini_window_height;
496
497 /* Non-zero means messages should be displayed with truncated
498 lines instead of being continued. */
499
500 int message_truncate_lines;
501 Lisp_Object Qmessage_truncate_lines;
502
503 /* Non-zero means we want a hollow cursor in windows that are not
504 selected. Zero means there's no cursor in such windows. */
505
506 int cursor_in_non_selected_windows;
507
508 /* A scratch glyph row with contents used for generating truncation
509 glyphs. Also used in direct_output_for_insert. */
510
511 #define MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS 100
512 struct glyph_row scratch_glyph_row;
513 static struct glyph scratch_glyphs[MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS];
514
515 /* Ascent and height of the last line processed by move_it_to. */
516
517 static int last_max_ascent, last_height;
518
519 /* Non-zero if there's a help-echo in the echo area. */
520
521 int help_echo_showing_p;
522
523 /* If >= 0, computed, exact values of mode-line and header-line height
524 to use in the macros CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT and
525 CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT. */
526
527 int current_mode_line_height, current_header_line_height;
528
529 /* The maximum distance to look ahead for text properties. Values
530 that are too small let us call compute_char_face and similar
531 functions too often which is expensive. Values that are too large
532 let us call compute_char_face and alike too often because we
533 might not be interested in text properties that far away. */
534
535 #define TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT 100
536
537 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
538
539 /* Non-zero means print traces of redisplay if compiled with
540 GLYPH_DEBUG != 0. */
541
542 int trace_redisplay_p;
543
544 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
545
546 #ifdef DEBUG_TRACE_MOVE
547 /* Non-zero means trace with TRACE_MOVE to stderr. */
548 int trace_move;
549
550 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) if (trace_move) fprintf x; else (void) 0
551 #else
552 #define TRACE_MOVE(x) (void) 0
553 #endif
554
555 /* Non-zero means automatically scroll windows horizontally to make
556 point visible. */
557
558 int automatic_hscrolling_p;
559
560 /* A list of symbols, one for each supported image type. */
561
562 Lisp_Object Vimage_types;
563
564 /* The variable `resize-mini-windows'. If nil, don't resize
565 mini-windows. If t, always resize them to fit the text they
566 display. If `grow-only', let mini-windows grow only until they
567 become empty. */
568
569 Lisp_Object Vresize_mini_windows;
570
571 /* Value returned from text property handlers (see below). */
572
573 enum prop_handled
574 {
575 HANDLED_NORMALLY,
576 HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS,
577 HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED,
578 HANDLED_RETURN
579 };
580
581 /* A description of text properties that redisplay is interested
582 in. */
583
584 struct props
585 {
586 /* The name of the property. */
587 Lisp_Object *name;
588
589 /* A unique index for the property. */
590 enum prop_idx idx;
591
592 /* A handler function called to set up iterator IT from the property
593 at IT's current position. Value is used to steer handle_stop. */
594 enum prop_handled (*handler) P_ ((struct it *it));
595 };
596
597 static enum prop_handled handle_face_prop P_ ((struct it *));
598 static enum prop_handled handle_invisible_prop P_ ((struct it *));
599 static enum prop_handled handle_display_prop P_ ((struct it *));
600 static enum prop_handled handle_composition_prop P_ ((struct it *));
601 static enum prop_handled handle_overlay_change P_ ((struct it *));
602 static enum prop_handled handle_fontified_prop P_ ((struct it *));
603
604 /* Properties handled by iterators. */
605
606 static struct props it_props[] =
607 {
608 {&Qfontified, FONTIFIED_PROP_IDX, handle_fontified_prop},
609 /* Handle `face' before `display' because some sub-properties of
610 `display' need to know the face. */
611 {&Qface, FACE_PROP_IDX, handle_face_prop},
612 {&Qdisplay, DISPLAY_PROP_IDX, handle_display_prop},
613 {&Qinvisible, INVISIBLE_PROP_IDX, handle_invisible_prop},
614 {&Qcomposition, COMPOSITION_PROP_IDX, handle_composition_prop},
615 {NULL, 0, NULL}
616 };
617
618 /* Value is the position described by X. If X is a marker, value is
619 the marker_position of X. Otherwise, value is X. */
620
621 #define COERCE_MARKER(X) (MARKERP ((X)) ? Fmarker_position (X) : (X))
622
623 /* Enumeration returned by some move_it_.* functions internally. */
624
625 enum move_it_result
626 {
627 /* Not used. Undefined value. */
628 MOVE_UNDEFINED,
629
630 /* Move ended at the requested buffer position or ZV. */
631 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV,
632
633 /* Move ended at the requested X pixel position. */
634 MOVE_X_REACHED,
635
636 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that must be
637 continued. */
638 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED,
639
640 /* Move within a line ended at the end of a line that would
641 be displayed truncated. */
642 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED,
643
644 /* Move within a line ended at a line end. */
645 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
646 };
647
648
649 \f
650 /* Function prototypes. */
651
652 static int cursor_row_p P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
653 static int redisplay_mode_lines P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
654 static char *decode_mode_spec_coding P_ ((Lisp_Object, char *, int));
655 static int invisible_text_between_p P_ ((struct it *, int, int));
656 static int next_element_from_ellipsis P_ ((struct it *));
657 static void pint2str P_ ((char *, int, int));
658 static struct text_pos run_window_scroll_functions P_ ((Lisp_Object,
659 struct text_pos));
660 static void reconsider_clip_changes P_ ((struct window *, struct buffer *));
661 static int text_outside_line_unchanged_p P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
662 static void store_frame_title_char P_ ((char));
663 static int store_frame_title P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int));
664 static void x_consider_frame_title P_ ((Lisp_Object));
665 static void handle_stop P_ ((struct it *));
666 static int tool_bar_lines_needed P_ ((struct frame *));
667 static int single_display_prop_intangible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object));
668 static void ensure_echo_area_buffers P_ ((void));
669 static struct glyph_row *row_containing_pos P_ ((struct window *, int,
670 struct glyph_row *,
671 struct glyph_row *));
672 static Lisp_Object unwind_with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((Lisp_Object));
673 static Lisp_Object with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data P_ ((struct window *));
674 static int with_echo_area_buffer P_ ((struct window *, int,
675 int (*) (EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT),
676 EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
677 static void clear_garbaged_frames P_ ((void));
678 static int current_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
679 static int truncate_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
680 static int set_message_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
681 static int display_echo_area P_ ((struct window *));
682 static int display_echo_area_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
683 static int resize_mini_window_1 P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
684 static Lisp_Object unwind_redisplay P_ ((Lisp_Object));
685 static int string_char_and_length P_ ((unsigned char *, int, int *));
686 static struct text_pos display_prop_end P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
687 struct text_pos));
688 static int compute_window_start_on_continuation_line P_ ((struct window *));
689 static Lisp_Object safe_eval_handler P_ ((Lisp_Object));
690 static void insert_left_trunc_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
691 static struct glyph_row *get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row P_ ((struct window *));
692 static void extend_face_to_end_of_line P_ ((struct it *));
693 static int append_space P_ ((struct it *, int));
694 static void make_cursor_line_fully_visible P_ ((struct window *));
695 static int try_scrolling P_ ((Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
696 static int try_cursor_movement P_ ((Lisp_Object, struct text_pos, int *));
697 static int trailing_whitespace_p P_ ((int));
698 static int message_log_check_duplicate P_ ((int, int, int, int));
699 int invisible_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
700 int invisible_ellipsis_p P_ ((Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object));
701 static void push_it P_ ((struct it *));
702 static void pop_it P_ ((struct it *));
703 static void sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows P_ ((struct window *));
704 static void redisplay_internal P_ ((int));
705 static int echo_area_display P_ ((int));
706 static void redisplay_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
707 static void redisplay_window P_ ((Lisp_Object, int));
708 static void update_menu_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
709 static int try_window_reusing_current_matrix P_ ((struct window *));
710 static int try_window_id P_ ((struct window *));
711 static int display_line P_ ((struct it *));
712 static int display_mode_lines P_ ((struct window *));
713 static int display_mode_line P_ ((struct window *, enum face_id, Lisp_Object));
714 static int display_mode_element P_ ((struct it *, int, int, int, Lisp_Object));
715 static char *decode_mode_spec P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int));
716 static void display_menu_bar P_ ((struct window *));
717 static int display_count_lines P_ ((int, int, int, int, int *));
718 static int display_string P_ ((unsigned char *, Lisp_Object, Lisp_Object,
719 int, int, struct it *, int, int, int, int));
720 static void compute_line_metrics P_ ((struct it *));
721 static void run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook P_ ((struct it *));
722 static int get_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
723 static void next_overlay_string P_ ((struct it *));
724 static void reseat P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
725 static void reseat_1 P_ ((struct it *, struct text_pos, int));
726 static void back_to_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
727 static void reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
728 static void reseat_at_next_visible_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int));
729 static int next_element_from_display_vector P_ ((struct it *));
730 static int next_element_from_string P_ ((struct it *));
731 static int next_element_from_c_string P_ ((struct it *));
732 static int next_element_from_buffer P_ ((struct it *));
733 static int next_element_from_composition P_ ((struct it *));
734 static int next_element_from_image P_ ((struct it *));
735 static int next_element_from_stretch P_ ((struct it *));
736 static void load_overlay_strings P_ ((struct it *));
737 static void init_from_display_pos P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
738 struct display_pos *));
739 static void reseat_to_string P_ ((struct it *, unsigned char *,
740 Lisp_Object, int, int, int, int));
741 static enum move_it_result move_it_in_display_line_to P_ ((struct it *,
742 int, int, int));
743 void move_it_vertically_backward P_ ((struct it *, int));
744 static void init_to_row_start P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
745 struct glyph_row *));
746 static void init_to_row_end P_ ((struct it *, struct window *,
747 struct glyph_row *));
748 static void back_to_previous_line_start P_ ((struct it *));
749 static int forward_to_next_line_start P_ ((struct it *, int *));
750 static struct text_pos string_pos_nchars_ahead P_ ((struct text_pos,
751 Lisp_Object, int));
752 static struct text_pos string_pos P_ ((int, Lisp_Object));
753 static struct text_pos c_string_pos P_ ((int, unsigned char *, int));
754 static int number_of_chars P_ ((unsigned char *, int));
755 static void compute_stop_pos P_ ((struct it *));
756 static void compute_string_pos P_ ((struct text_pos *, struct text_pos,
757 Lisp_Object));
758 static int face_before_or_after_it_pos P_ ((struct it *, int));
759 static int next_overlay_change P_ ((int));
760 static int handle_single_display_prop P_ ((struct it *, Lisp_Object,
761 Lisp_Object, struct text_pos *));
762 static int underlying_face_id P_ ((struct it *));
763
764 #define face_before_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 1)
765 #define face_after_it_pos(IT) face_before_or_after_it_pos ((IT), 0)
766
767 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
768
769 static void update_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *, int));
770 static void build_desired_tool_bar_string P_ ((struct frame *f));
771 static int redisplay_tool_bar P_ ((struct frame *));
772 static void display_tool_bar_line P_ ((struct it *));
773
774 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
775
776 \f
777 /***********************************************************************
778 Window display dimensions
779 ***********************************************************************/
780
781 /* Return the window-relative maximum y + 1 for glyph rows displaying
782 text in window W. This is the height of W minus the height of a
783 mode line, if any. */
784
785 INLINE int
786 window_text_bottom_y (w)
787 struct window *w;
788 {
789 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
790 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
791
792 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
793 height -= CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
794 return height;
795 }
796
797
798 /* Return the pixel width of display area AREA of window W. AREA < 0
799 means return the total width of W, not including bitmap areas to
800 the left and right of the window. */
801
802 INLINE int
803 window_box_width (w, area)
804 struct window *w;
805 int area;
806 {
807 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
808 int width = XFASTINT (w->width);
809
810 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
811 {
812 width -= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) + FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_COLS (f);
813
814 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
815 {
816 if (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width))
817 width -= XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width);
818 if (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width))
819 width -= XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width);
820 }
821 else if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
822 width = (INTEGERP (w->left_margin_width)
823 ? XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) : 0);
824 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
825 width = (INTEGERP (w->right_margin_width)
826 ? XFASTINT (w->right_margin_width) : 0);
827 }
828
829 return width * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
830 }
831
832
833 /* Return the pixel height of the display area of window W, not
834 including mode lines of W, if any.. */
835
836 INLINE int
837 window_box_height (w)
838 struct window *w;
839 {
840 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
841 int height = XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
842
843 xassert (height >= 0);
844
845 /* Note: the code below that determines the mode-line/header-line
846 height is essentially the same as that contained in the macro
847 CURRENT_{MODE,HEADER}_LINE_HEIGHT, except that it checks whether
848 the appropriate glyph row has its `mode_line_p' flag set,
849 and if it doesn't, uses estimate_mode_line_height instead. */
850
851 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
852 {
853 struct glyph_row *ml_row
854 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
855 ? MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
856 : 0);
857 if (ml_row && ml_row->mode_line_p)
858 height -= ml_row->height;
859 else
860 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID);
861 }
862
863 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
864 {
865 struct glyph_row *hl_row
866 = (w->current_matrix && w->current_matrix->rows
867 ? MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)
868 : 0);
869 if (hl_row && hl_row->mode_line_p)
870 height -= hl_row->height;
871 else
872 height -= estimate_mode_line_height (f, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID);
873 }
874
875 return height;
876 }
877
878
879 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the left edge of display
880 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
881 whole window, to the right of any bitmap area at the left side of
882 W. */
883
884 INLINE int
885 window_box_left (w, area)
886 struct window *w;
887 int area;
888 {
889 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
890 int x = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
891
892 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
893 {
894 x += (WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
895 + FRAME_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f));
896
897 if (area == TEXT_AREA)
898 x += window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
899 else if (area == RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA)
900 x += (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
901 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
902 }
903
904 return x;
905 }
906
907
908 /* Return the frame-relative coordinate of the right edge of display
909 area AREA of window W. AREA < 0 means return the left edge of the
910 whole window, to the left of any bitmap area at the right side of
911 W. */
912
913 INLINE int
914 window_box_right (w, area)
915 struct window *w;
916 int area;
917 {
918 return window_box_left (w, area) + window_box_width (w, area);
919 }
920
921
922 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
923 mode lines, in frame-relative coordinates. AREA < 0 means the
924 whole window, not including bitmap areas to the left and right of
925 the window. Return in *BOX_X and *BOX_Y the frame-relative pixel
926 coordinates of the upper-left corner of the box. Return in
927 *BOX_WIDTH, and *BOX_HEIGHT the pixel width and height of the box. */
928
929 INLINE void
930 window_box (w, area, box_x, box_y, box_width, box_height)
931 struct window *w;
932 int area;
933 int *box_x, *box_y, *box_width, *box_height;
934 {
935 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
936
937 *box_width = window_box_width (w, area);
938 *box_height = window_box_height (w);
939 *box_x = window_box_left (w, area);
940 *box_y = (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f)
941 + XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f));
942 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
943 *box_y += CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
944 }
945
946
947 /* Get the bounding box of the display area AREA of window W, without
948 mode lines. AREA < 0 means the whole window, not including bitmap
949 areas to the left and right of the window. Return in *TOP_LEFT_X
950 and TOP_LEFT_Y the frame-relative pixel coordinates of the
951 upper-left corner of the box. Return in *BOTTOM_RIGHT_X, and
952 *BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y the coordinates of the bottom-right corner of the
953 box. */
954
955 INLINE void
956 window_box_edges (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y,
957 bottom_right_x, bottom_right_y)
958 struct window *w;
959 int area;
960 int *top_left_x, *top_left_y, *bottom_right_x, *bottom_right_y;
961 {
962 window_box (w, area, top_left_x, top_left_y, bottom_right_x,
963 bottom_right_y);
964 *bottom_right_x += *top_left_x;
965 *bottom_right_y += *top_left_y;
966 }
967
968
969 \f
970 /***********************************************************************
971 Utilities
972 ***********************************************************************/
973
974 /* Return 1 if position CHARPOS is visible in window W. Set *FULLY to
975 1 if POS is visible and the line containing POS is fully visible.
976 EXACT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHTS_P non-zero means compute exact mode-line
977 and header-lines heights. */
978
979 int
980 pos_visible_p (w, charpos, fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p)
981 struct window *w;
982 int charpos, *fully, exact_mode_line_heights_p;
983 {
984 struct it it;
985 struct text_pos top;
986 int visible_p;
987 struct buffer *old_buffer = NULL;
988
989 if (XBUFFER (w->buffer) != current_buffer)
990 {
991 old_buffer = current_buffer;
992 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
993 }
994
995 *fully = visible_p = 0;
996 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (top, w->start);
997
998 /* Compute exact mode line heights, if requested. */
999 if (exact_mode_line_heights_p)
1000 {
1001 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
1002 current_mode_line_height
1003 = display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
1004 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
1005
1006 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
1007 current_header_line_height
1008 = display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
1009 current_buffer->header_line_format);
1010 }
1011
1012 start_display (&it, w, top);
1013 move_it_to (&it, charpos, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
1014 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
1015
1016 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == charpos)
1017 {
1018 int line_height, line_bottom_y;
1019 int line_top_y = it.current_y;
1020 int window_top_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
1021
1022 line_height = it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
1023 if (line_height == 0)
1024 {
1025 if (last_height)
1026 line_height = last_height;
1027 else if (charpos < ZV)
1028 {
1029 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 1);
1030 line_height = (it.max_ascent || it.max_descent
1031 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
1032 : last_height);
1033 }
1034 else
1035 {
1036 /* Use the default character height. */
1037 it.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1038 it.c = ' ';
1039 it.len = 1;
1040 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
1041 line_height = it.ascent + it.descent;
1042 }
1043 }
1044 line_bottom_y = line_top_y + line_height;
1045
1046 if (line_top_y < window_top_y)
1047 visible_p = line_bottom_y > window_top_y;
1048 else if (line_top_y < it.last_visible_y)
1049 {
1050 visible_p = 1;
1051 *fully = line_bottom_y <= it.last_visible_y;
1052 }
1053 }
1054 else if (it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent > it.last_visible_y)
1055 {
1056 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
1057 if (charpos < IT_CHARPOS (it))
1058 {
1059 visible_p = 1;
1060 *fully = 0;
1061 }
1062 }
1063
1064 if (old_buffer)
1065 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer);
1066
1067 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
1068 return visible_p;
1069 }
1070
1071
1072 /* Return the next character from STR which is MAXLEN bytes long.
1073 Return in *LEN the length of the character. This is like
1074 STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH but never returns an invalid character. If
1075 we find one, we return a `?', but with the length of the invalid
1076 character. */
1077
1078 static INLINE int
1079 string_char_and_length (str, maxlen, len)
1080 unsigned char *str;
1081 int maxlen, *len;
1082 {
1083 int c;
1084
1085 c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (str, maxlen, *len);
1086 if (!CHAR_VALID_P (c, 1))
1087 /* We may not change the length here because other places in Emacs
1088 don't use this function, i.e. they silently accept invalid
1089 characters. */
1090 c = '?';
1091
1092 return c;
1093 }
1094
1095
1096
1097 /* Given a position POS containing a valid character and byte position
1098 in STRING, return the position NCHARS ahead (NCHARS >= 0). */
1099
1100 static struct text_pos
1101 string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string, nchars)
1102 struct text_pos pos;
1103 Lisp_Object string;
1104 int nchars;
1105 {
1106 xassert (STRINGP (string) && nchars >= 0);
1107
1108 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1109 {
1110 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
1111 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
1112 int len;
1113
1114 while (nchars--)
1115 {
1116 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1117 p += len, rest -= len;
1118 xassert (rest >= 0);
1119 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1120 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1121 }
1122 }
1123 else
1124 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, CHARPOS (pos) + nchars, BYTEPOS (pos) + nchars);
1125
1126 return pos;
1127 }
1128
1129
1130 /* Value is the text position, i.e. character and byte position,
1131 for character position CHARPOS in STRING. */
1132
1133 static INLINE struct text_pos
1134 string_pos (charpos, string)
1135 int charpos;
1136 Lisp_Object string;
1137 {
1138 struct text_pos pos;
1139 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1140 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1141 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, string_char_to_byte (string, charpos));
1142 return pos;
1143 }
1144
1145
1146 /* Value is a text position, i.e. character and byte position, for
1147 character position CHARPOS in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1148 means recognize multibyte characters. */
1149
1150 static struct text_pos
1151 c_string_pos (charpos, s, multibyte_p)
1152 int charpos;
1153 unsigned char *s;
1154 int multibyte_p;
1155 {
1156 struct text_pos pos;
1157
1158 xassert (s != NULL);
1159 xassert (charpos >= 0);
1160
1161 if (multibyte_p)
1162 {
1163 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1164
1165 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, 0, 0);
1166 while (charpos--)
1167 {
1168 string_char_and_length (s, rest, &len);
1169 s += len, rest -= len;
1170 xassert (rest >= 0);
1171 CHARPOS (pos) += 1;
1172 BYTEPOS (pos) += len;
1173 }
1174 }
1175 else
1176 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, charpos, charpos);
1177
1178 return pos;
1179 }
1180
1181
1182 /* Value is the number of characters in C string S. MULTIBYTE_P
1183 non-zero means recognize multibyte characters. */
1184
1185 static int
1186 number_of_chars (s, multibyte_p)
1187 unsigned char *s;
1188 int multibyte_p;
1189 {
1190 int nchars;
1191
1192 if (multibyte_p)
1193 {
1194 int rest = strlen (s), len;
1195 unsigned char *p = (unsigned char *) s;
1196
1197 for (nchars = 0; rest > 0; ++nchars)
1198 {
1199 string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
1200 rest -= len, p += len;
1201 }
1202 }
1203 else
1204 nchars = strlen (s);
1205
1206 return nchars;
1207 }
1208
1209
1210 /* Compute byte position NEWPOS->bytepos corresponding to
1211 NEWPOS->charpos. POS is a known position in string STRING.
1212 NEWPOS->charpos must be >= POS.charpos. */
1213
1214 static void
1215 compute_string_pos (newpos, pos, string)
1216 struct text_pos *newpos, pos;
1217 Lisp_Object string;
1218 {
1219 xassert (STRINGP (string));
1220 xassert (CHARPOS (*newpos) >= CHARPOS (pos));
1221
1222 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (string))
1223 *newpos = string_pos_nchars_ahead (pos, string,
1224 CHARPOS (*newpos) - CHARPOS (pos));
1225 else
1226 BYTEPOS (*newpos) = CHARPOS (*newpos);
1227 }
1228
1229
1230 \f
1231 /***********************************************************************
1232 Lisp form evaluation
1233 ***********************************************************************/
1234
1235 /* Error handler for safe_eval and safe_call. */
1236
1237 static Lisp_Object
1238 safe_eval_handler (arg)
1239 Lisp_Object arg;
1240 {
1241 add_to_log ("Error during redisplay: %s", arg, Qnil);
1242 return Qnil;
1243 }
1244
1245
1246 /* Evaluate SEXPR and return the result, or nil if something went
1247 wrong. */
1248
1249 Lisp_Object
1250 safe_eval (sexpr)
1251 Lisp_Object sexpr;
1252 {
1253 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1254 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1255 Lisp_Object val;
1256
1257 GCPRO1 (sexpr);
1258 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1259 val = internal_condition_case_1 (Feval, sexpr, Qerror, safe_eval_handler);
1260 UNGCPRO;
1261 return unbind_to (count, val);
1262 }
1263
1264
1265 /* Call function ARGS[0] with arguments ARGS[1] to ARGS[NARGS - 1].
1266 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1267
1268 Lisp_Object
1269 safe_call (nargs, args)
1270 int nargs;
1271 Lisp_Object *args;
1272 {
1273 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
1274 Lisp_Object val;
1275 struct gcpro gcpro1;
1276
1277 GCPRO1 (args[0]);
1278 gcpro1.nvars = nargs;
1279 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay, Qt);
1280 val = internal_condition_case_2 (Ffuncall, nargs, args, Qerror,
1281 safe_eval_handler);
1282 UNGCPRO;
1283 return unbind_to (count, val);
1284 }
1285
1286
1287 /* Call function FN with one argument ARG.
1288 Return the result, or nil if something went wrong. */
1289
1290 Lisp_Object
1291 safe_call1 (fn, arg)
1292 Lisp_Object fn, arg;
1293 {
1294 Lisp_Object args[2];
1295 args[0] = fn;
1296 args[1] = arg;
1297 return safe_call (2, args);
1298 }
1299
1300
1301 \f
1302 /***********************************************************************
1303 Debugging
1304 ***********************************************************************/
1305
1306 #if 0
1307
1308 /* Define CHECK_IT to perform sanity checks on iterators.
1309 This is for debugging. It is too slow to do unconditionally. */
1310
1311 static void
1312 check_it (it)
1313 struct it *it;
1314 {
1315 if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
1316 {
1317 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1318 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
1319 }
1320 else if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
1321 {
1322 /* Check that character and byte positions agree. */
1323 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BYTE_TO_CHAR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it)));
1324 }
1325
1326 if (it->dpvec)
1327 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
1328 else
1329 xassert (it->current.dpvec_index < 0);
1330 }
1331
1332 #define CHECK_IT(IT) check_it ((IT))
1333
1334 #else /* not 0 */
1335
1336 #define CHECK_IT(IT) (void) 0
1337
1338 #endif /* not 0 */
1339
1340
1341 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1342
1343 /* Check that the window end of window W is what we expect it
1344 to be---the last row in the current matrix displaying text. */
1345
1346 static void
1347 check_window_end (w)
1348 struct window *w;
1349 {
1350 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
1351 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
1352 {
1353 struct glyph_row *row;
1354 xassert ((row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix,
1355 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos)),
1356 !row->enabled_p
1357 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
1358 || MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix) == 0));
1359 }
1360 }
1361
1362 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) check_window_end ((W))
1363
1364 #else /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1365
1366 #define CHECK_WINDOW_END(W) (void) 0
1367
1368 #endif /* not GLYPH_DEBUG */
1369
1370
1371 \f
1372 /***********************************************************************
1373 Iterator initialization
1374 ***********************************************************************/
1375
1376 /* Initialize IT for displaying current_buffer in window W, starting
1377 at character position CHARPOS. CHARPOS < 0 means that no buffer
1378 position is specified which is useful when the iterator is assigned
1379 a position later. BYTEPOS is the byte position corresponding to
1380 CHARPOS. BYTEPOS <= 0 means compute it from CHARPOS.
1381
1382 If ROW is not null, calls to produce_glyphs with IT as parameter
1383 will produce glyphs in that row.
1384
1385 BASE_FACE_ID is the id of a base face to use. It must be one of
1386 DEFAULT_FACE_ID for normal text, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1387 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID for displaying mode lines, or TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID for
1388 displaying the tool-bar.
1389
1390 If ROW is null and BASE_FACE_ID is equal to MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or
1391 HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID, the iterator will be initialized to use the
1392 corresponding mode line glyph row of the desired matrix of W. */
1393
1394 void
1395 init_iterator (it, w, charpos, bytepos, row, base_face_id)
1396 struct it *it;
1397 struct window *w;
1398 int charpos, bytepos;
1399 struct glyph_row *row;
1400 enum face_id base_face_id;
1401 {
1402 int highlight_region_p;
1403
1404 /* Some precondition checks. */
1405 xassert (w != NULL && it != NULL);
1406 xassert (charpos < 0 || (charpos > 0 && charpos <= ZV));
1407
1408 /* If face attributes have been changed since the last redisplay,
1409 free realized faces now because they depend on face definitions
1410 that might have changed. */
1411 if (face_change_count)
1412 {
1413 face_change_count = 0;
1414 free_all_realized_faces (Qnil);
1415 }
1416
1417 /* Use one of the mode line rows of W's desired matrix if
1418 appropriate. */
1419 if (row == NULL)
1420 {
1421 if (base_face_id == MODE_LINE_FACE_ID)
1422 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1423 else if (base_face_id == HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID)
1424 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
1425 }
1426
1427 /* Clear IT. */
1428 bzero (it, sizeof *it);
1429 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1430 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1431 it->base_face_id = base_face_id;
1432
1433 /* The window in which we iterate over current_buffer: */
1434 XSETWINDOW (it->window, w);
1435 it->w = w;
1436 it->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1437
1438 /* Extra space between lines (on window systems only). */
1439 if (base_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1440 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1441 {
1442 if (NATNUMP (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing))
1443 it->extra_line_spacing = XFASTINT (current_buffer->extra_line_spacing);
1444 else if (it->f->extra_line_spacing > 0)
1445 it->extra_line_spacing = it->f->extra_line_spacing;
1446 }
1447
1448 /* If realized faces have been removed, e.g. because of face
1449 attribute changes of named faces, recompute them. When running
1450 in batch mode, the face cache of Vterminal_frame is null. If
1451 we happen to get called, make a dummy face cache. */
1452 if (noninteractive && FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f) == NULL)
1453 init_frame_faces (it->f);
1454 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (it->f)->used == 0)
1455 recompute_basic_faces (it->f);
1456
1457 /* Current value of the `space-width', and 'height' properties. */
1458 it->space_width = Qnil;
1459 it->font_height = Qnil;
1460
1461 /* Are control characters displayed as `^C'? */
1462 it->ctl_arrow_p = !NILP (current_buffer->ctl_arrow);
1463
1464 /* -1 means everything between a CR and the following line end
1465 is invisible. >0 means lines indented more than this value are
1466 invisible. */
1467 it->selective = (INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1468 ? XFASTINT (current_buffer->selective_display)
1469 : (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
1470 ? -1 : 0));
1471 it->selective_display_ellipsis_p
1472 = !NILP (current_buffer->selective_display_ellipses);
1473
1474 /* Display table to use. */
1475 it->dp = window_display_table (w);
1476
1477 /* Are multibyte characters enabled in current_buffer? */
1478 it->multibyte_p = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
1479
1480 /* Non-zero if we should highlight the region. */
1481 highlight_region_p
1482 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
1483 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active)
1484 && XMARKER (current_buffer->mark)->buffer != 0);
1485
1486 /* Set IT->region_beg_charpos and IT->region_end_charpos to the
1487 start and end of a visible region in window IT->w. Set both to
1488 -1 to indicate no region. */
1489 if (highlight_region_p
1490 /* Maybe highlight only in selected window. */
1491 && (/* Either show region everywhere. */
1492 highlight_nonselected_windows
1493 /* Or show region in the selected window. */
1494 || w == XWINDOW (selected_window)
1495 /* Or show the region if we are in the mini-buffer and W is
1496 the window the mini-buffer refers to. */
1497 || (MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (selected_window))
1498 && w == XWINDOW (Vminibuf_scroll_window))))
1499 {
1500 int charpos = marker_position (current_buffer->mark);
1501 it->region_beg_charpos = min (PT, charpos);
1502 it->region_end_charpos = max (PT, charpos);
1503 }
1504 else
1505 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
1506
1507 /* Get the position at which the redisplay_end_trigger hook should
1508 be run, if it is to be run at all. */
1509 if (MARKERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger)
1510 && XMARKER (w->redisplay_end_trigger)->buffer != 0)
1511 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
1512 = marker_position (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1513 else if (INTEGERP (w->redisplay_end_trigger))
1514 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = XINT (w->redisplay_end_trigger);
1515
1516 /* Correct bogus values of tab_width. */
1517 it->tab_width = XINT (current_buffer->tab_width);
1518 if (it->tab_width <= 0 || it->tab_width > 1000)
1519 it->tab_width = 8;
1520
1521 /* Are lines in the display truncated? */
1522 it->truncate_lines_p
1523 = (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID
1524 || XINT (it->w->hscroll)
1525 || (truncate_partial_width_windows
1526 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (it->w))
1527 || !NILP (current_buffer->truncate_lines));
1528
1529 /* Get dimensions of truncation and continuation glyphs. These are
1530 displayed as bitmaps under X, so we don't need them for such
1531 frames. */
1532 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1533 {
1534 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1535 {
1536 /* We will need the truncation glyph. */
1537 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1538 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
1539 it->truncation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1540 }
1541 else
1542 {
1543 /* We will need the continuation glyph. */
1544 xassert (it->glyph_row == NULL);
1545 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
1546 it->continuation_pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1547 }
1548
1549 /* Reset these values to zero becaue the produce_special_glyphs
1550 above has changed them. */
1551 it->pixel_width = it->ascent = it->descent = 0;
1552 it->phys_ascent = it->phys_descent = 0;
1553 }
1554
1555 /* Set this after getting the dimensions of truncation and
1556 continuation glyphs, so that we don't produce glyphs when calling
1557 produce_special_glyphs, above. */
1558 it->glyph_row = row;
1559 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
1560
1561 /* Get the dimensions of the display area. The display area
1562 consists of the visible window area plus a horizontally scrolled
1563 part to the left of the window. All x-values are relative to the
1564 start of this total display area. */
1565 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1566 {
1567 /* Mode lines, menu bar in terminal frames. */
1568 it->first_visible_x = 0;
1569 it->last_visible_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1570 }
1571 else
1572 {
1573 it->first_visible_x
1574 = XFASTINT (it->w->hscroll) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1575 it->last_visible_x = (it->first_visible_x
1576 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
1577
1578 /* If we truncate lines, leave room for the truncator glyph(s) at
1579 the right margin. Otherwise, leave room for the continuation
1580 glyph(s). Truncation and continuation glyphs are not inserted
1581 for window-based redisplay. */
1582 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
1583 {
1584 if (it->truncate_lines_p)
1585 it->last_visible_x -= it->truncation_pixel_width;
1586 else
1587 it->last_visible_x -= it->continuation_pixel_width;
1588 }
1589
1590 it->header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w);
1591 it->current_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) + w->vscroll;
1592 }
1593
1594 /* Leave room for a border glyph. */
1595 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
1596 && !WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (it->w))
1597 it->last_visible_x -= 1;
1598
1599 it->last_visible_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
1600
1601 /* For mode lines and alike, arrange for the first glyph having a
1602 left box line if the face specifies a box. */
1603 if (base_face_id != DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
1604 {
1605 struct face *face;
1606
1607 it->face_id = base_face_id;
1608
1609 /* If we have a boxed mode line, make the first character appear
1610 with a left box line. */
1611 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, base_face_id);
1612 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1613 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
1614 }
1615
1616 /* If a buffer position was specified, set the iterator there,
1617 getting overlays and face properties from that position. */
1618 if (charpos > 0)
1619 {
1620 it->end_charpos = ZV;
1621 it->face_id = -1;
1622 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = charpos;
1623
1624 /* Compute byte position if not specified. */
1625 if (bytepos <= 0)
1626 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
1627 else
1628 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = bytepos;
1629
1630 /* Compute faces etc. */
1631 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
1632 }
1633
1634 CHECK_IT (it);
1635 }
1636
1637
1638 /* Initialize IT for the display of window W with window start POS. */
1639
1640 void
1641 start_display (it, w, pos)
1642 struct it *it;
1643 struct window *w;
1644 struct text_pos pos;
1645 {
1646 int start_at_line_beg_p;
1647 struct glyph_row *row;
1648 int first_vpos = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
1649 int first_y;
1650
1651 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + first_vpos;
1652 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos), row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1653 first_y = it->current_y;
1654
1655 /* If window start is not at a line start, move back to the line
1656 start. This makes sure that we take continuation lines into
1657 account. */
1658 start_at_line_beg_p = (CHARPOS (pos) == BEGV
1659 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (pos) - 1) == '\n');
1660 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1661 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it);
1662
1663 /* If window start is not at a line start, skip forward to POS to
1664 get the correct continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
1665 if (!start_at_line_beg_p)
1666 {
1667 move_it_to (it, CHARPOS (pos), -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
1668
1669 /* If lines are continued, this line may end in the middle of a
1670 multi-glyph character (e.g. a control character displayed as
1671 \003, or in the middle of an overlay string). In this case
1672 move_it_to above will not have taken us to the start of
1673 the continuation line but to the end of the continued line. */
1674 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
1675 {
1676 if (it->current_x > 0)
1677 {
1678 if (it->current.dpvec_index >= 0
1679 || it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1680 {
1681 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
1682 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
1683 }
1684
1685 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
1686 }
1687
1688 /* We're starting a new display line, not affected by the
1689 height of the continued line, so clear the appropriate
1690 fields in the iterator structure. */
1691 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
1692 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
1693 }
1694
1695 it->current_y = first_y;
1696 it->vpos = 0;
1697 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
1698 }
1699
1700 #if 0 /* Don't assert the following because start_display is sometimes
1701 called intentionally with a window start that is not at a
1702 line start. Please leave this code in as a comment. */
1703
1704 /* Window start should be on a line start, now. */
1705 xassert (it->continuation_lines_width
1706 || IT_CHARPOS (it) == BEGV
1707 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (it) - 1) == '\n');
1708 #endif /* 0 */
1709 }
1710
1711
1712 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W,
1713 starting at position POS that includes overlay string and display
1714 vector/ control character translation position information. */
1715
1716 static void
1717 init_from_display_pos (it, w, pos)
1718 struct it *it;
1719 struct window *w;
1720 struct display_pos *pos;
1721 {
1722 /* Keep in mind: the call to reseat in init_iterator skips invisible
1723 text, so we might end up at a position different from POS. This
1724 is only a problem when POS is a row start after a newline and an
1725 overlay starts there with an after-string, and the overlay has an
1726 invisible property. Since we don't skip invisible text in
1727 display_line and elsewhere immediately after consuming the
1728 newline before the row start, such a POS will not be in a string,
1729 but the call to init_iterator below will move us to the
1730 after-string. */
1731 init_iterator (it, w, CHARPOS (pos->pos), BYTEPOS (pos->pos),
1732 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
1733
1734 /* If position is within an overlay string, set up IT to
1735 the right overlay string. */
1736 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= 0)
1737 {
1738 int relative_index;
1739
1740 /* We already have the first chunk of overlay strings in
1741 IT->overlay_strings. Load more until the one for
1742 pos->overlay_string_index is in IT->overlay_strings. */
1743 if (pos->overlay_string_index >= OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE)
1744 {
1745 int n = pos->overlay_string_index / OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1746 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
1747 while (n--)
1748 {
1749 load_overlay_strings (it);
1750 it->current.overlay_string_index += OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
1751 }
1752 }
1753
1754 it->current.overlay_string_index = pos->overlay_string_index;
1755 relative_index = (it->current.overlay_string_index
1756 % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE);
1757 it->string = it->overlay_strings[relative_index];
1758 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1759 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1760 it->method = next_element_from_string;
1761 }
1762 else if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
1763 {
1764 /* If POS says we're already after an overlay string ending at
1765 POS, make sure to pop the iterator because it will be in
1766 front of that overlay string. When POS is ZV, we've thereby
1767 also ``processed'' overlay strings at ZV. */
1768 while (it->sp)
1769 pop_it (it);
1770 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
1771 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
1772 if (CHARPOS (pos->pos) == ZV)
1773 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
1774 }
1775
1776 if (CHARPOS (pos->string_pos) >= 0)
1777 {
1778 /* Recorded position is not in an overlay string, but in another
1779 string. This can only be a string from a `display' property.
1780 IT should already be filled with that string. */
1781 it->current.string_pos = pos->string_pos;
1782 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
1783 }
1784
1785 /* Restore position in display vector translations or control
1786 character translations. */
1787 if (pos->dpvec_index >= 0)
1788 {
1789 /* This fills IT->dpvec. */
1790 get_next_display_element (it);
1791 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index == 0);
1792 it->current.dpvec_index = pos->dpvec_index;
1793 }
1794
1795 CHECK_IT (it);
1796 }
1797
1798
1799 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1800 starting at ROW->start. */
1801
1802 static void
1803 init_to_row_start (it, w, row)
1804 struct it *it;
1805 struct window *w;
1806 struct glyph_row *row;
1807 {
1808 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->start);
1809 it->continuation_lines_width = row->continuation_lines_width;
1810 CHECK_IT (it);
1811 }
1812
1813
1814 /* Initialize IT for stepping through current_buffer in window W
1815 starting in the line following ROW, i.e. starting at ROW->end. */
1816
1817 static void
1818 init_to_row_end (it, w, row)
1819 struct it *it;
1820 struct window *w;
1821 struct glyph_row *row;
1822 {
1823 init_from_display_pos (it, w, &row->end);
1824
1825 if (row->continued_p)
1826 it->continuation_lines_width = (row->continuation_lines_width
1827 + row->pixel_width);
1828 CHECK_IT (it);
1829 }
1830
1831
1832
1833 \f
1834 /***********************************************************************
1835 Text properties
1836 ***********************************************************************/
1837
1838 /* Called when IT reaches IT->stop_charpos. Handle text property and
1839 overlay changes. Set IT->stop_charpos to the next position where
1840 to stop. */
1841
1842 static void
1843 handle_stop (it)
1844 struct it *it;
1845 {
1846 enum prop_handled handled;
1847 int handle_overlay_change_p = 1;
1848 struct props *p;
1849
1850 it->dpvec = NULL;
1851 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
1852
1853 do
1854 {
1855 handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
1856
1857 /* Call text property handlers. */
1858 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1859 {
1860 handled = p->handler (it);
1861
1862 if (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1863 break;
1864 else if (handled == HANDLED_RETURN)
1865 return;
1866 else if (handled == HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED)
1867 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1868 }
1869
1870 if (handled != HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS)
1871 {
1872 /* Don't check for overlay strings below when set to deliver
1873 characters from a display vector. */
1874 if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
1875 handle_overlay_change_p = 0;
1876
1877 /* Handle overlay changes. */
1878 if (handle_overlay_change_p)
1879 handled = handle_overlay_change (it);
1880
1881 /* Determine where to stop next. */
1882 if (handled == HANDLED_NORMALLY)
1883 compute_stop_pos (it);
1884 }
1885 }
1886 while (handled == HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS);
1887 }
1888
1889
1890 /* Compute IT->stop_charpos from text property and overlay change
1891 information for IT's current position. */
1892
1893 static void
1894 compute_stop_pos (it)
1895 struct it *it;
1896 {
1897 register INTERVAL iv, next_iv;
1898 Lisp_Object object, limit, position;
1899
1900 /* If nowhere else, stop at the end. */
1901 it->stop_charpos = it->end_charpos;
1902
1903 if (STRINGP (it->string))
1904 {
1905 /* Strings are usually short, so don't limit the search for
1906 properties. */
1907 object = it->string;
1908 limit = Qnil;
1909 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
1910 }
1911 else
1912 {
1913 int charpos;
1914
1915 /* If next overlay change is in front of the current stop pos
1916 (which is IT->end_charpos), stop there. Note: value of
1917 next_overlay_change is point-max if no overlay change
1918 follows. */
1919 charpos = next_overlay_change (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1920 if (charpos < it->stop_charpos)
1921 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
1922
1923 /* If showing the region, we have to stop at the region
1924 start or end because the face might change there. */
1925 if (it->region_beg_charpos > 0)
1926 {
1927 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_beg_charpos)
1928 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_beg_charpos);
1929 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->region_end_charpos)
1930 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, it->region_end_charpos);
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Set up variables for computing the stop position from text
1934 property changes. */
1935 XSETBUFFER (object, current_buffer);
1936 XSETFASTINT (limit, IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT);
1937 XSETFASTINT (position, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
1938
1939 }
1940
1941 /* Get the interval containing IT's position. Value is a null
1942 interval if there isn't such an interval. */
1943 iv = validate_interval_range (object, &position, &position, 0);
1944 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (iv))
1945 {
1946 Lisp_Object values_here[LAST_PROP_IDX];
1947 struct props *p;
1948
1949 /* Get properties here. */
1950 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1951 values_here[p->idx] = textget (iv->plist, *p->name);
1952
1953 /* Look for an interval following iv that has different
1954 properties. */
1955 for (next_iv = next_interval (iv);
1956 (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv)
1957 && (NILP (limit)
1958 || XFASTINT (limit) > next_iv->position));
1959 next_iv = next_interval (next_iv))
1960 {
1961 for (p = it_props; p->handler; ++p)
1962 {
1963 Lisp_Object new_value;
1964
1965 new_value = textget (next_iv->plist, *p->name);
1966 if (!EQ (values_here[p->idx], new_value))
1967 break;
1968 }
1969
1970 if (p->handler)
1971 break;
1972 }
1973
1974 if (!NULL_INTERVAL_P (next_iv))
1975 {
1976 if (INTEGERP (limit)
1977 && next_iv->position >= XFASTINT (limit))
1978 /* No text property change up to limit. */
1979 it->stop_charpos = min (XFASTINT (limit), it->stop_charpos);
1980 else
1981 /* Text properties change in next_iv. */
1982 it->stop_charpos = min (it->stop_charpos, next_iv->position);
1983 }
1984 }
1985
1986 xassert (STRINGP (it->string)
1987 || (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
1988 && it->stop_charpos >= IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
1989 }
1990
1991
1992 /* Return the position of the next overlay change after POS in
1993 current_buffer. Value is point-max if no overlay change
1994 follows. This is like `next-overlay-change' but doesn't use
1995 xmalloc. */
1996
1997 static int
1998 next_overlay_change (pos)
1999 int pos;
2000 {
2001 int noverlays;
2002 int endpos;
2003 Lisp_Object *overlays;
2004 int len;
2005 int i;
2006
2007 /* Get all overlays at the given position. */
2008 len = 10;
2009 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2010 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2011 if (noverlays > len)
2012 {
2013 len = noverlays;
2014 overlays = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof *overlays);
2015 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlays, &len, &endpos, NULL, 1);
2016 }
2017
2018 /* If any of these overlays ends before endpos,
2019 use its ending point instead. */
2020 for (i = 0; i < noverlays; ++i)
2021 {
2022 Lisp_Object oend;
2023 int oendpos;
2024
2025 oend = OVERLAY_END (overlays[i]);
2026 oendpos = OVERLAY_POSITION (oend);
2027 endpos = min (endpos, oendpos);
2028 }
2029
2030 return endpos;
2031 }
2032
2033
2034 \f
2035 /***********************************************************************
2036 Fontification
2037 ***********************************************************************/
2038
2039 /* Handle changes in the `fontified' property of the current buffer by
2040 calling hook functions from Qfontification_functions to fontify
2041 regions of text. */
2042
2043 static enum prop_handled
2044 handle_fontified_prop (it)
2045 struct it *it;
2046 {
2047 Lisp_Object prop, pos;
2048 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2049
2050 /* Get the value of the `fontified' property at IT's current buffer
2051 position. (The `fontified' property doesn't have a special
2052 meaning in strings.) If the value is nil, call functions from
2053 Qfontification_functions. */
2054 if (!STRINGP (it->string)
2055 && it->s == NULL
2056 && !NILP (Vfontification_functions)
2057 && !NILP (Vrun_hooks)
2058 && (pos = make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
2059 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil),
2060 NILP (prop)))
2061 {
2062 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2063 Lisp_Object val;
2064
2065 val = Vfontification_functions;
2066 specbind (Qfontification_functions, Qnil);
2067 specbind (Qafter_change_functions, Qnil);
2068
2069 if (!CONSP (val) || EQ (XCAR (val), Qlambda))
2070 safe_call1 (val, pos);
2071 else
2072 {
2073 Lisp_Object globals, fn;
2074 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
2075
2076 globals = Qnil;
2077 GCPRO2 (val, globals);
2078
2079 for (; CONSP (val); val = XCDR (val))
2080 {
2081 fn = XCAR (val);
2082
2083 if (EQ (fn, Qt))
2084 {
2085 /* A value of t indicates this hook has a local
2086 binding; it means to run the global binding too.
2087 In a global value, t should not occur. If it
2088 does, we must ignore it to avoid an endless
2089 loop. */
2090 for (globals = Fdefault_value (Qfontification_functions);
2091 CONSP (globals);
2092 globals = XCDR (globals))
2093 {
2094 fn = XCAR (globals);
2095 if (!EQ (fn, Qt))
2096 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2097 }
2098 }
2099 else
2100 safe_call1 (fn, pos);
2101 }
2102
2103 UNGCPRO;
2104 }
2105
2106 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2107
2108 /* Return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS only if function fontified
2109 something. This avoids an endless loop if they failed to
2110 fontify the text for which reason ever. */
2111 if (!NILP (Fget_char_property (pos, Qfontified, Qnil)))
2112 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2113 }
2114
2115 return handled;
2116 }
2117
2118
2119 \f
2120 /***********************************************************************
2121 Faces
2122 ***********************************************************************/
2123
2124 /* Set up iterator IT from face properties at its current position.
2125 Called from handle_stop. */
2126
2127 static enum prop_handled
2128 handle_face_prop (it)
2129 struct it *it;
2130 {
2131 int new_face_id, next_stop;
2132
2133 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
2134 {
2135 new_face_id
2136 = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2137 IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2138 it->region_beg_charpos,
2139 it->region_end_charpos,
2140 &next_stop,
2141 (IT_CHARPOS (*it)
2142 + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT),
2143 0);
2144
2145 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box face?
2146 Caveat: this can be called for a freshly initialized
2147 iterator; face_id is -1 is this case. We know that the new
2148 face will not change until limit, i.e. if the new face has a
2149 box, all characters up to limit will have one. But, as
2150 usual, we don't know whether limit is really the end. */
2151 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2152 {
2153 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2154
2155 /* If new face has a box but old face has not, this is
2156 the start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has
2157 a shadow on the left side. The value of face_id of the
2158 iterator will be -1 if this is the initial call that gets
2159 the face. In this case, we have to look in front of IT's
2160 position and see whether there is a face != new_face_id. */
2161 it->start_of_box_run_p
2162 = (new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2163 && (it->face_id >= 0
2164 || IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEG
2165 || new_face_id != face_before_it_pos (it)));
2166 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2167 }
2168 }
2169 else
2170 {
2171 int base_face_id, bufpos;
2172
2173 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2174 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2175 else
2176 bufpos = 0;
2177
2178 /* For strings from a buffer, i.e. overlay strings or strings
2179 from a `display' property, use the face at IT's current
2180 buffer position as the base face to merge with, so that
2181 overlay strings appear in the same face as surrounding
2182 text, unless they specify their own faces. */
2183 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2184
2185 new_face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2186 it->string,
2187 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it),
2188 bufpos,
2189 it->region_beg_charpos,
2190 it->region_end_charpos,
2191 &next_stop,
2192 base_face_id);
2193
2194 #if 0 /* This shouldn't be neccessary. Let's check it. */
2195 /* If IT is used to display a mode line we would really like to
2196 use the mode line face instead of the frame's default face. */
2197 if (it->glyph_row == MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
2198 && new_face_id == DEFAULT_FACE_ID)
2199 new_face_id = MODE_LINE_FACE_ID;
2200 #endif
2201
2202 /* Is this a start of a run of characters with box? Caveat:
2203 this can be called for a freshly allocated iterator; face_id
2204 is -1 is this case. We know that the new face will not
2205 change until the next check pos, i.e. if the new face has a
2206 box, all characters up to that position will have a
2207 box. But, as usual, we don't know whether that position
2208 is really the end. */
2209 if (new_face_id != it->face_id)
2210 {
2211 struct face *new_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, new_face_id);
2212 struct face *old_face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2213
2214 /* If new face has a box but old face hasn't, this is the
2215 start of a run of characters with box, i.e. it has a
2216 shadow on the left side. */
2217 it->start_of_box_run_p
2218 = new_face->box && (old_face == NULL || !old_face->box);
2219 it->face_box_p = new_face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
2220 }
2221 }
2222
2223 it->face_id = new_face_id;
2224 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2225 }
2226
2227
2228 /* Return the ID of the face ``underlying'' IT's current position,
2229 which is in a string. If the iterator is associated with a
2230 buffer, return the face at IT's current buffer position.
2231 Otherwise, use the iterator's base_face_id. */
2232
2233 static int
2234 underlying_face_id (it)
2235 struct it *it;
2236 {
2237 int face_id = it->base_face_id, i;
2238
2239 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
2240
2241 for (i = it->sp - 1; i >= 0; --i)
2242 if (NILP (it->stack[i].string))
2243 face_id = it->stack[i].face_id;
2244
2245 return face_id;
2246 }
2247
2248
2249 /* Compute the face one character before or after the current position
2250 of IT. BEFORE_P non-zero means get the face in front of IT's
2251 position. Value is the id of the face. */
2252
2253 static int
2254 face_before_or_after_it_pos (it, before_p)
2255 struct it *it;
2256 int before_p;
2257 {
2258 int face_id, limit;
2259 int next_check_charpos;
2260 struct text_pos pos;
2261
2262 xassert (it->s == NULL);
2263
2264 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2265 {
2266 int bufpos, base_face_id;
2267
2268 /* No face change past the end of the string (for the case
2269 we are padding with spaces). No face change before the
2270 string start. */
2271 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size
2272 || (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == 0 && before_p))
2273 return it->face_id;
2274
2275 /* Set pos to the position before or after IT's current position. */
2276 if (before_p)
2277 pos = string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, it->string);
2278 else
2279 /* For composition, we must check the character after the
2280 composition. */
2281 pos = (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION
2282 ? string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + it->cmp_len, it->string)
2283 : string_pos (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) + 1, it->string));
2284
2285 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2286 bufpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2287 else
2288 bufpos = 0;
2289
2290 base_face_id = underlying_face_id (it);
2291
2292 /* Get the face for ASCII, or unibyte. */
2293 face_id = face_at_string_position (it->w,
2294 it->string,
2295 CHARPOS (pos),
2296 bufpos,
2297 it->region_beg_charpos,
2298 it->region_end_charpos,
2299 &next_check_charpos,
2300 base_face_id);
2301
2302 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2303 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2304 suitable for unibyte text if IT->string is unibyte. */
2305 if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
2306 {
2307 unsigned char *p = XSTRING (it->string)->data + BYTEPOS (pos);
2308 int rest = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string)) - BYTEPOS (pos);
2309 int c, len;
2310 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2311
2312 c = string_char_and_length (p, rest, &len);
2313 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2314 }
2315 }
2316 else
2317 {
2318 if ((IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= ZV && !before_p)
2319 || (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= BEGV && before_p))
2320 return it->face_id;
2321
2322 limit = IT_CHARPOS (*it) + TEXT_PROP_DISTANCE_LIMIT;
2323 pos = it->current.pos;
2324
2325 if (before_p)
2326 DEC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2327 else
2328 {
2329 if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2330 /* For composition, we must check the position after the
2331 composition. */
2332 pos.charpos += it->cmp_len, pos.bytepos += it->len;
2333 else
2334 INC_TEXT_POS (pos, it->multibyte_p);
2335 }
2336
2337 /* Determine face for CHARSET_ASCII, or unibyte. */
2338 face_id = face_at_buffer_position (it->w,
2339 CHARPOS (pos),
2340 it->region_beg_charpos,
2341 it->region_end_charpos,
2342 &next_check_charpos,
2343 limit, 0);
2344
2345 /* Correct the face for charsets different from ASCII. Do it
2346 for the multibyte case only. The face returned above is
2347 suitable for unibyte text if current_buffer is unibyte. */
2348 if (it->multibyte_p)
2349 {
2350 int c = FETCH_MULTIBYTE_CHAR (CHARPOS (pos));
2351 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2352 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, c);
2353 }
2354 }
2355
2356 return face_id;
2357 }
2358
2359
2360 \f
2361 /***********************************************************************
2362 Invisible text
2363 ***********************************************************************/
2364
2365 /* Set up iterator IT from invisible properties at its current
2366 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2367
2368 static enum prop_handled
2369 handle_invisible_prop (it)
2370 struct it *it;
2371 {
2372 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2373
2374 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2375 {
2376 extern Lisp_Object Qinvisible;
2377 Lisp_Object prop, end_charpos, limit, charpos;
2378
2379 /* Get the value of the invisible text property at the
2380 current position. Value will be nil if there is no such
2381 property. */
2382 XSETFASTINT (charpos, IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it));
2383 prop = Fget_text_property (charpos, Qinvisible, it->string);
2384
2385 if (!NILP (prop)
2386 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2387 {
2388 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2389
2390 /* Get the position at which the next change of the
2391 invisible text property can be found in IT->string.
2392 Value will be nil if the property value is the same for
2393 all the rest of IT->string. */
2394 XSETINT (limit, XSTRING (it->string)->size);
2395 end_charpos = Fnext_single_property_change (charpos, Qinvisible,
2396 it->string, limit);
2397
2398 /* Text at current position is invisible. The next
2399 change in the property is at position end_charpos.
2400 Move IT's current position to that position. */
2401 if (INTEGERP (end_charpos)
2402 && XFASTINT (end_charpos) < XFASTINT (limit))
2403 {
2404 struct text_pos old;
2405 old = it->current.string_pos;
2406 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = XFASTINT (end_charpos);
2407 compute_string_pos (&it->current.string_pos, old, it->string);
2408 }
2409 else
2410 {
2411 /* The rest of the string is invisible. If this is an
2412 overlay string, proceed with the next overlay string
2413 or whatever comes and return a character from there. */
2414 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
2415 {
2416 next_overlay_string (it);
2417 /* Don't check for overlay strings when we just
2418 finished processing them. */
2419 handled = HANDLED_OVERLAY_STRING_CONSUMED;
2420 }
2421 else
2422 {
2423 struct Lisp_String *s = XSTRING (it->string);
2424 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = s->size;
2425 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = STRING_BYTES (s);
2426 }
2427 }
2428 }
2429 }
2430 else
2431 {
2432 int visible_p, newpos, next_stop;
2433 Lisp_Object pos, prop;
2434
2435 /* First of all, is there invisible text at this position? */
2436 XSETFASTINT (pos, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
2437 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2438
2439 /* If we are on invisible text, skip over it. */
2440 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop)
2441 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos)
2442 {
2443 /* Record whether we have to display an ellipsis for the
2444 invisible text. */
2445 int display_ellipsis_p
2446 = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE_WITH_ELLIPSIS (prop);
2447
2448 handled = HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
2449
2450 /* Loop skipping over invisible text. The loop is left at
2451 ZV or with IT on the first char being visible again. */
2452 do
2453 {
2454 /* Try to skip some invisible text. Return value is the
2455 position reached which can be equal to IT's position
2456 if there is nothing invisible here. This skips both
2457 over invisible text properties and overlays with
2458 invisible property. */
2459 newpos = skip_invisible (IT_CHARPOS (*it),
2460 &next_stop, ZV, it->window);
2461
2462 /* If we skipped nothing at all we weren't at invisible
2463 text in the first place. If everything to the end of
2464 the buffer was skipped, end the loop. */
2465 if (newpos == IT_CHARPOS (*it) || newpos >= ZV)
2466 visible_p = 1;
2467 else
2468 {
2469 /* We skipped some characters but not necessarily
2470 all there are. Check if we ended up on visible
2471 text. Fget_char_property returns the property of
2472 the char before the given position, i.e. if we
2473 get visible_p = 1, this means that the char at
2474 newpos is visible. */
2475 XSETFASTINT (pos, newpos);
2476 prop = Fget_char_property (pos, Qinvisible, it->window);
2477 visible_p = !TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop);
2478 }
2479
2480 /* If we ended up on invisible text, proceed to
2481 skip starting with next_stop. */
2482 if (!visible_p)
2483 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = next_stop;
2484 }
2485 while (!visible_p);
2486
2487 /* The position newpos is now either ZV or on visible text. */
2488 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = newpos;
2489 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (newpos);
2490
2491 /* Maybe return `...' next for the end of the invisible text. */
2492 if (display_ellipsis_p)
2493 {
2494 if (it->dp
2495 && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
2496 {
2497 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
2498 it->dpvec = v->contents;
2499 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
2500 }
2501 else
2502 {
2503 /* Default `...'. */
2504 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
2505 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
2506 }
2507
2508 /* The ellipsis display does not replace the display of
2509 the character at the new position. Indicate this by
2510 setting IT->dpvec_char_len to zero. */
2511 it->dpvec_char_len = 0;
2512
2513 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
2514 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
2515 }
2516 }
2517 }
2518
2519 return handled;
2520 }
2521
2522
2523 \f
2524 /***********************************************************************
2525 'display' property
2526 ***********************************************************************/
2527
2528 /* Set up iterator IT from `display' property at its current position.
2529 Called from handle_stop. */
2530
2531 static enum prop_handled
2532 handle_display_prop (it)
2533 struct it *it;
2534 {
2535 Lisp_Object prop, object;
2536 struct text_pos *position;
2537 int space_or_image_found_p;
2538
2539 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2540 {
2541 object = it->string;
2542 position = &it->current.string_pos;
2543 }
2544 else
2545 {
2546 object = Qnil;
2547 position = &it->current.pos;
2548 }
2549
2550 /* Reset those iterator values set from display property values. */
2551 it->font_height = Qnil;
2552 it->space_width = Qnil;
2553 it->voffset = 0;
2554
2555 /* We don't support recursive `display' properties, i.e. string
2556 values that have a string `display' property, that have a string
2557 `display' property etc. */
2558 if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2559 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2560
2561 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (position->charpos),
2562 Qdisplay, object);
2563 if (NILP (prop))
2564 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2565
2566 space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2567 if (CONSP (prop)
2568 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2569 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2570 {
2571 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2572 while (CONSP (prop))
2573 {
2574 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XCAR (prop), object, position))
2575 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2576 prop = XCDR (prop);
2577 }
2578 }
2579 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2580 {
2581 int i;
2582 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2583 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i],
2584 object, position))
2585 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2586 }
2587 else
2588 {
2589 if (handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position))
2590 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2591 }
2592
2593 return space_or_image_found_p ? HANDLED_RETURN : HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2594 }
2595
2596
2597 /* Value is the position of the end of the `display' property starting
2598 at START_POS in OBJECT. */
2599
2600 static struct text_pos
2601 display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos)
2602 struct it *it;
2603 Lisp_Object object;
2604 struct text_pos start_pos;
2605 {
2606 Lisp_Object end;
2607 struct text_pos end_pos;
2608
2609 end = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (CHARPOS (start_pos)),
2610 Qdisplay, object, Qnil);
2611 CHARPOS (end_pos) = XFASTINT (end);
2612 if (STRINGP (object))
2613 compute_string_pos (&end_pos, start_pos, it->string);
2614 else
2615 BYTEPOS (end_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (XFASTINT (end));
2616
2617 return end_pos;
2618 }
2619
2620
2621 /* Set up IT from a single `display' sub-property value PROP. OBJECT
2622 is the object in which the `display' property was found. *POSITION
2623 is the position at which it was found.
2624
2625 If PROP is a `space' or `image' sub-property, set *POSITION to the
2626 end position of the `display' property.
2627
2628 Value is non-zero if a `space' or `image' property value was found. */
2629
2630 static int
2631 handle_single_display_prop (it, prop, object, position)
2632 struct it *it;
2633 Lisp_Object prop;
2634 Lisp_Object object;
2635 struct text_pos *position;
2636 {
2637 Lisp_Object value;
2638 int space_or_image_found_p = 0;
2639 Lisp_Object form;
2640
2641 /* If PROP is a list of the form `(when FORM . VALUE)', FORM is
2642 evaluated. If the result is nil, VALUE is ignored. */
2643 form = Qt;
2644 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2645 {
2646 prop = XCDR (prop);
2647 if (!CONSP (prop))
2648 return 0;
2649 form = XCAR (prop);
2650 prop = XCDR (prop);
2651 }
2652
2653 if (!NILP (form) && !EQ (form, Qt))
2654 {
2655 struct gcpro gcpro1;
2656 struct text_pos end_pos, pt;
2657
2658 GCPRO1 (form);
2659 end_pos = display_prop_end (it, object, *position);
2660
2661 /* Temporarily set point to the end position, and then evaluate
2662 the form. This makes `(eolp)' work as FORM. */
2663 if (BUFFERP (object))
2664 {
2665 CHARPOS (pt) = PT;
2666 BYTEPOS (pt) = PT_BYTE;
2667 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (end_pos), BYTEPOS (end_pos));
2668 }
2669
2670 form = safe_eval (form);
2671
2672 if (BUFFERP (object))
2673 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
2674 UNGCPRO;
2675 }
2676
2677 if (NILP (form))
2678 return 0;
2679
2680 if (CONSP (prop)
2681 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qheight)
2682 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2683 {
2684 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2685 return 0;
2686
2687 /* `(height HEIGHT)'. */
2688 it->font_height = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2689 if (!NILP (it->font_height))
2690 {
2691 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2692 int new_height = -1;
2693
2694 if (CONSP (it->font_height)
2695 && (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus)
2696 || EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qminus))
2697 && CONSP (XCDR (it->font_height))
2698 && INTEGERP (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height))))
2699 {
2700 /* `(+ N)' or `(- N)' where N is an integer. */
2701 int steps = XINT (XCAR (XCDR (it->font_height)));
2702 if (EQ (XCAR (it->font_height), Qplus))
2703 steps = - steps;
2704 it->face_id = smaller_face (it->f, it->face_id, steps);
2705 }
2706 else if (FUNCTIONP (it->font_height))
2707 {
2708 /* Call function with current height as argument.
2709 Value is the new height. */
2710 Lisp_Object height;
2711 height = safe_call1 (it->font_height,
2712 face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2713 if (NUMBERP (height))
2714 new_height = XFLOATINT (height);
2715 }
2716 else if (NUMBERP (it->font_height))
2717 {
2718 /* Value is a multiple of the canonical char height. */
2719 struct face *face;
2720
2721 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
2722 new_height = (XFLOATINT (it->font_height)
2723 * XINT (face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]));
2724 }
2725 else
2726 {
2727 /* Evaluate IT->font_height with `height' bound to the
2728 current specified height to get the new height. */
2729 Lisp_Object value;
2730 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
2731
2732 specbind (Qheight, face->lface[LFACE_HEIGHT_INDEX]);
2733 value = safe_eval (it->font_height);
2734 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
2735
2736 if (NUMBERP (value))
2737 new_height = XFLOATINT (value);
2738 }
2739
2740 if (new_height > 0)
2741 it->face_id = face_with_height (it->f, it->face_id, new_height);
2742 }
2743 }
2744 else if (CONSP (prop)
2745 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qspace_width)
2746 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2747 {
2748 /* `(space_width WIDTH)'. */
2749 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2750 return 0;
2751
2752 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2753 if (NUMBERP (value) && XFLOATINT (value) > 0)
2754 it->space_width = value;
2755 }
2756 else if (CONSP (prop)
2757 && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qraise)
2758 && CONSP (XCDR (prop)))
2759 {
2760 /* `(raise FACTOR)'. */
2761 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f) || FRAME_MSDOS_P (it->f))
2762 return 0;
2763
2764 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2765 value = XCAR (XCDR (prop));
2766 if (NUMBERP (value))
2767 {
2768 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2769 it->voffset = - (XFLOATINT (value)
2770 * (FONT_HEIGHT (face->font)));
2771 }
2772 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2773 }
2774 else if (!it->string_from_display_prop_p)
2775 {
2776 /* `((margin left-margin) VALUE)' or `((margin right-margin)
2777 VALUE) or `((margin nil) VALUE)' or VALUE. */
2778 Lisp_Object location, value;
2779 struct text_pos start_pos;
2780 int valid_p;
2781
2782 /* Characters having this form of property are not displayed, so
2783 we have to find the end of the property. */
2784 start_pos = *position;
2785 *position = display_prop_end (it, object, start_pos);
2786 value = Qnil;
2787
2788 /* Let's stop at the new position and assume that all
2789 text properties change there. */
2790 it->stop_charpos = position->charpos;
2791
2792 location = Qunbound;
2793 if (CONSP (prop) && CONSP (XCAR (prop)))
2794 {
2795 Lisp_Object tem;
2796
2797 value = XCDR (prop);
2798 if (CONSP (value))
2799 value = XCAR (value);
2800
2801 tem = XCAR (prop);
2802 if (EQ (XCAR (tem), Qmargin)
2803 && (tem = XCDR (tem),
2804 tem = CONSP (tem) ? XCAR (tem) : Qnil,
2805 (NILP (tem)
2806 || EQ (tem, Qleft_margin)
2807 || EQ (tem, Qright_margin))))
2808 location = tem;
2809 }
2810
2811 if (EQ (location, Qunbound))
2812 {
2813 location = Qnil;
2814 value = prop;
2815 }
2816
2817 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2818 if (FRAME_TERMCAP_P (it->f))
2819 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2820 else
2821 valid_p = (STRINGP (value)
2822 || (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2823 || valid_image_p (value));
2824 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2825 valid_p = STRINGP (value);
2826 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2827
2828 if ((EQ (location, Qleft_margin)
2829 || EQ (location, Qright_margin)
2830 || NILP (location))
2831 && valid_p)
2832 {
2833 space_or_image_found_p = 1;
2834
2835 /* Save current settings of IT so that we can restore them
2836 when we are finished with the glyph property value. */
2837 push_it (it);
2838
2839 if (NILP (location))
2840 it->area = TEXT_AREA;
2841 else if (EQ (location, Qleft_margin))
2842 it->area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
2843 else
2844 it->area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
2845
2846 if (STRINGP (value))
2847 {
2848 it->string = value;
2849 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
2850 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
2851 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
2852 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars
2853 = XSTRING (it->string)->size;
2854 it->method = next_element_from_string;
2855 it->stop_charpos = 0;
2856 it->string_from_display_prop_p = 1;
2857 }
2858 else if (CONSP (value) && EQ (XCAR (value), Qspace))
2859 {
2860 it->method = next_element_from_stretch;
2861 it->object = value;
2862 it->current.pos = it->position = start_pos;
2863 }
2864 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
2865 else
2866 {
2867 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
2868 it->image_id = lookup_image (it->f, value);
2869 it->position = start_pos;
2870 it->object = NILP (object) ? it->w->buffer : object;
2871 it->method = next_element_from_image;
2872
2873 /* Say that we haven't consumed the characters with
2874 `display' property yet. The call to pop_it in
2875 set_iterator_to_next will clean this up. */
2876 *position = start_pos;
2877 }
2878 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
2879 }
2880 else
2881 /* Invalid property or property not supported. Restore
2882 the position to what it was before. */
2883 *position = start_pos;
2884 }
2885
2886 return space_or_image_found_p;
2887 }
2888
2889
2890 /* Check if PROP is a display sub-property value whose text should be
2891 treated as intangible. */
2892
2893 static int
2894 single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2895 Lisp_Object prop;
2896 {
2897 /* Skip over `when FORM'. */
2898 if (CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qwhen))
2899 {
2900 prop = XCDR (prop);
2901 if (!CONSP (prop))
2902 return 0;
2903 prop = XCDR (prop);
2904 }
2905
2906 if (!CONSP (prop))
2907 return 0;
2908
2909 /* Skip over `margin LOCATION'. If LOCATION is in the margins,
2910 we don't need to treat text as intangible. */
2911 if (EQ (XCAR (prop), Qmargin))
2912 {
2913 prop = XCDR (prop);
2914 if (!CONSP (prop))
2915 return 0;
2916
2917 prop = XCDR (prop);
2918 if (!CONSP (prop)
2919 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qleft_margin)
2920 || EQ (XCAR (prop), Qright_margin))
2921 return 0;
2922 }
2923
2924 return CONSP (prop) && EQ (XCAR (prop), Qimage);
2925 }
2926
2927
2928 /* Check if PROP is a display property value whose text should be
2929 treated as intangible. */
2930
2931 int
2932 display_prop_intangible_p (prop)
2933 Lisp_Object prop;
2934 {
2935 if (CONSP (prop)
2936 && CONSP (XCAR (prop))
2937 && !EQ (Qmargin, XCAR (XCAR (prop))))
2938 {
2939 /* A list of sub-properties. */
2940 while (CONSP (prop))
2941 {
2942 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XCAR (prop)))
2943 return 1;
2944 prop = XCDR (prop);
2945 }
2946 }
2947 else if (VECTORP (prop))
2948 {
2949 /* A vector of sub-properties. */
2950 int i;
2951 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (prop)->size; ++i)
2952 if (single_display_prop_intangible_p (XVECTOR (prop)->contents[i]))
2953 return 1;
2954 }
2955 else
2956 return single_display_prop_intangible_p (prop);
2957
2958 return 0;
2959 }
2960
2961 \f
2962 /***********************************************************************
2963 `composition' property
2964 ***********************************************************************/
2965
2966 /* Set up iterator IT from `composition' property at its current
2967 position. Called from handle_stop. */
2968
2969 static enum prop_handled
2970 handle_composition_prop (it)
2971 struct it *it;
2972 {
2973 Lisp_Object prop, string;
2974 int pos, pos_byte, end;
2975 enum prop_handled handled = HANDLED_NORMALLY;
2976
2977 if (STRINGP (it->string))
2978 {
2979 pos = IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
2980 pos_byte = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
2981 string = it->string;
2982 }
2983 else
2984 {
2985 pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
2986 pos_byte = IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
2987 string = Qnil;
2988 }
2989
2990 /* If there's a valid composition and point is not inside of the
2991 composition (in the case that the composition is from the current
2992 buffer), draw a glyph composed from the composition components. */
2993 if (find_composition (pos, -1, &pos, &end, &prop, string)
2994 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (pos, end, prop)
2995 && (STRINGP (it->string) || (PT <= pos || PT >= end)))
2996 {
2997 int id = get_composition_id (pos, pos_byte, end - pos, prop, string);
2998
2999 if (id >= 0)
3000 {
3001 it->method = next_element_from_composition;
3002 it->cmp_id = id;
3003 it->cmp_len = COMPOSITION_LENGTH (prop);
3004 /* For a terminal, draw only the first character of the
3005 components. */
3006 it->c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (composition_table[id], 0);
3007 it->len = (STRINGP (it->string)
3008 ? string_char_to_byte (it->string, end)
3009 : CHAR_TO_BYTE (end)) - pos_byte;
3010 it->stop_charpos = end;
3011 handled = HANDLED_RETURN;
3012 }
3013 }
3014
3015 return handled;
3016 }
3017
3018
3019 \f
3020 /***********************************************************************
3021 Overlay strings
3022 ***********************************************************************/
3023
3024 /* The following structure is used to record overlay strings for
3025 later sorting in load_overlay_strings. */
3026
3027 struct overlay_entry
3028 {
3029 Lisp_Object overlay;
3030 Lisp_Object string;
3031 int priority;
3032 int after_string_p;
3033 };
3034
3035
3036 /* Set up iterator IT from overlay strings at its current position.
3037 Called from handle_stop. */
3038
3039 static enum prop_handled
3040 handle_overlay_change (it)
3041 struct it *it;
3042 {
3043 if (!STRINGP (it->string) && get_overlay_strings (it))
3044 return HANDLED_RECOMPUTE_PROPS;
3045 else
3046 return HANDLED_NORMALLY;
3047 }
3048
3049
3050 /* Set up the next overlay string for delivery by IT, if there is an
3051 overlay string to deliver. Called by set_iterator_to_next when the
3052 end of the current overlay string is reached. If there are more
3053 overlay strings to display, IT->string and
3054 IT->current.overlay_string_index are set appropriately here.
3055 Otherwise IT->string is set to nil. */
3056
3057 static void
3058 next_overlay_string (it)
3059 struct it *it;
3060 {
3061 ++it->current.overlay_string_index;
3062 if (it->current.overlay_string_index == it->n_overlay_strings)
3063 {
3064 /* No more overlay strings. Restore IT's settings to what
3065 they were before overlay strings were processed, and
3066 continue to deliver from current_buffer. */
3067 pop_it (it);
3068 xassert (it->stop_charpos >= BEGV
3069 && it->stop_charpos <= it->end_charpos);
3070 it->string = Qnil;
3071 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3072 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, -1, -1);
3073 it->n_overlay_strings = 0;
3074 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3075
3076 /* If we're at the end of the buffer, record that we have
3077 processed the overlay strings there already, so that
3078 next_element_from_buffer doesn't try it again. */
3079 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
3080 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
3081 }
3082 else
3083 {
3084 /* There are more overlay strings to process. If
3085 IT->current.overlay_string_index has advanced to a position
3086 where we must load IT->overlay_strings with more strings, do
3087 it. */
3088 int i = it->current.overlay_string_index % OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE;
3089
3090 if (it->current.overlay_string_index && i == 0)
3091 load_overlay_strings (it);
3092
3093 /* Initialize IT to deliver display elements from the overlay
3094 string. */
3095 it->string = it->overlay_strings[i];
3096 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3097 SET_TEXT_POS (it->current.string_pos, 0, 0);
3098 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3099 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3100 }
3101
3102 CHECK_IT (it);
3103 }
3104
3105
3106 /* Compare two overlay_entry structures E1 and E2. Used as a
3107 comparison function for qsort in load_overlay_strings. Overlay
3108 strings for the same position are sorted so that
3109
3110 1. All after-strings come in front of before-strings, except
3111 when they come from the same overlay.
3112
3113 2. Within after-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay strings
3114 from overlays with higher priorities come first.
3115
3116 2. Within before-strings, strings are sorted so that overlay
3117 strings from overlays with higher priorities come last.
3118
3119 Value is analogous to strcmp. */
3120
3121
3122 static int
3123 compare_overlay_entries (e1, e2)
3124 void *e1, *e2;
3125 {
3126 struct overlay_entry *entry1 = (struct overlay_entry *) e1;
3127 struct overlay_entry *entry2 = (struct overlay_entry *) e2;
3128 int result;
3129
3130 if (entry1->after_string_p != entry2->after_string_p)
3131 {
3132 /* Let after-strings appear in front of before-strings if
3133 they come from different overlays. */
3134 if (EQ (entry1->overlay, entry2->overlay))
3135 result = entry1->after_string_p ? 1 : -1;
3136 else
3137 result = entry1->after_string_p ? -1 : 1;
3138 }
3139 else if (entry1->after_string_p)
3140 /* After-strings sorted in order of decreasing priority. */
3141 result = entry2->priority - entry1->priority;
3142 else
3143 /* Before-strings sorted in order of increasing priority. */
3144 result = entry1->priority - entry2->priority;
3145
3146 return result;
3147 }
3148
3149
3150 /* Load the vector IT->overlay_strings with overlay strings from IT's
3151 current buffer position. Set IT->n_overlays to the total number of
3152 overlay strings found.
3153
3154 Overlay strings are processed OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE strings at
3155 a time. On entry into load_overlay_strings,
3156 IT->current.overlay_string_index gives the number of overlay
3157 strings that have already been loaded by previous calls to this
3158 function.
3159
3160 IT->add_overlay_start contains an additional overlay start
3161 position to consider for taking overlay strings from, if non-zero.
3162 This position comes into play when the overlay has an `invisible'
3163 property, and both before and after-strings. When we've skipped to
3164 the end of the overlay, because of its `invisible' property, we
3165 nevertheless want its before-string to appear.
3166 IT->add_overlay_start will contain the overlay start position
3167 in this case.
3168
3169 Overlay strings are sorted so that after-string strings come in
3170 front of before-string strings. Within before and after-strings,
3171 strings are sorted by overlay priority. See also function
3172 compare_overlay_entries. */
3173
3174 static void
3175 load_overlay_strings (it)
3176 struct it *it;
3177 {
3178 extern Lisp_Object Qafter_string, Qbefore_string, Qwindow, Qpriority;
3179 Lisp_Object ov, overlay, window, str, invisible;
3180 int start, end;
3181 int size = 20;
3182 int n = 0, i, j, invis_p;
3183 struct overlay_entry *entries
3184 = (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (size * sizeof *entries);
3185 int charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3186
3187 /* Append the overlay string STRING of overlay OVERLAY to vector
3188 `entries' which has size `size' and currently contains `n'
3189 elements. AFTER_P non-zero means STRING is an after-string of
3190 OVERLAY. */
3191 #define RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING(OVERLAY, STRING, AFTER_P) \
3192 do \
3193 { \
3194 Lisp_Object priority; \
3195 \
3196 if (n == size) \
3197 { \
3198 int new_size = 2 * size; \
3199 struct overlay_entry *old = entries; \
3200 entries = \
3201 (struct overlay_entry *) alloca (new_size \
3202 * sizeof *entries); \
3203 bcopy (old, entries, size * sizeof *entries); \
3204 size = new_size; \
3205 } \
3206 \
3207 entries[n].string = (STRING); \
3208 entries[n].overlay = (OVERLAY); \
3209 priority = Foverlay_get ((OVERLAY), Qpriority); \
3210 entries[n].priority = INTEGERP (priority) ? XINT (priority) : 0; \
3211 entries[n].after_string_p = (AFTER_P); \
3212 ++n; \
3213 } \
3214 while (0)
3215
3216 /* Process overlay before the overlay center. */
3217 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_before; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3218 {
3219 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3220 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3221 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3222 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3223
3224 if (end < charpos)
3225 break;
3226
3227 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3228 position. */
3229 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3230 continue;
3231
3232 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3233 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3234 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3235 continue;
3236
3237 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, both before-
3238 and after-strings from this overlay are visible; start and
3239 end position are indistinguishable. */
3240 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3241 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3242
3243 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3244 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3245 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3246 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3247 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3248
3249 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3250 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3251 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3252 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3253 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3254 }
3255
3256 /* Process overlays after the overlay center. */
3257 for (ov = current_buffer->overlays_after; CONSP (ov); ov = XCDR (ov))
3258 {
3259 overlay = XCAR (ov);
3260 xassert (OVERLAYP (overlay));
3261 start = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_START (overlay));
3262 end = OVERLAY_POSITION (OVERLAY_END (overlay));
3263
3264 if (start > charpos)
3265 break;
3266
3267 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't start or end at IT's current
3268 position. */
3269 if (end != charpos && start != charpos)
3270 continue;
3271
3272 /* Skip this overlay if it doesn't apply to IT->w. */
3273 window = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qwindow);
3274 if (WINDOWP (window) && XWINDOW (window) != it->w)
3275 continue;
3276
3277 /* If the text ``under'' the overlay is invisible, it has a zero
3278 dimension, and both before- and after-strings apply. */
3279 invisible = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qinvisible);
3280 invis_p = TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (invisible);
3281
3282 /* If overlay has a non-empty before-string, record it. */
3283 if ((start == charpos || (end == charpos && invis_p))
3284 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qbefore_string), STRINGP (str))
3285 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3286 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 0);
3287
3288 /* If overlay has a non-empty after-string, record it. */
3289 if ((end == charpos || (start == charpos && invis_p))
3290 && (str = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qafter_string), STRINGP (str))
3291 && XSTRING (str)->size)
3292 RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING (overlay, str, 1);
3293 }
3294
3295 #undef RECORD_OVERLAY_STRING
3296
3297 /* Sort entries. */
3298 if (n > 1)
3299 qsort (entries, n, sizeof *entries, compare_overlay_entries);
3300
3301 /* Record the total number of strings to process. */
3302 it->n_overlay_strings = n;
3303
3304 /* IT->current.overlay_string_index is the number of overlay strings
3305 that have already been consumed by IT. Copy some of the
3306 remaining overlay strings to IT->overlay_strings. */
3307 i = 0;
3308 j = it->current.overlay_string_index;
3309 while (i < OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE && j < n)
3310 it->overlay_strings[i++] = entries[j++].string;
3311
3312 CHECK_IT (it);
3313 }
3314
3315
3316 /* Get the first chunk of overlay strings at IT's current buffer
3317 position. Value is non-zero if at least one overlay string was
3318 found. */
3319
3320 static int
3321 get_overlay_strings (it)
3322 struct it *it;
3323 {
3324 /* Get the first OVERLAY_STRING_CHUNK_SIZE overlay strings to
3325 process. This fills IT->overlay_strings with strings, and sets
3326 IT->n_overlay_strings to the total number of strings to process.
3327 IT->pos.overlay_string_index has to be set temporarily to zero
3328 because load_overlay_strings needs this; it must be set to -1
3329 when no overlay strings are found because a zero value would
3330 indicate a position in the first overlay string. */
3331 it->current.overlay_string_index = 0;
3332 load_overlay_strings (it);
3333
3334 /* If we found overlay strings, set up IT to deliver display
3335 elements from the first one. Otherwise set up IT to deliver
3336 from current_buffer. */
3337 if (it->n_overlay_strings)
3338 {
3339 /* Make sure we know settings in current_buffer, so that we can
3340 restore meaningful values when we're done with the overlay
3341 strings. */
3342 compute_stop_pos (it);
3343 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3344
3345 /* Save IT's settings. They are restored after all overlay
3346 strings have been processed. */
3347 xassert (it->sp == 0);
3348 push_it (it);
3349
3350 /* Set up IT to deliver display elements from the first overlay
3351 string. */
3352 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = 0;
3353 it->stop_charpos = 0;
3354 it->string = it->overlay_strings[0];
3355 it->multibyte_p = STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string);
3356 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
3357 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3358 }
3359 else
3360 {
3361 it->string = Qnil;
3362 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3363 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3364 }
3365
3366 CHECK_IT (it);
3367
3368 /* Value is non-zero if we found at least one overlay string. */
3369 return STRINGP (it->string);
3370 }
3371
3372
3373 \f
3374 /***********************************************************************
3375 Saving and restoring state
3376 ***********************************************************************/
3377
3378 /* Save current settings of IT on IT->stack. Called, for example,
3379 before setting up IT for an overlay string, to be able to restore
3380 IT's settings to what they were after the overlay string has been
3381 processed. */
3382
3383 static void
3384 push_it (it)
3385 struct it *it;
3386 {
3387 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3388
3389 xassert (it->sp < 2);
3390 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3391
3392 p->stop_charpos = it->stop_charpos;
3393 xassert (it->face_id >= 0);
3394 p->face_id = it->face_id;
3395 p->string = it->string;
3396 p->pos = it->current;
3397 p->end_charpos = it->end_charpos;
3398 p->string_nchars = it->string_nchars;
3399 p->area = it->area;
3400 p->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
3401 p->space_width = it->space_width;
3402 p->font_height = it->font_height;
3403 p->voffset = it->voffset;
3404 p->string_from_display_prop_p = it->string_from_display_prop_p;
3405 ++it->sp;
3406 }
3407
3408
3409 /* Restore IT's settings from IT->stack. Called, for example, when no
3410 more overlay strings must be processed, and we return to delivering
3411 display elements from a buffer, or when the end of a string from a
3412 `display' property is reached and we return to delivering display
3413 elements from an overlay string, or from a buffer. */
3414
3415 static void
3416 pop_it (it)
3417 struct it *it;
3418 {
3419 struct iterator_stack_entry *p;
3420
3421 xassert (it->sp > 0);
3422 --it->sp;
3423 p = it->stack + it->sp;
3424 it->stop_charpos = p->stop_charpos;
3425 it->face_id = p->face_id;
3426 it->string = p->string;
3427 it->current = p->pos;
3428 it->end_charpos = p->end_charpos;
3429 it->string_nchars = p->string_nchars;
3430 it->area = p->area;
3431 it->multibyte_p = p->multibyte_p;
3432 it->space_width = p->space_width;
3433 it->font_height = p->font_height;
3434 it->voffset = p->voffset;
3435 it->string_from_display_prop_p = p->string_from_display_prop_p;
3436 }
3437
3438
3439 \f
3440 /***********************************************************************
3441 Moving over lines
3442 ***********************************************************************/
3443
3444 /* Set IT's current position to the previous line start. */
3445
3446 static void
3447 back_to_previous_line_start (it)
3448 struct it *it;
3449 {
3450 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = find_next_newline_no_quit (IT_CHARPOS (*it) - 1, -1);
3451 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it));
3452 }
3453
3454
3455 /* Move IT to the next line start.
3456
3457 Value is non-zero if a newline was found. Set *SKIPPED_P to 1 if
3458 we skipped over part of the text (as opposed to moving the iterator
3459 continuously over the text). Otherwise, don't change the value
3460 of *SKIPPED_P.
3461
3462 Newlines may come from buffer text, overlay strings, or strings
3463 displayed via the `display' property. That's the reason we can't
3464 simply use find_next_newline_no_quit.
3465
3466 Note that this function may not skip over invisible text that is so
3467 because of text properties and immediately follows a newline. If
3468 it would, function reseat_at_next_visible_line_start, when called
3469 from set_iterator_to_next, would effectively make invisible
3470 characters following a newline part of the wrong glyph row, which
3471 leads to wrong cursor motion. */
3472
3473 static int
3474 forward_to_next_line_start (it, skipped_p)
3475 struct it *it;
3476 int *skipped_p;
3477 {
3478 int old_selective, newline_found_p, n;
3479 const int MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE = 500;
3480
3481 /* If already on a newline, just consume it to avoid unintended
3482 skipping over invisible text below. */
3483 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n')
3484 {
3485 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3486 return 1;
3487 }
3488
3489 /* Don't handle selective display in the following. It's (a)
3490 unnecessary because it's done by the caller, and (b) leads to an
3491 infinite recursion because next_element_from_ellipsis indirectly
3492 calls this function. */
3493 old_selective = it->selective;
3494 it->selective = 0;
3495
3496 /* Scan for a newline within MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE display elements
3497 from buffer text. */
3498 n = newline_found_p = 0;
3499 while (n < MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE
3500 && get_next_display_element (it)
3501 && !newline_found_p)
3502 {
3503 newline_found_p = it->what == IT_CHARACTER && it->c == '\n';
3504 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3505 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
3506 ++n;
3507 }
3508
3509 /* If we didn't find a newline near enough, see if we can use a
3510 short-cut. */
3511 if (!newline_found_p && n == MAX_NEWLINE_DISTANCE)
3512 {
3513 int start = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3514 int limit = find_next_newline_no_quit (start, 1);
3515 Lisp_Object pos;
3516
3517 xassert (!STRINGP (it->string));
3518
3519 /* If there isn't any `display' property in sight, and no
3520 overlays, we can just use the position of the newline in
3521 buffer text. */
3522 if (it->stop_charpos >= limit
3523 || ((pos = Fnext_single_property_change (make_number (start),
3524 Qdisplay,
3525 Qnil, make_number (limit)),
3526 NILP (pos))
3527 && next_overlay_change (start) == ZV))
3528 {
3529 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = limit;
3530 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
3531 *skipped_p = newline_found_p = 1;
3532 }
3533 else
3534 {
3535 while (get_next_display_element (it)
3536 && !newline_found_p)
3537 {
3538 newline_found_p = ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it);
3539 set_iterator_to_next (it, 0);
3540 }
3541 }
3542 }
3543
3544 it->selective = old_selective;
3545 return newline_found_p;
3546 }
3547
3548
3549 /* Set IT's current position to the previous visible line start. Skip
3550 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3551 selective display. Caution: this does not change IT->current_x and
3552 IT->hpos. */
3553
3554 static void
3555 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3556 struct it *it;
3557 {
3558 int visible_p = 0;
3559
3560 /* Go back one newline if not on BEGV already. */
3561 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3562 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3563
3564 /* Move over lines that are invisible because of selective display
3565 or text properties. */
3566 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV
3567 && !visible_p)
3568 {
3569 visible_p = 1;
3570
3571 /* If selective > 0, then lines indented more than that values
3572 are invisible. */
3573 if (it->selective > 0
3574 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3575 it->selective))
3576 visible_p = 0;
3577 else
3578 {
3579 Lisp_Object prop;
3580
3581 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (IT_CHARPOS (*it)),
3582 Qinvisible, it->window);
3583 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
3584 visible_p = 0;
3585 }
3586
3587 /* Back one more newline if the current one is invisible. */
3588 if (!visible_p)
3589 back_to_previous_line_start (it);
3590 }
3591
3592 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
3593 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == BEGV
3594 || FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) == '\n');
3595 CHECK_IT (it);
3596 }
3597
3598
3599 /* Reseat iterator IT at the previous visible line start. Skip
3600 invisible text that is so either due to text properties or due to
3601 selective display. At the end, update IT's overlay information,
3602 face information etc. */
3603
3604 static void
3605 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (it)
3606 struct it *it;
3607 {
3608 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
3609 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
3610 CHECK_IT (it);
3611 }
3612
3613
3614 /* Reseat iterator IT on the next visible line start in the current
3615 buffer. ON_NEWLINE_P non-zero means position IT on the newline
3616 preceding the line start. Skip over invisible text that is so
3617 because of selective display. Compute faces, overlays etc at the
3618 new position. Note that this function does not skip over text that
3619 is invisible because of text properties. */
3620
3621 static void
3622 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, on_newline_p)
3623 struct it *it;
3624 int on_newline_p;
3625 {
3626 int newline_found_p, skipped_p = 0;
3627
3628 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3629
3630 /* Skip over lines that are invisible because they are indented
3631 more than the value of IT->selective. */
3632 if (it->selective > 0)
3633 while (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV
3634 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it), IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
3635 it->selective))
3636 newline_found_p = forward_to_next_line_start (it, &skipped_p);
3637
3638 /* Position on the newline if that's what's requested. */
3639 if (on_newline_p && newline_found_p)
3640 {
3641 if (STRINGP (it->string))
3642 {
3643 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
3644 {
3645 --IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it);
3646 --IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it);
3647 }
3648 }
3649 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
3650 {
3651 --IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3652 --IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
3653 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3654 }
3655 }
3656 else if (skipped_p)
3657 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 0);
3658
3659 CHECK_IT (it);
3660 }
3661
3662
3663 \f
3664 /***********************************************************************
3665 Changing an iterator's position
3666 ***********************************************************************/
3667
3668 /* Change IT's current position to POS in current_buffer. If FORCE_P
3669 is non-zero, always check for text properties at the new position.
3670 Otherwise, text properties are only looked up if POS >=
3671 IT->check_charpos of a property. */
3672
3673 static void
3674 reseat (it, pos, force_p)
3675 struct it *it;
3676 struct text_pos pos;
3677 int force_p;
3678 {
3679 int original_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
3680
3681 reseat_1 (it, pos, 0);
3682
3683 /* Determine where to check text properties. Avoid doing it
3684 where possible because text property lookup is very expensive. */
3685 if (force_p
3686 || CHARPOS (pos) > it->stop_charpos
3687 || CHARPOS (pos) < original_pos)
3688 handle_stop (it);
3689
3690 CHECK_IT (it);
3691 }
3692
3693
3694 /* Change IT's buffer position to POS. SET_STOP_P non-zero means set
3695 IT->stop_pos to POS, also. */
3696
3697 static void
3698 reseat_1 (it, pos, set_stop_p)
3699 struct it *it;
3700 struct text_pos pos;
3701 int set_stop_p;
3702 {
3703 /* Don't call this function when scanning a C string. */
3704 xassert (it->s == NULL);
3705
3706 /* POS must be a reasonable value. */
3707 xassert (CHARPOS (pos) >= BEGV && CHARPOS (pos) <= ZV);
3708
3709 it->current.pos = it->position = pos;
3710 XSETBUFFER (it->object, current_buffer);
3711 it->dpvec = NULL;
3712 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3713 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3714 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = -1;
3715 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3716 it->string = Qnil;
3717 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
3718 it->sp = 0;
3719 it->face_before_selective_p = 0;
3720
3721 if (set_stop_p)
3722 it->stop_charpos = CHARPOS (pos);
3723 }
3724
3725
3726 /* Set up IT for displaying a string, starting at CHARPOS in window W.
3727 If S is non-null, it is a C string to iterate over. Otherwise,
3728 STRING gives a Lisp string to iterate over.
3729
3730 If PRECISION > 0, don't return more then PRECISION number of
3731 characters from the string.
3732
3733 If FIELD_WIDTH > 0, return padding spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3734 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means an infinite
3735 field width.
3736
3737 MULTIBYTE = 0 means disable processing of multibyte characters,
3738 MULTIBYTE > 0 means enable it,
3739 MULTIBYTE < 0 means use IT->multibyte_p.
3740
3741 IT must be initialized via a prior call to init_iterator before
3742 calling this function. */
3743
3744 static void
3745 reseat_to_string (it, s, string, charpos, precision, field_width, multibyte)
3746 struct it *it;
3747 unsigned char *s;
3748 Lisp_Object string;
3749 int charpos;
3750 int precision, field_width, multibyte;
3751 {
3752 /* No region in strings. */
3753 it->region_beg_charpos = it->region_end_charpos = -1;
3754
3755 /* No text property checks performed by default, but see below. */
3756 it->stop_charpos = -1;
3757
3758 /* Set iterator position and end position. */
3759 bzero (&it->current, sizeof it->current);
3760 it->current.overlay_string_index = -1;
3761 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
3762 xassert (charpos >= 0);
3763
3764 /* Use the setting of MULTIBYTE if specified. */
3765 if (multibyte >= 0)
3766 it->multibyte_p = multibyte > 0;
3767
3768 if (s == NULL)
3769 {
3770 xassert (STRINGP (string));
3771 it->string = string;
3772 it->s = NULL;
3773 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = XSTRING (string)->size;
3774 it->method = next_element_from_string;
3775 it->current.string_pos = string_pos (charpos, string);
3776 }
3777 else
3778 {
3779 it->s = s;
3780 it->string = Qnil;
3781
3782 /* Note that we use IT->current.pos, not it->current.string_pos,
3783 for displaying C strings. */
3784 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) = -1;
3785 if (it->multibyte_p)
3786 {
3787 it->current.pos = c_string_pos (charpos, s, 1);
3788 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = number_of_chars (s, 1);
3789 }
3790 else
3791 {
3792 IT_CHARPOS (*it) = IT_BYTEPOS (*it) = charpos;
3793 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = strlen (s);
3794 }
3795
3796 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
3797 }
3798
3799 /* PRECISION > 0 means don't return more than PRECISION characters
3800 from the string. */
3801 if (precision > 0 && it->end_charpos - charpos > precision)
3802 it->end_charpos = it->string_nchars = charpos + precision;
3803
3804 /* FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH
3805 characters have been returned. FIELD_WIDTH == 0 means don't pad,
3806 FIELD_WIDTH < 0 means infinite field width. This is useful for
3807 padding with `-' at the end of a mode line. */
3808 if (field_width < 0)
3809 field_width = INFINITY;
3810 if (field_width > it->end_charpos - charpos)
3811 it->end_charpos = charpos + field_width;
3812
3813 /* Use the standard display table for displaying strings. */
3814 if (DISP_TABLE_P (Vstandard_display_table))
3815 it->dp = XCHAR_TABLE (Vstandard_display_table);
3816
3817 it->stop_charpos = charpos;
3818 CHECK_IT (it);
3819 }
3820
3821
3822 \f
3823 /***********************************************************************
3824 Iteration
3825 ***********************************************************************/
3826
3827 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
3828 display element from the current position of IT. Value is zero if
3829 end of buffer (or C string) is reached. */
3830
3831 int
3832 get_next_display_element (it)
3833 struct it *it;
3834 {
3835 /* Non-zero means that we found an display element. Zero means that
3836 we hit the end of what we iterate over. Performance note: the
3837 function pointer `method' used here turns out to be faster than
3838 using a sequence of if-statements. */
3839 int success_p = (*it->method) (it);
3840
3841 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
3842 {
3843 /* Map via display table or translate control characters.
3844 IT->c, IT->len etc. have been set to the next character by
3845 the function call above. If we have a display table, and it
3846 contains an entry for IT->c, translate it. Don't do this if
3847 IT->c itself comes from a display table, otherwise we could
3848 end up in an infinite recursion. (An alternative could be to
3849 count the recursion depth of this function and signal an
3850 error when a certain maximum depth is reached.) Is it worth
3851 it? */
3852 if (success_p && it->dpvec == NULL)
3853 {
3854 Lisp_Object dv;
3855
3856 if (it->dp
3857 && (dv = DISP_CHAR_VECTOR (it->dp, it->c),
3858 VECTORP (dv)))
3859 {
3860 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (dv);
3861
3862 /* Return the first character from the display table
3863 entry, if not empty. If empty, don't display the
3864 current character. */
3865 if (v->size)
3866 {
3867 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3868 it->dpvec = v->contents;
3869 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
3870 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3871 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3872 }
3873
3874 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
3875 }
3876
3877 /* Translate control characters into `\003' or `^C' form.
3878 Control characters coming from a display table entry are
3879 currently not translated because we use IT->dpvec to hold
3880 the translation. This could easily be changed but I
3881 don't believe that it is worth doing.
3882
3883 Non-printable multibyte characters are also translated
3884 octal form. */
3885 else if ((it->c < ' '
3886 && (it->area != TEXT_AREA
3887 || (it->c != '\n' && it->c != '\t')))
3888 || (it->c >= 127
3889 && it->len == 1)
3890 || !CHAR_PRINTABLE_P (it->c))
3891 {
3892 /* IT->c is a control character which must be displayed
3893 either as '\003' or as `^C' where the '\\' and '^'
3894 can be defined in the display table. Fill
3895 IT->ctl_chars with glyphs for what we have to
3896 display. Then, set IT->dpvec to these glyphs. */
3897 GLYPH g;
3898
3899 if (it->c < 128 && it->ctl_arrow_p)
3900 {
3901 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `^'. */
3902 if (it->dp
3903 && INTEGERP (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))
3904 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3905 g = XINT (DISP_CTRL_GLYPH (it->dp));
3906 else
3907 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('^', 0);
3908 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[0], g);
3909
3910 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (it->c ^ 0100, 0);
3911 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[1], g);
3912
3913 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return first character from it. */
3914 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3915 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3916 it->dpend = it->dpvec + 2;
3917 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3918 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3919 get_next_display_element (it);
3920 }
3921 else
3922 {
3923 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
3924 int len;
3925 int i;
3926 GLYPH escape_glyph;
3927
3928 /* Set IT->ctl_chars[0] to the glyph for `\\'. */
3929 if (it->dp
3930 && INTEGERP (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))
3931 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp))))
3932 escape_glyph = XFASTINT (DISP_ESCAPE_GLYPH (it->dp));
3933 else
3934 escape_glyph = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ('\\', 0);
3935
3936 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
3937 str[0] = it->c, len = 1;
3938 else
3939 len = CHAR_STRING (it->c, str);
3940
3941 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
3942 {
3943 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4], escape_glyph);
3944 /* Insert three more glyphs into IT->ctl_chars for
3945 the octal display of the character. */
3946 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 6) & 7) + '0', 0);
3947 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 1], g);
3948 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH (((str[i] >> 3) & 7) + '0', 0);
3949 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 2], g);
3950 g = FAST_MAKE_GLYPH ((str[i] & 7) + '0', 0);
3951 XSETINT (it->ctl_chars[i * 4 + 3], g);
3952 }
3953
3954 /* Set up IT->dpvec and return the first character
3955 from it. */
3956 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
3957 it->dpvec = it->ctl_chars;
3958 it->dpend = it->dpvec + len * 4;
3959 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
3960 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
3961 get_next_display_element (it);
3962 }
3963 }
3964 }
3965
3966 /* Adjust face id for a multibyte character. There are no
3967 multibyte character in unibyte text. */
3968 if (it->multibyte_p
3969 && success_p
3970 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
3971 {
3972 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
3973 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->c);
3974 }
3975 }
3976
3977 /* Is this character the last one of a run of characters with
3978 box? If yes, set IT->end_of_box_run_p to 1. */
3979 if (it->face_box_p
3980 && it->s == NULL)
3981 {
3982 int face_id;
3983 struct face *face;
3984
3985 it->end_of_box_run_p
3986 = ((face_id = face_after_it_pos (it),
3987 face_id != it->face_id)
3988 && (face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id),
3989 face->box == FACE_NO_BOX));
3990 }
3991
3992 /* Value is 0 if end of buffer or string reached. */
3993 return success_p;
3994 }
3995
3996
3997 /* Move IT to the next display element.
3998
3999 RESEAT_P non-zero means if called on a newline in buffer text,
4000 skip to the next visible line start.
4001
4002 Functions get_next_display_element and set_iterator_to_next are
4003 separate because I find this arrangement easier to handle than a
4004 get_next_display_element function that also increments IT's
4005 position. The way it is we can first look at an iterator's current
4006 display element, decide whether it fits on a line, and if it does,
4007 increment the iterator position. The other way around we probably
4008 would either need a flag indicating whether the iterator has to be
4009 incremented the next time, or we would have to implement a
4010 decrement position function which would not be easy to write. */
4011
4012 void
4013 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p)
4014 struct it *it;
4015 int reseat_p;
4016 {
4017 /* Reset flags indicating start and end of a sequence of characters
4018 with box. Reset them at the start of this function because
4019 moving the iterator to a new position might set them. */
4020 it->start_of_box_run_p = it->end_of_box_run_p = 0;
4021
4022 if (it->method == next_element_from_buffer)
4023 {
4024 /* The current display element of IT is a character from
4025 current_buffer. Advance in the buffer, and maybe skip over
4026 invisible lines that are so because of selective display. */
4027 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it) && reseat_p)
4028 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4029 else
4030 {
4031 xassert (it->len != 0);
4032 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4033 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4034 xassert (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) == CHAR_TO_BYTE (IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4035 }
4036 }
4037 else if (it->method == next_element_from_composition)
4038 {
4039 xassert (it->cmp_id >= 0 && it ->cmp_id < n_compositions);
4040 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4041 {
4042 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4043 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4044 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4045 goto consider_string_end;
4046 }
4047 else
4048 {
4049 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4050 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += it->cmp_len;
4051 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4052 }
4053 }
4054 else if (it->method == next_element_from_c_string)
4055 {
4056 /* Current display element of IT is from a C string. */
4057 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4058 IT_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4059 }
4060 else if (it->method == next_element_from_display_vector)
4061 {
4062 /* Current display element of IT is from a display table entry.
4063 Advance in the display table definition. Reset it to null if
4064 end reached, and continue with characters from buffers/
4065 strings. */
4066 ++it->current.dpvec_index;
4067
4068 /* Restore face of the iterator to what they were before the
4069 display vector entry (these entries may contain faces). */
4070 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
4071
4072 if (it->dpvec + it->current.dpvec_index == it->dpend)
4073 {
4074 if (it->s)
4075 it->method = next_element_from_c_string;
4076 else if (STRINGP (it->string))
4077 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4078 else
4079 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4080
4081 it->dpvec = NULL;
4082 it->current.dpvec_index = -1;
4083
4084 /* Skip over characters which were displayed via IT->dpvec. */
4085 if (it->dpvec_char_len < 0)
4086 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4087 else if (it->dpvec_char_len > 0)
4088 {
4089 it->len = it->dpvec_char_len;
4090 set_iterator_to_next (it, reseat_p);
4091 }
4092 }
4093 }
4094 else if (it->method == next_element_from_string)
4095 {
4096 /* Current display element is a character from a Lisp string. */
4097 xassert (it->s == NULL && STRINGP (it->string));
4098 IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it) += it->len;
4099 IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) += 1;
4100
4101 consider_string_end:
4102
4103 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4104 {
4105 /* IT->string is an overlay string. Advance to the
4106 next, if there is one. */
4107 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4108 next_overlay_string (it);
4109 }
4110 else
4111 {
4112 /* IT->string is not an overlay string. If we reached
4113 its end, and there is something on IT->stack, proceed
4114 with what is on the stack. This can be either another
4115 string, this time an overlay string, or a buffer. */
4116 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == XSTRING (it->string)->size
4117 && it->sp > 0)
4118 {
4119 pop_it (it);
4120 if (!STRINGP (it->string))
4121 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4122 }
4123 }
4124 }
4125 else if (it->method == next_element_from_image
4126 || it->method == next_element_from_stretch)
4127 {
4128 /* The position etc with which we have to proceed are on
4129 the stack. The position may be at the end of a string,
4130 if the `display' property takes up the whole string. */
4131 pop_it (it);
4132 it->image_id = 0;
4133 if (STRINGP (it->string))
4134 {
4135 it->method = next_element_from_string;
4136 goto consider_string_end;
4137 }
4138 else
4139 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4140 }
4141 else
4142 /* There are no other methods defined, so this should be a bug. */
4143 abort ();
4144
4145 xassert (it->method != next_element_from_string
4146 || (STRINGP (it->string)
4147 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0));
4148 }
4149
4150
4151 /* Load IT's display element fields with information about the next
4152 display element which comes from a display table entry or from the
4153 result of translating a control character to one of the forms `^C'
4154 or `\003'. IT->dpvec holds the glyphs to return as characters. */
4155
4156 static int
4157 next_element_from_display_vector (it)
4158 struct it *it;
4159 {
4160 /* Precondition. */
4161 xassert (it->dpvec && it->current.dpvec_index >= 0);
4162
4163 /* Remember the current face id in case glyphs specify faces.
4164 IT's face is restored in set_iterator_to_next. */
4165 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4166
4167 if (INTEGERP (*it->dpvec)
4168 && GLYPH_CHAR_VALID_P (XFASTINT (*it->dpvec)))
4169 {
4170 int lface_id;
4171 GLYPH g;
4172
4173 g = XFASTINT (it->dpvec[it->current.dpvec_index]);
4174 it->c = FAST_GLYPH_CHAR (g);
4175 it->len = CHAR_BYTES (it->c);
4176
4177 /* The entry may contain a face id to use. Such a face id is
4178 the id of a Lisp face, not a realized face. A face id of
4179 zero means no face is specified. */
4180 lface_id = FAST_GLYPH_FACE (g);
4181 if (lface_id)
4182 {
4183 /* The function returns -1 if lface_id is invalid. */
4184 int face_id = ascii_face_of_lisp_face (it->f, lface_id);
4185 if (face_id >= 0)
4186 it->face_id = face_id;
4187 }
4188 }
4189 else
4190 /* Display table entry is invalid. Return a space. */
4191 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4192
4193 /* Don't change position and object of the iterator here. They are
4194 still the values of the character that had this display table
4195 entry or was translated, and that's what we want. */
4196 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4197 return 1;
4198 }
4199
4200
4201 /* Load IT with the next display element from Lisp string IT->string.
4202 IT->current.string_pos is the current position within the string.
4203 If IT->current.overlay_string_index >= 0, the Lisp string is an
4204 overlay string. */
4205
4206 static int
4207 next_element_from_string (it)
4208 struct it *it;
4209 {
4210 struct text_pos position;
4211
4212 xassert (STRINGP (it->string));
4213 xassert (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= 0);
4214 position = it->current.string_pos;
4215
4216 /* Time to check for invisible text? */
4217 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) < it->end_charpos
4218 && IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) == it->stop_charpos)
4219 {
4220 handle_stop (it);
4221
4222 /* Since a handler may have changed IT->method, we must
4223 recurse here. */
4224 return get_next_display_element (it);
4225 }
4226
4227 if (it->current.overlay_string_index >= 0)
4228 {
4229 /* Get the next character from an overlay string. In overlay
4230 strings, There is no field width or padding with spaces to
4231 do. */
4232 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= XSTRING (it->string)->size)
4233 {
4234 it->what = IT_EOB;
4235 return 0;
4236 }
4237 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4238 {
4239 int remaining = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4240 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4241 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4242 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4243 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, remaining, &it->len);
4244 }
4245 else
4246 {
4247 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4248 it->len = 1;
4249 }
4250 }
4251 else
4252 {
4253 /* Get the next character from a Lisp string that is not an
4254 overlay string. Such strings come from the mode line, for
4255 example. We may have to pad with spaces, or truncate the
4256 string. See also next_element_from_c_string. */
4257 if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4258 {
4259 it->what = IT_EOB;
4260 return 0;
4261 }
4262 else if (IT_STRING_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4263 {
4264 /* Pad with spaces. */
4265 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4266 CHARPOS (position) = BYTEPOS (position) = -1;
4267 }
4268 else if (STRING_MULTIBYTE (it->string))
4269 {
4270 int maxlen = (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (it->string))
4271 - IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4272 unsigned char *s = (XSTRING (it->string)->data
4273 + IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it));
4274 it->c = string_char_and_length (s, maxlen, &it->len);
4275 }
4276 else
4277 {
4278 it->c = XSTRING (it->string)->data[IT_STRING_BYTEPOS (*it)];
4279 it->len = 1;
4280 }
4281 }
4282
4283 /* Record what we have and where it came from. Note that we store a
4284 buffer position in IT->position although it could arguably be a
4285 string position. */
4286 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4287 it->object = it->string;
4288 it->position = position;
4289 return 1;
4290 }
4291
4292
4293 /* Load IT with next display element from C string IT->s.
4294 IT->string_nchars is the maximum number of characters to return
4295 from the string. IT->end_charpos may be greater than
4296 IT->string_nchars when this function is called, in which case we
4297 may have to return padding spaces. Value is zero if end of string
4298 reached, including padding spaces. */
4299
4300 static int
4301 next_element_from_c_string (it)
4302 struct it *it;
4303 {
4304 int success_p = 1;
4305
4306 xassert (it->s);
4307 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
4308 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = 0;
4309 it->object = Qnil;
4310
4311 /* IT's position can be greater IT->string_nchars in case a field
4312 width or precision has been specified when the iterator was
4313 initialized. */
4314 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4315 {
4316 /* End of the game. */
4317 it->what = IT_EOB;
4318 success_p = 0;
4319 }
4320 else if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->string_nchars)
4321 {
4322 /* Pad with spaces. */
4323 it->c = ' ', it->len = 1;
4324 BYTEPOS (it->position) = CHARPOS (it->position) = -1;
4325 }
4326 else if (it->multibyte_p)
4327 {
4328 /* Implementation note: The calls to strlen apparently aren't a
4329 performance problem because there is no noticeable performance
4330 difference between Emacs running in unibyte or multibyte mode. */
4331 int maxlen = strlen (it->s) - IT_BYTEPOS (*it);
4332 it->c = string_char_and_length (it->s + IT_BYTEPOS (*it),
4333 maxlen, &it->len);
4334 }
4335 else
4336 it->c = it->s[IT_BYTEPOS (*it)], it->len = 1;
4337
4338 return success_p;
4339 }
4340
4341
4342 /* Set up IT to return characters from an ellipsis, if appropriate.
4343 The definition of the ellipsis glyphs may come from a display table
4344 entry. This function Fills IT with the first glyph from the
4345 ellipsis if an ellipsis is to be displayed. */
4346
4347 static int
4348 next_element_from_ellipsis (it)
4349 struct it *it;
4350 {
4351 if (it->selective_display_ellipsis_p)
4352 {
4353 if (it->dp && VECTORP (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp)))
4354 {
4355 /* Use the display table definition for `...'. Invalid glyphs
4356 will be handled by the method returning elements from dpvec. */
4357 struct Lisp_Vector *v = XVECTOR (DISP_INVIS_VECTOR (it->dp));
4358 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4359 it->dpvec = v->contents;
4360 it->dpend = v->contents + v->size;
4361 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4362 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4363 }
4364 else
4365 {
4366 /* Use default `...' which is stored in default_invis_vector. */
4367 it->dpvec_char_len = it->len;
4368 it->dpvec = default_invis_vector;
4369 it->dpend = default_invis_vector + 3;
4370 it->current.dpvec_index = 0;
4371 it->method = next_element_from_display_vector;
4372 }
4373 }
4374 else
4375 {
4376 /* The face at the current position may be different from the
4377 face we find after the invisible text. Remember what it
4378 was in IT->saved_face_id, and signal that it's there by
4379 setting face_before_selective_p. */
4380 it->saved_face_id = it->face_id;
4381 it->method = next_element_from_buffer;
4382 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 1);
4383 it->face_before_selective_p = 1;
4384 }
4385
4386 return get_next_display_element (it);
4387 }
4388
4389
4390 /* Deliver an image display element. The iterator IT is already
4391 filled with image information (done in handle_display_prop). Value
4392 is always 1. */
4393
4394
4395 static int
4396 next_element_from_image (it)
4397 struct it *it;
4398 {
4399 it->what = IT_IMAGE;
4400 return 1;
4401 }
4402
4403
4404 /* Fill iterator IT with next display element from a stretch glyph
4405 property. IT->object is the value of the text property. Value is
4406 always 1. */
4407
4408 static int
4409 next_element_from_stretch (it)
4410 struct it *it;
4411 {
4412 it->what = IT_STRETCH;
4413 return 1;
4414 }
4415
4416
4417 /* Load IT with the next display element from current_buffer. Value
4418 is zero if end of buffer reached. IT->stop_charpos is the next
4419 position at which to stop and check for text properties or buffer
4420 end. */
4421
4422 static int
4423 next_element_from_buffer (it)
4424 struct it *it;
4425 {
4426 int success_p = 1;
4427
4428 /* Check this assumption, otherwise, we would never enter the
4429 if-statement, below. */
4430 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV
4431 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= it->stop_charpos);
4432
4433 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->stop_charpos)
4434 {
4435 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->end_charpos)
4436 {
4437 int overlay_strings_follow_p;
4438
4439 /* End of the game, except when overlay strings follow that
4440 haven't been returned yet. */
4441 if (it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p)
4442 overlay_strings_follow_p = 0;
4443 else
4444 {
4445 it->overlay_strings_at_end_processed_p = 1;
4446 overlay_strings_follow_p = get_overlay_strings (it);
4447 }
4448
4449 if (overlay_strings_follow_p)
4450 success_p = get_next_display_element (it);
4451 else
4452 {
4453 it->what = IT_EOB;
4454 it->position = it->current.pos;
4455 success_p = 0;
4456 }
4457 }
4458 else
4459 {
4460 handle_stop (it);
4461 return get_next_display_element (it);
4462 }
4463 }
4464 else
4465 {
4466 /* No face changes, overlays etc. in sight, so just return a
4467 character from current_buffer. */
4468 unsigned char *p;
4469
4470 /* Maybe run the redisplay end trigger hook. Performance note:
4471 This doesn't seem to cost measurable time. */
4472 if (it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos
4473 && it->glyph_row
4474 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos)
4475 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it);
4476
4477 /* Get the next character, maybe multibyte. */
4478 p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4479 if (it->multibyte_p && !ASCII_BYTE_P (*p))
4480 {
4481 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT_BYTE ? ZV_BYTE : GPT_BYTE)
4482 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
4483 it->c = string_char_and_length (p, maxlen, &it->len);
4484 }
4485 else
4486 it->c = *p, it->len = 1;
4487
4488 /* Record what we have and where it came from. */
4489 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;;
4490 it->object = it->w->buffer;
4491 it->position = it->current.pos;
4492
4493 /* Normally we return the character found above, except when we
4494 really want to return an ellipsis for selective display. */
4495 if (it->selective)
4496 {
4497 if (it->c == '\n')
4498 {
4499 /* A value of selective > 0 means hide lines indented more
4500 than that number of columns. */
4501 if (it->selective > 0
4502 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1 < ZV
4503 && indented_beyond_p (IT_CHARPOS (*it) + 1,
4504 IT_BYTEPOS (*it) + 1,
4505 it->selective))
4506 {
4507 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4508 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4509 }
4510 }
4511 else if (it->c == '\r' && it->selective == -1)
4512 {
4513 /* A value of selective == -1 means that everything from the
4514 CR to the end of the line is invisible, with maybe an
4515 ellipsis displayed for it. */
4516 success_p = next_element_from_ellipsis (it);
4517 it->dpvec_char_len = -1;
4518 }
4519 }
4520 }
4521
4522 /* Value is zero if end of buffer reached. */
4523 xassert (!success_p || it->what != IT_CHARACTER || it->len > 0);
4524 return success_p;
4525 }
4526
4527
4528 /* Run the redisplay end trigger hook for IT. */
4529
4530 static void
4531 run_redisplay_end_trigger_hook (it)
4532 struct it *it;
4533 {
4534 Lisp_Object args[3];
4535
4536 /* IT->glyph_row should be non-null, i.e. we should be actually
4537 displaying something, or otherwise we should not run the hook. */
4538 xassert (it->glyph_row);
4539
4540 /* Set up hook arguments. */
4541 args[0] = Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions;
4542 args[1] = it->window;
4543 XSETINT (args[2], it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos);
4544 it->redisplay_end_trigger_charpos = 0;
4545
4546 /* Since we are *trying* to run these functions, don't try to run
4547 them again, even if they get an error. */
4548 it->w->redisplay_end_trigger = Qnil;
4549 Frun_hook_with_args (3, args);
4550
4551 /* Notice if it changed the face of the character we are on. */
4552 handle_face_prop (it);
4553 }
4554
4555
4556 /* Deliver a composition display element. The iterator IT is already
4557 filled with composition information (done in
4558 handle_composition_prop). Value is always 1. */
4559
4560 static int
4561 next_element_from_composition (it)
4562 struct it *it;
4563 {
4564 it->what = IT_COMPOSITION;
4565 it->position = (STRINGP (it->string)
4566 ? it->current.string_pos
4567 : it->current.pos);
4568 return 1;
4569 }
4570
4571
4572 \f
4573 /***********************************************************************
4574 Moving an iterator without producing glyphs
4575 ***********************************************************************/
4576
4577 /* Move iterator IT to a specified buffer or X position within one
4578 line on the display without producing glyphs.
4579
4580 Begin to skip at IT's current position. Skip to TO_CHARPOS or TO_X
4581 whichever is reached first.
4582
4583 TO_CHARPOS <= 0 means no TO_CHARPOS is specified.
4584
4585 TO_X < 0 means that no TO_X is specified. TO_X is normally a value
4586 0 <= TO_X <= IT->last_visible_x. This means in particular, that
4587 TO_X includes the amount by which a window is horizontally
4588 scrolled.
4589
4590 Value is
4591
4592 MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV
4593 - when TO_POS or ZV was reached.
4594
4595 MOVE_X_REACHED
4596 -when TO_X was reached before TO_POS or ZV were reached.
4597
4598 MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED
4599 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line must
4600 be continued.
4601
4602 MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED
4603 - when we reached the end of the display area and the line is
4604 truncated.
4605
4606 MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR
4607 - when we stopped at a line end, i.e. a newline or a CR and selective
4608 display is on. */
4609
4610 static enum move_it_result
4611 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op)
4612 struct it *it;
4613 int to_charpos, to_x, op;
4614 {
4615 enum move_it_result result = MOVE_UNDEFINED;
4616 struct glyph_row *saved_glyph_row;
4617
4618 /* Don't produce glyphs in produce_glyphs. */
4619 saved_glyph_row = it->glyph_row;
4620 it->glyph_row = NULL;
4621
4622 while (1)
4623 {
4624 int x, i, ascent = 0, descent = 0;
4625
4626 /* Stop when ZV or TO_CHARPOS reached. */
4627 if (!get_next_display_element (it)
4628 || ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4629 && BUFFERP (it->object)
4630 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= to_charpos))
4631 {
4632 result = MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV;
4633 break;
4634 }
4635
4636 /* The call to produce_glyphs will get the metrics of the
4637 display element IT is loaded with. We record in x the
4638 x-position before this display element in case it does not
4639 fit on the line. */
4640 x = it->current_x;
4641
4642 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
4643 fit on the line. */
4644 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
4645 {
4646 ascent = it->max_ascent;
4647 descent = it->max_descent;
4648 }
4649
4650 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
4651
4652 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
4653 {
4654 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4655 continue;
4656 }
4657
4658 /* The number of glyphs we get back in IT->nglyphs will normally
4659 be 1 except when IT->c is (i) a TAB, or (ii) a multi-glyph
4660 character on a terminal frame, or (iii) a line end. For the
4661 second case, IT->nglyphs - 1 padding glyphs will be present
4662 (on X frames, there is only one glyph produced for a
4663 composite character.
4664
4665 The behavior implemented below means, for continuation lines,
4666 that as many spaces of a TAB as fit on the current line are
4667 displayed there. For terminal frames, as many glyphs of a
4668 multi-glyph character are displayed in the current line, too.
4669 This is what the old redisplay code did, and we keep it that
4670 way. Under X, the whole shape of a complex character must
4671 fit on the line or it will be completely displayed in the
4672 next line.
4673
4674 Note that both for tabs and padding glyphs, all glyphs have
4675 the same width. */
4676 if (it->nglyphs)
4677 {
4678 /* More than one glyph or glyph doesn't fit on line. All
4679 glyphs have the same width. */
4680 int single_glyph_width = it->pixel_width / it->nglyphs;
4681 int new_x;
4682
4683 for (i = 0; i < it->nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
4684 {
4685 new_x = x + single_glyph_width;
4686
4687 /* We want to leave anything reaching TO_X to the caller. */
4688 if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && new_x > to_x)
4689 {
4690 it->current_x = x;
4691 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4692 break;
4693 }
4694 else if (/* Lines are continued. */
4695 !it->truncate_lines_p
4696 && (/* And glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
4697 new_x > it->last_visible_x
4698 /* Or it fits exactly and we're on a window
4699 system frame. */
4700 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4701 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
4702 {
4703 if (/* IT->hpos == 0 means the very first glyph
4704 doesn't fit on the line, e.g. a wide image. */
4705 it->hpos == 0
4706 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
4707 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
4708 {
4709 ++it->hpos;
4710 it->current_x = new_x;
4711 if (i == it->nglyphs - 1)
4712 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4713 }
4714 else
4715 {
4716 it->current_x = x;
4717 it->max_ascent = ascent;
4718 it->max_descent = descent;
4719 }
4720
4721 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_in: continued at %d\n",
4722 IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4723 result = MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED;
4724 break;
4725 }
4726 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
4727 {
4728 /* Glyph is visible. Increment number of glyphs that
4729 would be displayed. */
4730 ++it->hpos;
4731 }
4732 else
4733 {
4734 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the display
4735 area. Nothing to do. */
4736 }
4737 }
4738
4739 if (result != MOVE_UNDEFINED)
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 else if ((op & MOVE_TO_X) && it->current_x >= to_x)
4743 {
4744 /* Stop when TO_X specified and reached. This check is
4745 necessary here because of lines consisting of a line end,
4746 only. The line end will not produce any glyphs and we
4747 would never get MOVE_X_REACHED. */
4748 xassert (it->nglyphs == 0);
4749 result = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4750 break;
4751 }
4752
4753 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're done. */
4754 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
4755 {
4756 result = MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR;
4757 break;
4758 }
4759
4760 /* The current display element has been consumed. Advance
4761 to the next. */
4762 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4763
4764 /* Stop if lines are truncated and IT's current x-position is
4765 past the right edge of the window now. */
4766 if (it->truncate_lines_p
4767 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
4768 {
4769 result = MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED;
4770 break;
4771 }
4772 }
4773
4774 /* Restore the iterator settings altered at the beginning of this
4775 function. */
4776 it->glyph_row = saved_glyph_row;
4777 return result;
4778 }
4779
4780
4781 /* Move IT forward to a specified buffer position TO_CHARPOS, TO_X,
4782 TO_Y, TO_VPOS. OP is a bit-mask that specifies where to stop. See
4783 the description of enum move_operation_enum.
4784
4785 If TO_CHARPOS is in invisible text, e.g. a truncated part of a
4786 screen line, this function will set IT to the next position >
4787 TO_CHARPOS. */
4788
4789 void
4790 move_it_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos, op)
4791 struct it *it;
4792 int to_charpos, to_x, to_y, to_vpos;
4793 int op;
4794 {
4795 enum move_it_result skip, skip2 = MOVE_X_REACHED;
4796 int line_height;
4797 int reached = 0;
4798
4799 for (;;)
4800 {
4801 if (op & MOVE_TO_VPOS)
4802 {
4803 /* If no TO_CHARPOS and no TO_X specified, stop at the
4804 start of the line TO_VPOS. */
4805 if ((op & (MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_POS)) == 0)
4806 {
4807 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4808 {
4809 reached = 1;
4810 break;
4811 }
4812 else
4813 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, -1, -1, 0);
4814 }
4815 else
4816 {
4817 /* TO_VPOS >= 0 means stop at TO_X in the line at
4818 TO_VPOS, or at TO_POS, whichever comes first. */
4819 if (it->vpos == to_vpos)
4820 {
4821 reached = 2;
4822 break;
4823 }
4824
4825 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, to_x, op);
4826
4827 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV || it->vpos == to_vpos)
4828 {
4829 reached = 3;
4830 break;
4831 }
4832 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED && it->vpos != to_vpos)
4833 {
4834 /* We have reached TO_X but not in the line we want. */
4835 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4836 -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4837 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4838 {
4839 reached = 4;
4840 break;
4841 }
4842 }
4843 }
4844 }
4845 else if (op & MOVE_TO_Y)
4846 {
4847 struct it it_backup;
4848
4849 /* TO_Y specified means stop at TO_X in the line containing
4850 TO_Y---or at TO_CHARPOS if this is reached first. The
4851 problem is that we can't really tell whether the line
4852 contains TO_Y before we have completely scanned it, and
4853 this may skip past TO_X. What we do is to first scan to
4854 TO_X.
4855
4856 If TO_X is not specified, use a TO_X of zero. The reason
4857 is to make the outcome of this function more predictable.
4858 If we didn't use TO_X == 0, we would stop at the end of
4859 the line which is probably not what a caller would expect
4860 to happen. */
4861 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos,
4862 ((op & MOVE_TO_X)
4863 ? to_x : 0),
4864 (MOVE_TO_X
4865 | (op & MOVE_TO_POS)));
4866
4867 /* If TO_CHARPOS is reached or ZV, we don't have to do more. */
4868 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4869 {
4870 reached = 5;
4871 break;
4872 }
4873
4874 /* If TO_X was reached, we would like to know whether TO_Y
4875 is in the line. This can only be said if we know the
4876 total line height which requires us to scan the rest of
4877 the line. */
4878 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4879 {
4880 it_backup = *it;
4881 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: from %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4882 skip2 = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1,
4883 op & MOVE_TO_POS);
4884 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
4885 }
4886
4887 /* Now, decide whether TO_Y is in this line. */
4888 line_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4889 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it: line_height = %d\n", line_height));
4890
4891 if (to_y >= it->current_y
4892 && to_y < it->current_y + line_height)
4893 {
4894 if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4895 /* If TO_Y is in this line and TO_X was reached above,
4896 we scanned too far. We have to restore IT's settings
4897 to the ones before skipping. */
4898 *it = it_backup;
4899 reached = 6;
4900 }
4901 else if (skip == MOVE_X_REACHED)
4902 {
4903 skip = skip2;
4904 if (skip == MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV)
4905 reached = 7;
4906 }
4907
4908 if (reached)
4909 break;
4910 }
4911 else
4912 skip = move_it_in_display_line_to (it, to_charpos, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
4913
4914 switch (skip)
4915 {
4916 case MOVE_POS_MATCH_OR_ZV:
4917 reached = 8;
4918 goto out;
4919
4920 case MOVE_NEWLINE_OR_CR:
4921 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
4922 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4923 break;
4924
4925 case MOVE_LINE_TRUNCATED:
4926 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
4927 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
4928 if ((op & MOVE_TO_POS) != 0
4929 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > to_charpos)
4930 {
4931 reached = 9;
4932 goto out;
4933 }
4934 break;
4935
4936 case MOVE_LINE_CONTINUED:
4937 it->continuation_lines_width += it->current_x;
4938 break;
4939
4940 default:
4941 abort ();
4942 }
4943
4944 /* Reset/increment for the next run. */
4945 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
4946 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4947 it->current_y += it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4948 ++it->vpos;
4949 last_height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
4950 last_max_ascent = it->max_ascent;
4951 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
4952 }
4953
4954 out:
4955
4956 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_to: reached %d\n", reached));
4957 }
4958
4959
4960 /* Move iterator IT backward by a specified y-distance DY, DY >= 0.
4961
4962 If DY > 0, move IT backward at least that many pixels. DY = 0
4963 means move IT backward to the preceding line start or BEGV. This
4964 function may move over more than DY pixels if IT->current_y - DY
4965 ends up in the middle of a line; in this case IT->current_y will be
4966 set to the top of the line moved to. */
4967
4968 void
4969 move_it_vertically_backward (it, dy)
4970 struct it *it;
4971 int dy;
4972 {
4973 int nlines, h, line_height;
4974 struct it it2;
4975 int start_pos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
4976
4977 xassert (dy >= 0);
4978
4979 /* Estimate how many newlines we must move back. */
4980 nlines = max (1, dy / CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f));
4981
4982 /* Set the iterator's position that many lines back. */
4983 while (nlines-- && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
4984 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
4985
4986 /* Reseat the iterator here. When moving backward, we don't want
4987 reseat to skip forward over invisible text, set up the iterator
4988 to deliver from overlay strings at the new position etc. So,
4989 use reseat_1 here. */
4990 reseat_1 (it, it->current.pos, 1);
4991
4992 /* We are now surely at a line start. */
4993 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
4994
4995 /* Move forward and see what y-distance we moved. First move to the
4996 start of the next line so that we get its height. We need this
4997 height to be able to tell whether we reached the specified
4998 y-distance. */
4999 it2 = *it;
5000 it2.max_ascent = it2.max_descent = 0;
5001 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, it2.vpos + 1,
5002 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5003 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5004 line_height = it2.max_ascent + it2.max_descent;
5005
5006 move_it_to (&it2, start_pos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5007 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5008 h = it2.current_y - it->current_y;
5009 nlines = it2.vpos - it->vpos;
5010
5011 /* Correct IT's y and vpos position. */
5012 it->vpos -= nlines;
5013 it->current_y -= h;
5014
5015 if (dy == 0)
5016 {
5017 /* DY == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. The
5018 value of nlines is > 0 if continuation lines were involved. */
5019 if (nlines > 0)
5020 move_it_by_lines (it, nlines, 1);
5021 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) <= start_pos);
5022 }
5023 else if (nlines)
5024 {
5025 /* The y-position we try to reach. Note that h has been
5026 subtracted in front of the if-statement. */
5027 int target_y = it->current_y + h - dy;
5028
5029 /* If we did not reach target_y, try to move further backward if
5030 we can. If we moved too far backward, try to move forward. */
5031 if (target_y < it->current_y
5032 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV)
5033 {
5034 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - it->current_y);
5035 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5036 }
5037 else if (target_y >= it->current_y + line_height
5038 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) < ZV)
5039 {
5040 move_it_vertically (it, target_y - (it->current_y + line_height));
5041 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (*it) >= BEGV);
5042 }
5043 }
5044 }
5045
5046
5047 /* Move IT by a specified amount of pixel lines DY. DY negative means
5048 move backwards. DY = 0 means move to start of screen line. At the
5049 end, IT will be on the start of a screen line. */
5050
5051 void
5052 move_it_vertically (it, dy)
5053 struct it *it;
5054 int dy;
5055 {
5056 if (dy <= 0)
5057 move_it_vertically_backward (it, -dy);
5058 else if (dy > 0)
5059 {
5060 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: from %d, %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it), dy));
5061 move_it_to (it, ZV, -1, it->current_y + dy, -1,
5062 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_Y);
5063 TRACE_MOVE ((stderr, "move_it_v: to %d\n", IT_CHARPOS (*it)));
5064
5065 /* If buffer ends in ZV without a newline, move to the start of
5066 the line to satisfy the post-condition. */
5067 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) == ZV
5068 && FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n')
5069 move_it_by_lines (it, 0, 0);
5070 }
5071 }
5072
5073
5074 #if 0 /* Currently not used. */
5075
5076 /* Return non-zero if some text between buffer positions START_CHARPOS
5077 and END_CHARPOS is invisible. IT->window is the window for text
5078 property lookup. */
5079
5080 static int
5081 invisible_text_between_p (it, start_charpos, end_charpos)
5082 struct it *it;
5083 int start_charpos, end_charpos;
5084 {
5085 Lisp_Object prop, limit;
5086 int invisible_found_p;
5087
5088 xassert (it != NULL && start_charpos <= end_charpos);
5089
5090 /* Is text at START invisible? */
5091 prop = Fget_char_property (make_number (start_charpos), Qinvisible,
5092 it->window);
5093 if (TEXT_PROP_MEANS_INVISIBLE (prop))
5094 invisible_found_p = 1;
5095 else
5096 {
5097 limit = Fnext_single_char_property_change (make_number (start_charpos),
5098 Qinvisible, Qnil,
5099 make_number (end_charpos));
5100 invisible_found_p = XFASTINT (limit) < end_charpos;
5101 }
5102
5103 return invisible_found_p;
5104 }
5105
5106 #endif /* 0 */
5107
5108
5109 /* Move IT by a specified number DVPOS of screen lines down. DVPOS
5110 negative means move up. DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the
5111 screen line. NEED_Y_P non-zero means calculate IT->current_y. If
5112 NEED_Y_P is zero, IT->current_y will be left unchanged.
5113
5114 Further optimization ideas: If we would know that IT->f doesn't use
5115 a face with proportional font, we could be faster for
5116 truncate-lines nil. */
5117
5118 void
5119 move_it_by_lines (it, dvpos, need_y_p)
5120 struct it *it;
5121 int dvpos, need_y_p;
5122 {
5123 struct position pos;
5124
5125 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
5126 {
5127 struct text_pos textpos;
5128
5129 /* We can use vmotion on frames without proportional fonts. */
5130 pos = *vmotion (IT_CHARPOS (*it), dvpos, it->w);
5131 SET_TEXT_POS (textpos, pos.bufpos, pos.bytepos);
5132 reseat (it, textpos, 1);
5133 it->vpos += pos.vpos;
5134 it->current_y += pos.vpos;
5135 }
5136 else if (dvpos == 0)
5137 {
5138 /* DVPOS == 0 means move to the start of the screen line. */
5139 move_it_vertically_backward (it, 0);
5140 xassert (it->current_x == 0 && it->hpos == 0);
5141 }
5142 else if (dvpos > 0)
5143 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + dvpos, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5144 else
5145 {
5146 struct it it2;
5147 int start_charpos, i;
5148
5149 /* Go back -DVPOS visible lines and reseat the iterator there. */
5150 start_charpos = IT_CHARPOS (*it);
5151 for (i = -dvpos; i && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > BEGV; --i)
5152 back_to_previous_visible_line_start (it);
5153 reseat (it, it->current.pos, 1);
5154 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5155
5156 /* Above call may have moved too far if continuation lines
5157 are involved. Scan forward and see if it did. */
5158 it2 = *it;
5159 it2.vpos = it2.current_y = 0;
5160 move_it_to (&it2, start_charpos, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
5161 it->vpos -= it2.vpos;
5162 it->current_y -= it2.current_y;
5163 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
5164
5165 /* If we moved too far, move IT some lines forward. */
5166 if (it2.vpos > -dvpos)
5167 {
5168 int delta = it2.vpos + dvpos;
5169 move_it_to (it, -1, -1, -1, it->vpos + delta, MOVE_TO_VPOS);
5170 }
5171 }
5172 }
5173
5174
5175 \f
5176 /***********************************************************************
5177 Messages
5178 ***********************************************************************/
5179
5180
5181 /* Add a message with format string FORMAT and arguments ARG1 and ARG2
5182 to *Messages*. */
5183
5184 void
5185 add_to_log (format, arg1, arg2)
5186 char *format;
5187 Lisp_Object arg1, arg2;
5188 {
5189 Lisp_Object args[3];
5190 Lisp_Object msg, fmt;
5191 char *buffer;
5192 int len;
5193 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5194
5195 fmt = msg = Qnil;
5196 GCPRO4 (fmt, msg, arg1, arg2);
5197
5198 args[0] = fmt = build_string (format);
5199 args[1] = arg1;
5200 args[2] = arg2;
5201 msg = Fformat (3, args);
5202
5203 len = STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)) + 1;
5204 buffer = (char *) alloca (len);
5205 strcpy (buffer, XSTRING (msg)->data);
5206
5207 message_dolog (buffer, len - 1, 1, 0);
5208 UNGCPRO;
5209 }
5210
5211
5212 /* Output a newline in the *Messages* buffer if "needs" one. */
5213
5214 void
5215 message_log_maybe_newline ()
5216 {
5217 if (message_log_need_newline)
5218 message_dolog ("", 0, 1, 0);
5219 }
5220
5221
5222 /* Add a string M of length LEN to the message log, optionally
5223 terminated with a newline when NLFLAG is non-zero. MULTIBYTE, if
5224 nonzero, means interpret the contents of M as multibyte. This
5225 function calls low-level routines in order to bypass text property
5226 hooks, etc. which might not be safe to run. */
5227
5228 void
5229 message_dolog (m, len, nlflag, multibyte)
5230 char *m;
5231 int len, nlflag, multibyte;
5232 {
5233 if (!NILP (Vmessage_log_max))
5234 {
5235 struct buffer *oldbuf;
5236 Lisp_Object oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv;
5237 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed = windows_or_buffers_changed;
5238 int point_at_end = 0;
5239 int zv_at_end = 0;
5240 Lisp_Object old_deactivate_mark, tem;
5241 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3, gcpro4;
5242
5243 old_deactivate_mark = Vdeactivate_mark;
5244 oldbuf = current_buffer;
5245 Fset_buffer (Fget_buffer_create (Vmessages_buffer_name));
5246 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5247
5248 oldpoint = Fpoint_marker ();
5249 oldbegv = Fpoint_min_marker ();
5250 oldzv = Fpoint_max_marker ();
5251 GCPRO4 (oldpoint, oldbegv, oldzv, old_deactivate_mark);
5252
5253 if (PT == Z)
5254 point_at_end = 1;
5255 if (ZV == Z)
5256 zv_at_end = 1;
5257
5258 BEGV = BEG;
5259 BEGV_BYTE = BEG_BYTE;
5260 ZV = Z;
5261 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5262 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5263
5264 /* Insert the string--maybe converting multibyte to single byte
5265 or vice versa, so that all the text fits the buffer. */
5266 if (multibyte
5267 && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5268 {
5269 int i, c, nbytes;
5270 unsigned char work[1];
5271
5272 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte
5273 for the *Message* buffer. */
5274 for (i = 0; i < len; i += nbytes)
5275 {
5276 c = string_char_and_length (m + i, len - i, &nbytes);
5277 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
5278 ? c
5279 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
5280 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
5281 }
5282 }
5283 else if (! multibyte
5284 && ! NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
5285 {
5286 int i, c, nbytes;
5287 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) m;
5288 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
5289 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte
5290 for the *Message* buffer. */
5291 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5292 {
5293 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
5294 nbytes = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
5295 insert_1_both (str, 1, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
5296 }
5297 }
5298 else if (len)
5299 insert_1 (m, len, 1, 0, 0);
5300
5301 if (nlflag)
5302 {
5303 int this_bol, this_bol_byte, prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, dup;
5304 insert_1 ("\n", 1, 1, 0, 0);
5305
5306 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5307 this_bol = PT;
5308 this_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5309
5310 if (this_bol > BEG)
5311 {
5312 scan_newline (PT, PT_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE, -2, 0);
5313 prev_bol = PT;
5314 prev_bol_byte = PT_BYTE;
5315
5316 dup = message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5317 this_bol, this_bol_byte);
5318 if (dup)
5319 {
5320 del_range_both (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte,
5321 this_bol, this_bol_byte, 0);
5322 if (dup > 1)
5323 {
5324 char dupstr[40];
5325 int duplen;
5326
5327 /* If you change this format, don't forget to also
5328 change message_log_check_duplicate. */
5329 sprintf (dupstr, " [%d times]", dup);
5330 duplen = strlen (dupstr);
5331 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z - 1, Z_BYTE - 1);
5332 insert_1 (dupstr, duplen, 1, 0, 1);
5333 }
5334 }
5335 }
5336
5337 if (NATNUMP (Vmessage_log_max))
5338 {
5339 scan_newline (Z, Z_BYTE, BEG, BEG_BYTE,
5340 -XFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max) - 1, 0);
5341 del_range_both (BEG, BEG_BYTE, PT, PT_BYTE, 0);
5342 }
5343 }
5344 BEGV = XMARKER (oldbegv)->charpos;
5345 BEGV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldbegv);
5346
5347 if (zv_at_end)
5348 {
5349 ZV = Z;
5350 ZV_BYTE = Z_BYTE;
5351 }
5352 else
5353 {
5354 ZV = XMARKER (oldzv)->charpos;
5355 ZV_BYTE = marker_byte_position (oldzv);
5356 }
5357
5358 if (point_at_end)
5359 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (Z, Z_BYTE);
5360 else
5361 /* We can't do Fgoto_char (oldpoint) because it will run some
5362 Lisp code. */
5363 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (XMARKER (oldpoint)->charpos,
5364 XMARKER (oldpoint)->bytepos);
5365
5366 UNGCPRO;
5367 free_marker (oldpoint);
5368 free_marker (oldbegv);
5369 free_marker (oldzv);
5370
5371 tem = Fget_buffer_window (Fcurrent_buffer (), Qt);
5372 set_buffer_internal (oldbuf);
5373 if (NILP (tem))
5374 windows_or_buffers_changed = old_windows_or_buffers_changed;
5375 message_log_need_newline = !nlflag;
5376 Vdeactivate_mark = old_deactivate_mark;
5377 }
5378 }
5379
5380
5381 /* We are at the end of the buffer after just having inserted a newline.
5382 (Note: We depend on the fact we won't be crossing the gap.)
5383 Check to see if the most recent message looks a lot like the previous one.
5384 Return 0 if different, 1 if the new one should just replace it, or a
5385 value N > 1 if we should also append " [N times]". */
5386
5387 static int
5388 message_log_check_duplicate (prev_bol, prev_bol_byte, this_bol, this_bol_byte)
5389 int prev_bol, this_bol;
5390 int prev_bol_byte, this_bol_byte;
5391 {
5392 int i;
5393 int len = Z_BYTE - 1 - this_bol_byte;
5394 int seen_dots = 0;
5395 unsigned char *p1 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, prev_bol_byte);
5396 unsigned char *p2 = BUF_BYTE_ADDRESS (current_buffer, this_bol_byte);
5397
5398 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
5399 {
5400 if (i >= 3 && p1[i-3] == '.' && p1[i-2] == '.' && p1[i-1] == '.')
5401 seen_dots = 1;
5402 if (p1[i] != p2[i])
5403 return seen_dots;
5404 }
5405 p1 += len;
5406 if (*p1 == '\n')
5407 return 2;
5408 if (*p1++ == ' ' && *p1++ == '[')
5409 {
5410 int n = 0;
5411 while (*p1 >= '0' && *p1 <= '9')
5412 n = n * 10 + *p1++ - '0';
5413 if (strncmp (p1, " times]\n", 8) == 0)
5414 return n+1;
5415 }
5416 return 0;
5417 }
5418
5419
5420 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of LEN
5421 chars. The string may include null characters. If M is 0, clear
5422 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5423
5424 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5425 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. This means do
5426 not pass text that is stored in a Lisp string; do not pass text in
5427 a buffer that was alloca'd. */
5428
5429 void
5430 message2 (m, len, multibyte)
5431 char *m;
5432 int len;
5433 int multibyte;
5434 {
5435 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5436 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5437 if (m)
5438 message_dolog (m, len, 1, multibyte);
5439 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte);
5440 }
5441
5442
5443 /* The non-logging counterpart of message2. */
5444
5445 void
5446 message2_nolog (m, len, multibyte)
5447 char *m;
5448 int len;
5449 {
5450 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5451 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5452
5453 if (noninteractive)
5454 {
5455 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5456 putc ('\n', stderr);
5457 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5458 if (m)
5459 fwrite (m, len, 1, stderr);
5460 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5461 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5462 fflush (stderr);
5463 }
5464 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5465 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5466 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5467 else if (INTERACTIVE
5468 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5469 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5470 {
5471 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5472 struct frame *f;
5473
5474 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5475 that the selected frame is using. */
5476 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5477 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5478
5479 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5480 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5481 && ! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5482 Fmake_frame_visible (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5483
5484 if (m)
5485 {
5486 set_message (m, Qnil, len, multibyte);
5487 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5488 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5489 }
5490 else
5491 clear_message (1, 1);
5492
5493 do_pending_window_change (0);
5494 echo_area_display (1);
5495 do_pending_window_change (0);
5496 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5497 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5498 }
5499 }
5500
5501
5502 /* Display an echo area message M with a specified length of NBYTES
5503 bytes. The string may include null characters. If M is not a
5504 string, clear out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer
5505 text show through. */
5506
5507 void
5508 message3 (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5509 Lisp_Object m;
5510 int nbytes;
5511 int multibyte;
5512 {
5513 struct gcpro gcpro1;
5514
5515 GCPRO1 (m);
5516
5517 /* First flush out any partial line written with print. */
5518 message_log_maybe_newline ();
5519 if (STRINGP (m))
5520 message_dolog (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, multibyte);
5521 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte);
5522
5523 UNGCPRO;
5524 }
5525
5526
5527 /* The non-logging version of message3. */
5528
5529 void
5530 message3_nolog (m, nbytes, multibyte)
5531 Lisp_Object m;
5532 int nbytes, multibyte;
5533 {
5534 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5535 message_enable_multibyte = multibyte;
5536
5537 if (noninteractive)
5538 {
5539 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5540 putc ('\n', stderr);
5541 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5542 if (STRINGP (m))
5543 fwrite (XSTRING (m)->data, nbytes, 1, stderr);
5544 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5545 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5546 fflush (stderr);
5547 }
5548 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5549 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5550 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5551 else if (INTERACTIVE
5552 && sf->glyphs_initialized_p
5553 && FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
5554 {
5555 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5556 Lisp_Object frame;
5557 struct frame *f;
5558
5559 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5560 that the selected frame is using. */
5561 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5562 frame = XWINDOW (mini_window)->frame;
5563 f = XFRAME (frame);
5564
5565 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
5566 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf)
5567 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
5568 Fmake_frame_visible (frame);
5569
5570 if (STRINGP (m) && XSTRING (m)->size)
5571 {
5572 set_message (NULL, m, nbytes, multibyte);
5573 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
5574 Fraise_frame (frame);
5575 }
5576 else
5577 clear_message (1, 1);
5578
5579 do_pending_window_change (0);
5580 echo_area_display (1);
5581 do_pending_window_change (0);
5582 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0 && ! gc_in_progress)
5583 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (f);
5584 }
5585 }
5586
5587
5588 /* Display a null-terminated echo area message M. If M is 0, clear
5589 out any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through.
5590
5591 The buffer M must continue to exist until after the echo area gets
5592 cleared or some other message gets displayed there. Do not pass
5593 text that is stored in a Lisp string. Do not pass text in a buffer
5594 that was alloca'd. */
5595
5596 void
5597 message1 (m)
5598 char *m;
5599 {
5600 message2 (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5601 }
5602
5603
5604 /* The non-logging counterpart of message1. */
5605
5606 void
5607 message1_nolog (m)
5608 char *m;
5609 {
5610 message2_nolog (m, (m ? strlen (m) : 0), 0);
5611 }
5612
5613 /* Display a message M which contains a single %s
5614 which gets replaced with STRING. */
5615
5616 void
5617 message_with_string (m, string, log)
5618 char *m;
5619 Lisp_Object string;
5620 int log;
5621 {
5622 if (noninteractive)
5623 {
5624 if (m)
5625 {
5626 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5627 putc ('\n', stderr);
5628 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5629 fprintf (stderr, m, XSTRING (string)->data);
5630 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5631 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5632 fflush (stderr);
5633 }
5634 }
5635 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5636 {
5637 /* The frame whose minibuffer we're going to display the message on.
5638 It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need
5639 to use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5640 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5641 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5642
5643 /* Get the frame containing the minibuffer
5644 that the selected frame is using. */
5645 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5646 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5647
5648 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5649 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5650 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
5651 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5652 {
5653 int len;
5654 char *a[1];
5655 a[0] = (char *) XSTRING (string)->data;
5656
5657 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5658 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5659
5660 if (log)
5661 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5662 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5663 else
5664 message2_nolog (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len,
5665 STRING_MULTIBYTE (string));
5666
5667 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5668 buffer next time. */
5669 message_buf_print = 0;
5670 }
5671 }
5672 }
5673
5674
5675 /* Dump an informative message to the minibuf. If M is 0, clear out
5676 any existing message, and let the mini-buffer text show through. */
5677
5678 /* VARARGS 1 */
5679 void
5680 message (m, a1, a2, a3)
5681 char *m;
5682 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5683 {
5684 if (noninteractive)
5685 {
5686 if (m)
5687 {
5688 if (noninteractive_need_newline)
5689 putc ('\n', stderr);
5690 noninteractive_need_newline = 0;
5691 fprintf (stderr, m, a1, a2, a3);
5692 if (cursor_in_echo_area == 0)
5693 fprintf (stderr, "\n");
5694 fflush (stderr);
5695 }
5696 }
5697 else if (INTERACTIVE)
5698 {
5699 /* The frame whose mini-buffer we're going to display the message
5700 on. It may be larger than the selected frame, so we need to
5701 use its buffer, not the selected frame's buffer. */
5702 Lisp_Object mini_window;
5703 struct frame *f, *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5704
5705 /* Get the frame containing the mini-buffer
5706 that the selected frame is using. */
5707 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
5708 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
5709
5710 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
5711 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
5712 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss
5713 it. */
5714 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f))
5715 {
5716 if (m)
5717 {
5718 int len;
5719 #ifdef NO_ARG_ARRAY
5720 char *a[3];
5721 a[0] = (char *) a1;
5722 a[1] = (char *) a2;
5723 a[2] = (char *) a3;
5724
5725 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5726 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3, a);
5727 #else
5728 len = doprnt (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f),
5729 FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f), m, (char *)0, 3,
5730 (char **) &a1);
5731 #endif /* NO_ARG_ARRAY */
5732
5733 message2 (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (f), len, 0);
5734 }
5735 else
5736 message1 (0);
5737
5738 /* Print should start at the beginning of the message
5739 buffer next time. */
5740 message_buf_print = 0;
5741 }
5742 }
5743 }
5744
5745
5746 /* The non-logging version of message. */
5747
5748 void
5749 message_nolog (m, a1, a2, a3)
5750 char *m;
5751 EMACS_INT a1, a2, a3;
5752 {
5753 Lisp_Object old_log_max;
5754 old_log_max = Vmessage_log_max;
5755 Vmessage_log_max = Qnil;
5756 message (m, a1, a2, a3);
5757 Vmessage_log_max = old_log_max;
5758 }
5759
5760
5761 /* Display the current message in the current mini-buffer. This is
5762 only called from error handlers in process.c, and is not time
5763 critical. */
5764
5765 void
5766 update_echo_area ()
5767 {
5768 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
5769 {
5770 Lisp_Object string;
5771 string = Fcurrent_message ();
5772 message3 (string, XSTRING (string)->size,
5773 !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters));
5774 }
5775 }
5776
5777
5778 /* Make sure echo area buffers in echo_buffers[] are life. If they
5779 aren't, make new ones. */
5780
5781 static void
5782 ensure_echo_area_buffers ()
5783 {
5784 int i;
5785
5786 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
5787 if (!BUFFERP (echo_buffer[i])
5788 || NILP (XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->name))
5789 {
5790 char name[30];
5791 Lisp_Object old_buffer;
5792 int j;
5793
5794 old_buffer = echo_buffer[i];
5795 sprintf (name, " *Echo Area %d*", i);
5796 echo_buffer[i] = Fget_buffer_create (build_string (name));
5797 XBUFFER (echo_buffer[i])->truncate_lines = Qnil;
5798
5799 for (j = 0; j < 2; ++j)
5800 if (EQ (old_buffer, echo_area_buffer[j]))
5801 echo_area_buffer[j] = echo_buffer[i];
5802 }
5803 }
5804
5805
5806 /* Call FN with args A1..A4 with either the current or last displayed
5807 echo_area_buffer as current buffer.
5808
5809 WHICH zero means use the current message buffer
5810 echo_area_buffer[0]. If that is nil, choose a suitable buffer
5811 from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5812
5813 WHICH > 0 means use echo_area_buffer[1]. If that is nil, choose a
5814 suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] and clear it.
5815
5816 If WHICH < 0, set echo_area_buffer[1] to echo_area_buffer[0], so
5817 that the current message becomes the last displayed one, make
5818 choose a suitable buffer for echo_area_buffer[0], and clear it.
5819
5820 Value is what FN returns. */
5821
5822 static int
5823 with_echo_area_buffer (w, which, fn, a1, a2, a3, a4)
5824 struct window *w;
5825 int which;
5826 int (*fn) P_ ((EMACS_INT, Lisp_Object, EMACS_INT, EMACS_INT));
5827 EMACS_INT a1;
5828 Lisp_Object a2;
5829 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
5830 {
5831 Lisp_Object buffer;
5832 int this_one, the_other, clear_buffer_p, rc;
5833 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
5834
5835 /* If buffers aren't life, make new ones. */
5836 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5837
5838 clear_buffer_p = 0;
5839
5840 if (which == 0)
5841 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5842 else if (which > 0)
5843 this_one = 1, the_other = 0;
5844 else
5845 {
5846 this_one = 0, the_other = 1;
5847 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5848
5849 /* We need a fresh one in case the current echo buffer equals
5850 the one containing the last displayed echo area message. */
5851 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one])
5852 && EQ (echo_area_buffer[this_one], echo_area_buffer[the_other]))
5853 echo_area_buffer[this_one] = Qnil;
5854 }
5855
5856 /* Choose a suitable buffer from echo_buffer[] is we don't
5857 have one. */
5858 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[this_one]))
5859 {
5860 echo_area_buffer[this_one]
5861 = (EQ (echo_area_buffer[the_other], echo_buffer[this_one])
5862 ? echo_buffer[the_other]
5863 : echo_buffer[this_one]);
5864 clear_buffer_p = 1;
5865 }
5866
5867 buffer = echo_area_buffer[this_one];
5868
5869 record_unwind_protect (unwind_with_echo_area_buffer,
5870 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w));
5871
5872 /* Make the echo area buffer current. Note that for display
5873 purposes, it is not necessary that the displayed window's buffer
5874 == current_buffer, except for text property lookup. So, let's
5875 only set that buffer temporarily here without doing a full
5876 Fset_window_buffer. We must also change w->pointm, though,
5877 because otherwise an assertions in unshow_buffer fails, and Emacs
5878 aborts. */
5879 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (buffer));
5880 if (w)
5881 {
5882 w->buffer = buffer;
5883 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
5884 }
5885
5886 current_buffer->undo_list = Qt;
5887 current_buffer->read_only = Qnil;
5888 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
5889
5890 if (clear_buffer_p && Z > BEG)
5891 del_range (BEG, Z);
5892
5893 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5894 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5895
5896 rc = fn (a1, a2, a3, a4);
5897
5898 xassert (BEGV >= BEG);
5899 xassert (ZV <= Z && ZV >= BEGV);
5900
5901 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
5902 return rc;
5903 }
5904
5905
5906 /* Save state that should be preserved around the call to the function
5907 FN called in with_echo_area_buffer. */
5908
5909 static Lisp_Object
5910 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data (w)
5911 struct window *w;
5912 {
5913 int i = 0;
5914 Lisp_Object vector;
5915
5916 /* Reduce consing by keeping one vector in
5917 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector. */
5918 vector = Vwith_echo_area_save_vector;
5919 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
5920
5921 if (NILP (vector))
5922 vector = Fmake_vector (make_number (7), Qnil);
5923
5924 XSETBUFFER (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], current_buffer); ++i;
5925 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Vdeactivate_mark;
5926 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = make_number (windows_or_buffers_changed);
5927
5928 if (w)
5929 {
5930 XSETWINDOW (XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i], w); ++i;
5931 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = w->buffer;
5932 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5933 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
5934 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++]
5935 = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->bytepos);
5936 }
5937 else
5938 {
5939 int end = i + 4;
5940 while (i < end)
5941 XVECTOR (vector)->contents[i++] = Qnil;
5942 }
5943
5944 xassert (i == XVECTOR (vector)->size);
5945 return vector;
5946 }
5947
5948
5949 /* Restore global state from VECTOR which was created by
5950 with_echo_area_buffer_unwind_data. */
5951
5952 static Lisp_Object
5953 unwind_with_echo_area_buffer (vector)
5954 Lisp_Object vector;
5955 {
5956 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (AREF (vector, 0)));
5957 Vdeactivate_mark = AREF (vector, 1);
5958 windows_or_buffers_changed = XFASTINT (AREF (vector, 2));
5959
5960 if (WINDOWP (AREF (vector, 3)))
5961 {
5962 struct window *w;
5963 Lisp_Object buffer, charpos, bytepos;
5964
5965 w = XWINDOW (AREF (vector, 3));
5966 buffer = AREF (vector, 4);
5967 charpos = AREF (vector, 5);
5968 bytepos = AREF (vector, 6);
5969
5970 w->buffer = buffer;
5971 set_marker_both (w->pointm, buffer,
5972 XFASTINT (charpos), XFASTINT (bytepos));
5973 }
5974
5975 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = vector;
5976 return Qnil;
5977 }
5978
5979
5980 /* Set up the echo area for use by print functions. MULTIBYTE_P
5981 non-zero means we will print multibyte. */
5982
5983 void
5984 setup_echo_area_for_printing (multibyte_p)
5985 int multibyte_p;
5986 {
5987 ensure_echo_area_buffers ();
5988
5989 if (!message_buf_print)
5990 {
5991 /* A message has been output since the last time we printed.
5992 Choose a fresh echo area buffer. */
5993 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
5994 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
5995 else
5996 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
5997
5998 /* Switch to that buffer and clear it. */
5999 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6000
6001 if (Z > BEG)
6002 {
6003 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6004 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only, Qt);
6005 del_range (BEG, Z);
6006 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6007 }
6008 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6009
6010 /* Set up the buffer for the multibyteness we need. */
6011 if (multibyte_p
6012 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6013 Fset_buffer_multibyte (multibyte_p ? Qt : Qnil);
6014
6015 /* Raise the frame containing the echo area. */
6016 if (minibuffer_auto_raise)
6017 {
6018 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6019 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6020 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6021 Fraise_frame (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
6022 }
6023
6024 message_log_maybe_newline ();
6025 message_buf_print = 1;
6026 }
6027 else
6028 {
6029 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6030 {
6031 if (EQ (echo_area_buffer[1], echo_buffer[0]))
6032 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1];
6033 else
6034 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[0];
6035 }
6036
6037 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6038 /* Someone switched buffers between print requests. */
6039 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (echo_area_buffer[0]));
6040 }
6041 }
6042
6043
6044 /* Display an echo area message in window W. Value is non-zero if W's
6045 height is changed. If display_last_displayed_message_p is
6046 non-zero, display the message that was last displayed, otherwise
6047 display the current message. */
6048
6049 static int
6050 display_echo_area (w)
6051 struct window *w;
6052 {
6053 int i, no_message_p, window_height_changed_p, count;
6054
6055 /* Temporarily disable garbage collections while displaying the echo
6056 area. This is done because a GC can print a message itself.
6057 That message would modify the echo area buffer's contents while a
6058 redisplay of the buffer is going on, and seriously confuse
6059 redisplay. */
6060 count = inhibit_garbage_collection ();
6061
6062 /* If there is no message, we must call display_echo_area_1
6063 nevertheless because it resizes the window. But we will have to
6064 reset the echo_area_buffer in question to nil at the end because
6065 with_echo_area_buffer will sets it to an empty buffer. */
6066 i = display_last_displayed_message_p ? 1 : 0;
6067 no_message_p = NILP (echo_area_buffer[i]);
6068
6069 window_height_changed_p
6070 = with_echo_area_buffer (w, display_last_displayed_message_p,
6071 display_echo_area_1,
6072 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6073
6074 if (no_message_p)
6075 echo_area_buffer[i] = Qnil;
6076
6077 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6078 return window_height_changed_p;
6079 }
6080
6081
6082 /* Helper for display_echo_area. Display the current buffer which
6083 contains the current echo area message in window W, a mini-window,
6084 a pointer to which is passed in A1. A2..A4 are currently not used.
6085 Change the height of W so that all of the message is displayed.
6086 Value is non-zero if height of W was changed. */
6087
6088 static int
6089 display_echo_area_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6090 EMACS_INT a1;
6091 Lisp_Object a2;
6092 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6093 {
6094 struct window *w = (struct window *) a1;
6095 Lisp_Object window;
6096 struct text_pos start;
6097 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6098
6099 /* Do this before displaying, so that we have a large enough glyph
6100 matrix for the display. */
6101 window_height_changed_p = resize_mini_window (w, 0);
6102
6103 /* Display. */
6104 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
6105 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
6106 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6107 try_window (window, start);
6108
6109 return window_height_changed_p;
6110 }
6111
6112
6113 /* Resize the echo area window to exactly the size needed for the
6114 currently displayed message, if there is one. */
6115
6116 void
6117 resize_echo_area_axactly ()
6118 {
6119 if (BUFFERP (echo_area_buffer[0])
6120 && WINDOWP (echo_area_window))
6121 {
6122 struct window *w = XWINDOW (echo_area_window);
6123 int resized_p;
6124
6125 resized_p = with_echo_area_buffer (w, 0, resize_mini_window_1,
6126 (EMACS_INT) w, Qnil, 0, 0);
6127 if (resized_p)
6128 {
6129 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6130 ++update_mode_lines;
6131 redisplay_internal (0);
6132 }
6133 }
6134 }
6135
6136
6137 /* Callback function for with_echo_area_buffer, when used from
6138 resize_echo_area_axactly. A1 contains a pointer to the window to
6139 resize, A2 to A4 are not used. Value is what resize_mini_window
6140 returns. */
6141
6142 static int
6143 resize_mini_window_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6144 EMACS_INT a1;
6145 Lisp_Object a2;
6146 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6147 {
6148 return resize_mini_window ((struct window *) a1, 1);
6149 }
6150
6151
6152 /* Resize mini-window W to fit the size of its contents. EXACT:P
6153 means size the window exactly to the size needed. Otherwise, it's
6154 only enlarged until W's buffer is empty. Value is non-zero if
6155 the window height has been changed. */
6156
6157 int
6158 resize_mini_window (w, exact_p)
6159 struct window *w;
6160 int exact_p;
6161 {
6162 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6163 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6164
6165 xassert (MINI_WINDOW_P (w));
6166
6167 /* Nil means don't try to resize. */
6168 if (NILP (Vresize_mini_windows)
6169 || (FRAME_X_P (f) && f->output_data.x == NULL))
6170 return 0;
6171
6172 if (!FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f))
6173 {
6174 struct it it;
6175 struct window *root = XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
6176 int total_height = XFASTINT (root->height) + XFASTINT (w->height);
6177 int height, max_height;
6178 int unit = CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
6179 struct text_pos start;
6180 struct buffer *old_current_buffer = NULL;
6181
6182 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6183 {
6184 old_current_buffer = current_buffer;
6185 set_buffer_internal (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6186 }
6187
6188 init_iterator (&it, w, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6189
6190 /* Compute the max. number of lines specified by the user. */
6191 if (FLOATP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6192 max_height = XFLOATINT (Vmax_mini_window_height) * total_height;
6193 else if (INTEGERP (Vmax_mini_window_height))
6194 max_height = XINT (Vmax_mini_window_height);
6195 else
6196 max_height = total_height / 4;
6197
6198 /* Correct that max. height if it's bogus. */
6199 max_height = max (1, max_height);
6200 max_height = min (total_height, max_height);
6201
6202 /* Find out the height of the text in the window. */
6203 if (it.truncate_lines_p)
6204 height = 1;
6205 else
6206 {
6207 last_height = 0;
6208 move_it_to (&it, ZV, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
6209 if (it.max_ascent == 0 && it.max_descent == 0)
6210 height = it.current_y + last_height;
6211 else
6212 height = it.current_y + it.max_ascent + it.max_descent;
6213 height -= it.extra_line_spacing;
6214 height = (height + unit - 1) / unit;
6215 }
6216
6217 /* Compute a suitable window start. */
6218 if (height > max_height)
6219 {
6220 height = max_height;
6221 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6222 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, (height - 1) * unit);
6223 start = it.current.pos;
6224 }
6225 else
6226 SET_TEXT_POS (start, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
6227 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, start);
6228
6229 if (EQ (Vresize_mini_windows, Qgrow_only))
6230 {
6231 /* Let it grow only, until we display an empty message, in which
6232 case the window shrinks again. */
6233 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6234 {
6235 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6236 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6237 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6238 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6239 }
6240 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height)
6241 && (exact_p || BEGV == ZV))
6242 {
6243 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6244 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6245 shrink_mini_window (w);
6246 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6247 }
6248 }
6249 else
6250 {
6251 /* Always resize to exact size needed. */
6252 if (height > XFASTINT (w->height))
6253 {
6254 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6255 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6256 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6257 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6258 }
6259 else if (height < XFASTINT (w->height))
6260 {
6261 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
6262 freeze_window_starts (f, 0);
6263 shrink_mini_window (w);
6264
6265 if (height)
6266 {
6267 freeze_window_starts (f, 1);
6268 grow_mini_window (w, height - XFASTINT (w->height));
6269 }
6270
6271 window_height_changed_p = XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height;
6272 }
6273 }
6274
6275 if (old_current_buffer)
6276 set_buffer_internal (old_current_buffer);
6277 }
6278
6279 return window_height_changed_p;
6280 }
6281
6282
6283 /* Value is the current message, a string, or nil if there is no
6284 current message. */
6285
6286 Lisp_Object
6287 current_message ()
6288 {
6289 Lisp_Object msg;
6290
6291 if (NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6292 msg = Qnil;
6293 else
6294 {
6295 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, current_message_1,
6296 (EMACS_INT) &msg, Qnil, 0, 0);
6297 if (NILP (msg))
6298 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6299 }
6300
6301 return msg;
6302 }
6303
6304
6305 static int
6306 current_message_1 (a1, a2, a3, a4)
6307 EMACS_INT a1;
6308 Lisp_Object a2;
6309 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6310 {
6311 Lisp_Object *msg = (Lisp_Object *) a1;
6312
6313 if (Z > BEG)
6314 *msg = make_buffer_string (BEG, Z, 1);
6315 else
6316 *msg = Qnil;
6317 return 0;
6318 }
6319
6320
6321 /* Push the current message on Vmessage_stack for later restauration
6322 by restore_message. Value is non-zero if the current message isn't
6323 empty. This is a relatively infrequent operation, so it's not
6324 worth optimizing. */
6325
6326 int
6327 push_message ()
6328 {
6329 Lisp_Object msg;
6330 msg = current_message ();
6331 Vmessage_stack = Fcons (msg, Vmessage_stack);
6332 return STRINGP (msg);
6333 }
6334
6335
6336 /* Restore message display from the top of Vmessage_stack. */
6337
6338 void
6339 restore_message ()
6340 {
6341 Lisp_Object msg;
6342
6343 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6344 msg = XCAR (Vmessage_stack);
6345 if (STRINGP (msg))
6346 message3_nolog (msg, STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (msg)), STRING_MULTIBYTE (msg));
6347 else
6348 message3_nolog (msg, 0, 0);
6349 }
6350
6351
6352 /* Pop the top-most entry off Vmessage_stack. */
6353
6354 void
6355 pop_message ()
6356 {
6357 xassert (CONSP (Vmessage_stack));
6358 Vmessage_stack = XCDR (Vmessage_stack);
6359 }
6360
6361
6362 /* Check that Vmessage_stack is nil. Called from emacs.c when Emacs
6363 exits. If the stack is not empty, we have a missing pop_message
6364 somewhere. */
6365
6366 void
6367 check_message_stack ()
6368 {
6369 if (!NILP (Vmessage_stack))
6370 abort ();
6371 }
6372
6373
6374 /* Truncate to NCHARS what will be displayed in the echo area the next
6375 time we display it---but don't redisplay it now. */
6376
6377 void
6378 truncate_echo_area (nchars)
6379 int nchars;
6380 {
6381 if (nchars == 0)
6382 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6383 /* A null message buffer means that the frame hasn't really been
6384 initialized yet. Error messages get reported properly by
6385 cmd_error, so this must be just an informative message; toss it. */
6386 else if (!noninteractive
6387 && INTERACTIVE
6388 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
6389 {
6390 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6391 if (FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF (sf))
6392 with_echo_area_buffer (0, 0, truncate_message_1, nchars, Qnil, 0, 0);
6393 }
6394 }
6395
6396
6397 /* Helper function for truncate_echo_area. Truncate the current
6398 message to at most NCHARS characters. */
6399
6400 static int
6401 truncate_message_1 (nchars, a2, a3, a4)
6402 EMACS_INT nchars;
6403 Lisp_Object a2;
6404 EMACS_INT a3, a4;
6405 {
6406 if (BEG + nchars < Z)
6407 del_range (BEG + nchars, Z);
6408 if (Z == BEG)
6409 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6410 return 0;
6411 }
6412
6413
6414 /* Set the current message to a substring of S or STRING.
6415
6416 If STRING is a Lisp string, set the message to the first NBYTES
6417 bytes from STRING. NBYTES zero means use the whole string. If
6418 STRING is multibyte, the message will be displayed multibyte.
6419
6420 If S is not null, set the message to the first LEN bytes of S. LEN
6421 zero means use the whole string. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero means S is
6422 multibyte. Display the message multibyte in that case. */
6423
6424 void
6425 set_message (s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6426 char *s;
6427 Lisp_Object string;
6428 int nbytes;
6429 {
6430 message_enable_multibyte
6431 = ((s && multibyte_p)
6432 || (STRINGP (string) && STRING_MULTIBYTE (string)));
6433
6434 with_echo_area_buffer (0, -1, set_message_1,
6435 (EMACS_INT) s, string, nbytes, multibyte_p);
6436 message_buf_print = 0;
6437 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
6438 }
6439
6440
6441 /* Helper function for set_message. Arguments have the same meaning
6442 as there, with A1 corresponding to S and A2 corresponding to STRING
6443 This function is called with the echo area buffer being
6444 current. */
6445
6446 static int
6447 set_message_1 (a1, a2, nbytes, multibyte_p)
6448 EMACS_INT a1;
6449 Lisp_Object a2;
6450 EMACS_INT nbytes, multibyte_p;
6451 {
6452 char *s = (char *) a1;
6453 Lisp_Object string = a2;
6454
6455 xassert (BEG == Z);
6456
6457 /* Change multibyteness of the echo buffer appropriately. */
6458 if (message_enable_multibyte
6459 != !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6460 Fset_buffer_multibyte (message_enable_multibyte ? Qt : Qnil);
6461
6462 current_buffer->truncate_lines = message_truncate_lines ? Qt : Qnil;
6463
6464 /* Insert new message at BEG. */
6465 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEG, BEG_BYTE);
6466
6467 if (STRINGP (string))
6468 {
6469 int nchars;
6470
6471 if (nbytes == 0)
6472 nbytes = XSTRING (string)->size_byte;
6473 nchars = string_byte_to_char (string, nbytes);
6474
6475 /* This function takes care of single/multibyte conversion. We
6476 just have to ensure that the echo area buffer has the right
6477 setting of enable_multibyte_characters. */
6478 insert_from_string (string, 0, 0, nchars, nbytes, 1);
6479 }
6480 else if (s)
6481 {
6482 if (nbytes == 0)
6483 nbytes = strlen (s);
6484
6485 if (multibyte_p && NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6486 {
6487 /* Convert from multi-byte to single-byte. */
6488 int i, c, n;
6489 unsigned char work[1];
6490
6491 /* Convert a multibyte string to single-byte. */
6492 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i += n)
6493 {
6494 c = string_char_and_length (s + i, nbytes - i, &n);
6495 work[0] = (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c)
6496 ? c
6497 : multibyte_char_to_unibyte (c, Qnil));
6498 insert_1_both (work, 1, 1, 1, 0, 0);
6499 }
6500 }
6501 else if (!multibyte_p
6502 && !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters))
6503 {
6504 /* Convert from single-byte to multi-byte. */
6505 int i, c, n;
6506 unsigned char *msg = (unsigned char *) s;
6507 unsigned char str[MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH];
6508
6509 /* Convert a single-byte string to multibyte. */
6510 for (i = 0; i < nbytes; i++)
6511 {
6512 c = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (msg[i]);
6513 n = CHAR_STRING (c, str);
6514 insert_1_both (str, 1, n, 1, 0, 0);
6515 }
6516 }
6517 else
6518 insert_1 (s, nbytes, 1, 0, 0);
6519 }
6520
6521 return 0;
6522 }
6523
6524
6525 /* Clear messages. CURRENT_P non-zero means clear the current
6526 message. LAST_DISPLAYED_P non-zero means clear the message
6527 last displayed. */
6528
6529 void
6530 clear_message (current_p, last_displayed_p)
6531 int current_p, last_displayed_p;
6532 {
6533 if (current_p)
6534 echo_area_buffer[0] = Qnil;
6535
6536 if (last_displayed_p)
6537 echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
6538
6539 message_buf_print = 0;
6540 }
6541
6542 /* Clear garbaged frames.
6543
6544 This function is used where the old redisplay called
6545 redraw_garbaged_frames which in turn called redraw_frame which in
6546 turn called clear_frame. The call to clear_frame was a source of
6547 flickering. I believe a clear_frame is not necessary. It should
6548 suffice in the new redisplay to invalidate all current matrices,
6549 and ensure a complete redisplay of all windows. */
6550
6551 static void
6552 clear_garbaged_frames ()
6553 {
6554 if (frame_garbaged)
6555 {
6556 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6557
6558 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6559 {
6560 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6561
6562 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
6563 {
6564 clear_current_matrices (f);
6565 f->garbaged = 0;
6566 }
6567 }
6568
6569 frame_garbaged = 0;
6570 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6571 }
6572 }
6573
6574
6575 /* Redisplay the echo area of the selected frame. If UPDATE_FRAME_P
6576 is non-zero update selected_frame. Value is non-zero if the
6577 mini-windows height has been changed. */
6578
6579 static int
6580 echo_area_display (update_frame_p)
6581 int update_frame_p;
6582 {
6583 Lisp_Object mini_window;
6584 struct window *w;
6585 struct frame *f;
6586 int window_height_changed_p = 0;
6587 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6588
6589 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
6590 w = XWINDOW (mini_window);
6591 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
6592
6593 /* Don't display if frame is invisible or not yet initialized. */
6594 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6595 return 0;
6596
6597 /* The terminal frame is used as the first Emacs frame on the Mac OS. */
6598 #ifndef macintosh
6599 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6600 /* When Emacs starts, selected_frame may be a visible terminal
6601 frame, even if we run under a window system. If we let this
6602 through, a message would be displayed on the terminal. */
6603 if (EQ (selected_frame, Vterminal_frame)
6604 && !NILP (Vwindow_system))
6605 return 0;
6606 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6607 #endif
6608
6609 /* Redraw garbaged frames. */
6610 if (frame_garbaged)
6611 clear_garbaged_frames ();
6612
6613 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || minibuf_level == 0)
6614 {
6615 echo_area_window = mini_window;
6616 window_height_changed_p = display_echo_area (w);
6617 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
6618
6619 /* Update the display, unless called from redisplay_internal.
6620 Also don't update the screen during redisplay itself. The
6621 update will happen at the end of redisplay, and an update
6622 here could cause confusion. */
6623 if (update_frame_p && !redisplaying_p)
6624 {
6625 int n = 0;
6626
6627 /* If the display update has been interrupted by pending
6628 input, update mode lines in the frame. Due to the
6629 pending input, it might have been that redisplay hasn't
6630 been called, so that mode lines above the echo area are
6631 garbaged. This looks odd, so we prevent it here. */
6632 if (!display_completed)
6633 n = redisplay_mode_lines (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f), 0);
6634
6635 if (window_height_changed_p)
6636 {
6637 /* Must update other windows. Likewise as in other
6638 cases, don't let this update be interrupted by
6639 pending input. */
6640 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6641 specbind (Qredisplay_dont_pause, Qt);
6642 windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
6643 redisplay_internal (0);
6644 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6645 }
6646 else if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) && n == 0)
6647 {
6648 /* Window configuration is the same as before.
6649 Can do with a display update of the echo area,
6650 unless we displayed some mode lines. */
6651 update_single_window (w, 1);
6652 rif->flush_display (f);
6653 }
6654 else
6655 update_frame (f, 1, 1);
6656
6657 /* If cursor is in the echo area, make sure that the next
6658 redisplay displays the minibuffer, so that the cursor will
6659 be replaced with what the minibuffer wants. */
6660 if (cursor_in_echo_area)
6661 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
6662 }
6663 }
6664 else if (!EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6665 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
6666
6667 /* Last displayed message is now the current message. */
6668 echo_area_buffer[1] = echo_area_buffer[0];
6669
6670 /* Prevent redisplay optimization in redisplay_internal by resetting
6671 this_line_start_pos. This is done because the mini-buffer now
6672 displays the message instead of its buffer text. */
6673 if (EQ (mini_window, selected_window))
6674 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
6675
6676 return window_height_changed_p;
6677 }
6678
6679
6680 \f
6681 /***********************************************************************
6682 Frame Titles
6683 ***********************************************************************/
6684
6685
6686 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6687
6688 /* A buffer for constructing frame titles in it; allocated from the
6689 heap in init_xdisp and resized as needed in store_frame_title_char. */
6690
6691 static char *frame_title_buf;
6692
6693 /* The buffer's end, and a current output position in it. */
6694
6695 static char *frame_title_buf_end;
6696 static char *frame_title_ptr;
6697
6698
6699 /* Store a single character C for the frame title in frame_title_buf.
6700 Re-allocate frame_title_buf if necessary. */
6701
6702 static void
6703 store_frame_title_char (c)
6704 char c;
6705 {
6706 /* If output position has reached the end of the allocated buffer,
6707 double the buffer's size. */
6708 if (frame_title_ptr == frame_title_buf_end)
6709 {
6710 int len = frame_title_ptr - frame_title_buf;
6711 int new_size = 2 * len * sizeof *frame_title_buf;
6712 frame_title_buf = (char *) xrealloc (frame_title_buf, new_size);
6713 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + new_size;
6714 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf + len;
6715 }
6716
6717 *frame_title_ptr++ = c;
6718 }
6719
6720
6721 /* Store part of a frame title in frame_title_buf, beginning at
6722 frame_title_ptr. STR is the string to store. Do not copy more
6723 than PRECISION number of bytes from STR; PRECISION <= 0 means copy
6724 the whole string. Pad with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH number of
6725 characters have been copied; FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
6726 Called from display_mode_element when it is used to build a frame
6727 title. */
6728
6729 static int
6730 store_frame_title (str, field_width, precision)
6731 unsigned char *str;
6732 int field_width, precision;
6733 {
6734 int n = 0;
6735
6736 /* Copy at most PRECISION chars from STR. */
6737 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
6738 && *str)
6739 {
6740 store_frame_title_char (*str++);
6741 ++n;
6742 }
6743
6744 /* Fill up with spaces until FIELD_WIDTH reached. */
6745 while (field_width > 0
6746 && n < field_width)
6747 {
6748 store_frame_title_char (' ');
6749 ++n;
6750 }
6751
6752 return n;
6753 }
6754
6755
6756 /* Set the title of FRAME, if it has changed. The title format is
6757 Vicon_title_format if FRAME is iconified, otherwise it is
6758 frame_title_format. */
6759
6760 static void
6761 x_consider_frame_title (frame)
6762 Lisp_Object frame;
6763 {
6764 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
6765
6766 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6767 || FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f)
6768 || f->explicit_name)
6769 {
6770 /* Do we have more than one visible frame on this X display? */
6771 Lisp_Object tail;
6772 Lisp_Object fmt;
6773 struct buffer *obuf;
6774 int len;
6775 struct it it;
6776
6777 for (tail = Vframe_list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
6778 {
6779 struct frame *tf = XFRAME (XCAR (tail));
6780
6781 if (tf != f
6782 && FRAME_KBOARD (tf) == FRAME_KBOARD (f)
6783 && !FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (tf)
6784 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (tf) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (tf)))
6785 break;
6786 }
6787
6788 /* Set global variable indicating that multiple frames exist. */
6789 multiple_frames = CONSP (tail);
6790
6791 /* Switch to the buffer of selected window of the frame. Set up
6792 frame_title_ptr so that display_mode_element will output into it;
6793 then display the title. */
6794 obuf = current_buffer;
6795 Fset_buffer (XWINDOW (f->selected_window)->buffer);
6796 fmt = FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) ? Vicon_title_format : Vframe_title_format;
6797 frame_title_ptr = frame_title_buf;
6798 init_iterator (&it, XWINDOW (f->selected_window), -1, -1,
6799 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
6800 len = display_mode_element (&it, 0, -1, -1, fmt);
6801 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
6802 set_buffer_internal (obuf);
6803
6804 /* Set the title only if it's changed. This avoids consing in
6805 the common case where it hasn't. (If it turns out that we've
6806 already wasted too much time by walking through the list with
6807 display_mode_element, then we might need to optimize at a
6808 higher level than this.) */
6809 if (! STRINGP (f->name)
6810 || STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (f->name)) != len
6811 || bcmp (frame_title_buf, XSTRING (f->name)->data, len) != 0)
6812 x_implicitly_set_name (f, make_string (frame_title_buf, len), Qnil);
6813 }
6814 }
6815
6816 #else /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6817
6818 #define frame_title_ptr ((char *)0)
6819 #define store_frame_title(str, mincol, maxcol) 0
6820
6821 #endif /* not HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6822
6823
6824
6825 \f
6826 /***********************************************************************
6827 Menu Bars
6828 ***********************************************************************/
6829
6830
6831 /* Prepare for redisplay by updating menu-bar item lists when
6832 appropriate. This can call eval. */
6833
6834 void
6835 prepare_menu_bars ()
6836 {
6837 int all_windows;
6838 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2;
6839 struct frame *f;
6840 Lisp_Object tooltip_frame;
6841
6842 #ifdef HAVE_X_WINDOWS
6843 tooltip_frame = tip_frame;
6844 #else
6845 tooltip_frame = Qnil;
6846 #endif
6847
6848 /* Update all frame titles based on their buffer names, etc. We do
6849 this before the menu bars so that the buffer-menu will show the
6850 up-to-date frame titles. */
6851 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6852 if (windows_or_buffers_changed || update_mode_lines)
6853 {
6854 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6855
6856 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6857 {
6858 f = XFRAME (frame);
6859 if (!EQ (frame, tooltip_frame)
6860 && (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)))
6861 x_consider_frame_title (frame);
6862 }
6863 }
6864 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
6865
6866 /* Update the menu bar item lists, if appropriate. This has to be
6867 done before any actual redisplay or generation of display lines. */
6868 all_windows = (update_mode_lines
6869 || buffer_shared > 1
6870 || windows_or_buffers_changed);
6871 if (all_windows)
6872 {
6873 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
6874 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6875
6876 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6877
6878 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
6879 {
6880 f = XFRAME (frame);
6881
6882 /* Ignore tooltip frame. */
6883 if (EQ (frame, tooltip_frame))
6884 continue;
6885
6886 /* If a window on this frame changed size, report that to
6887 the user and clear the size-change flag. */
6888 if (FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f))
6889 {
6890 Lisp_Object functions;
6891
6892 /* Clear flag first in case we get an error below. */
6893 FRAME_WINDOW_SIZES_CHANGED (f) = 0;
6894 functions = Vwindow_size_change_functions;
6895 GCPRO2 (tail, functions);
6896
6897 while (CONSP (functions))
6898 {
6899 call1 (XCAR (functions), frame);
6900 functions = XCDR (functions);
6901 }
6902 UNGCPRO;
6903 }
6904
6905 GCPRO1 (tail);
6906 update_menu_bar (f, 0);
6907 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6908 update_tool_bar (f, 0);
6909 #endif
6910 UNGCPRO;
6911 }
6912
6913 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
6914 }
6915 else
6916 {
6917 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
6918 update_menu_bar (sf, 1);
6919 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
6920 update_tool_bar (sf, 1);
6921 #endif
6922 }
6923
6924 /* Motif needs this. See comment in xmenu.c. Turn it off when
6925 pending_menu_activation is not defined. */
6926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6927 pending_menu_activation = 0;
6928 #endif
6929 }
6930
6931
6932 /* Update the menu bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
6933 before we start to fill in any display lines, because it can call
6934 eval.
6935
6936 If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save and restore it here. */
6937
6938 static void
6939 update_menu_bar (f, save_match_data)
6940 struct frame *f;
6941 int save_match_data;
6942 {
6943 Lisp_Object window;
6944 register struct window *w;
6945
6946 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
6947 w = XWINDOW (window);
6948
6949 if (update_mode_lines)
6950 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
6951
6952 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
6953 ?
6954 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
6955 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f)
6956 #else
6957 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
6958 #endif
6959 : FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0)
6960 {
6961 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
6962 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
6963 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
6964 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
6965 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
6966 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
6967 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
6968 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
6969 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
6970 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
6971 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
6972 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
6973 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
6974 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
6975 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
6976 {
6977 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
6978 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
6979
6980 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
6981 if (save_match_data)
6982 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
6983 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
6984 {
6985 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
6986 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
6987 }
6988
6989 /* Run the Lucid hook. */
6990 call1 (Vrun_hooks, Qactivate_menubar_hook);
6991
6992 /* If it has changed current-menubar from previous value,
6993 really recompute the menu-bar from the value. */
6994 if (! NILP (Vlucid_menu_bar_dirty_flag))
6995 call0 (Qrecompute_lucid_menubar);
6996
6997 safe_run_hooks (Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
6998 FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f) = menu_bar_items (FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (f));
6999
7000 /* Redisplay the menu bar in case we changed it. */
7001 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
7002 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
7003 #if defined (macintosh)
7004 /* All frames on Mac OS share the same menubar. So only the
7005 selected frame should be allowed to set it. */
7006 && f == SELECTED_FRAME ()
7007 #endif
7008 )
7009 set_frame_menubar (f, 0, 0);
7010 else
7011 /* On a terminal screen, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7012 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7013 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7014 #else /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7015 /* In the non-toolkit version, the menu bar is an ordinary screen
7016 line, and this makes it get updated. */
7017 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7018 #endif /* ! (USE_X_TOOLKIT || HAVE_NTGUI) */
7019
7020 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7021 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7022 }
7023 }
7024 }
7025
7026
7027 \f
7028 /***********************************************************************
7029 Tool-bars
7030 ***********************************************************************/
7031
7032 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
7033
7034 /* Update the tool-bar item list for frame F. This has to be done
7035 before we start to fill in any display lines. Called from
7036 prepare_menu_bars. If SAVE_MATCH_DATA is non-zero, we must save
7037 and restore it here. */
7038
7039 static void
7040 update_tool_bar (f, save_match_data)
7041 struct frame *f;
7042 int save_match_data;
7043 {
7044 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7045 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height) > 0)
7046 {
7047 Lisp_Object window;
7048 struct window *w;
7049
7050 window = FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f);
7051 w = XWINDOW (window);
7052
7053 /* If the user has switched buffers or windows, we need to
7054 recompute to reflect the new bindings. But we'll
7055 recompute when update_mode_lines is set too; that means
7056 that people can use force-mode-line-update to request
7057 that the menu bar be recomputed. The adverse effect on
7058 the rest of the redisplay algorithm is about the same as
7059 windows_or_buffers_changed anyway. */
7060 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
7061 || !NILP (w->update_mode_line)
7062 || ((BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
7063 < BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7064 != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7065 || ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
7066 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
7067 != !NILP (w->region_showing)))
7068 {
7069 struct buffer *prev = current_buffer;
7070 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7071
7072 /* Set current_buffer to the buffer of the selected
7073 window of the frame, so that we get the right local
7074 keymaps. */
7075 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
7076
7077 /* Save match data, if we must. */
7078 if (save_match_data)
7079 record_unwind_protect (Fset_match_data, Fmatch_data (Qnil, Qnil));
7080
7081 /* Make sure that we don't accidentally use bogus keymaps. */
7082 if (NILP (Voverriding_local_map_menu_flag))
7083 {
7084 specbind (Qoverriding_terminal_local_map, Qnil);
7085 specbind (Qoverriding_local_map, Qnil);
7086 }
7087
7088 /* Build desired tool-bar items from keymaps. */
7089 f->tool_bar_items
7090 = tool_bar_items (f->tool_bar_items, &f->n_tool_bar_items);
7091
7092 /* Redisplay the tool-bar in case we changed it. */
7093 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7094
7095 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
7096 set_buffer_internal_1 (prev);
7097 }
7098 }
7099 }
7100
7101
7102 /* Set F->desired_tool_bar_string to a Lisp string representing frame
7103 F's desired tool-bar contents. F->tool_bar_items must have
7104 been set up previously by calling prepare_menu_bars. */
7105
7106 static void
7107 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f)
7108 struct frame *f;
7109 {
7110 int i, size, size_needed, string_idx;
7111 struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2, gcpro3;
7112 Lisp_Object image, plist, props;
7113
7114 image = plist = props = Qnil;
7115 GCPRO3 (image, plist, props);
7116
7117 /* Prepare F->desired_tool_bar_string. If we can reuse it, do so.
7118 Otherwise, make a new string. */
7119
7120 /* The size of the string we might be able to reuse. */
7121 size = (STRINGP (f->desired_tool_bar_string)
7122 ? XSTRING (f->desired_tool_bar_string)->size
7123 : 0);
7124
7125 /* Each image in the string we build is preceded by a space,
7126 and there is a space at the end. */
7127 size_needed = f->n_tool_bar_items + 1;
7128
7129 /* Reuse f->desired_tool_bar_string, if possible. */
7130 if (size < size_needed)
7131 f->desired_tool_bar_string = Fmake_string (make_number (size_needed),
7132 make_number (' '));
7133 else
7134 {
7135 props = list4 (Qdisplay, Qnil, Qmenu_item, Qnil);
7136 Fremove_text_properties (make_number (0), make_number (size),
7137 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7138 }
7139
7140 /* Put a `display' property on the string for the images to display,
7141 put a `menu_item' property on tool-bar items with a value that
7142 is the index of the item in F's tool-bar item vector. */
7143 for (i = 0, string_idx = 0;
7144 i < f->n_tool_bar_items;
7145 ++i, string_idx += 1)
7146 {
7147 #define PROP(IDX) AREF (f->tool_bar_items, i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS + (IDX))
7148
7149 int enabled_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P));
7150 int selected_p = !NILP (PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_SELECTED_P));
7151 int margin, relief, idx;
7152 extern Lisp_Object QCrelief, QCmargin, QCalgorithm, Qimage;
7153 extern Lisp_Object Qlaplace;
7154
7155 /* If image is a vector, choose the image according to the
7156 button state. */
7157 image = PROP (TOOL_BAR_ITEM_IMAGES);
7158 if (VECTORP (image))
7159 {
7160 if (enabled_p)
7161 idx = (selected_p
7162 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_SELECTED
7163 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_ENABLED_DESELECTED);
7164 else
7165 idx = (selected_p
7166 ? TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_SELECTED
7167 : TOOL_BAR_IMAGE_DISABLED_DESELECTED);
7168
7169 xassert (ASIZE (image) >= idx);
7170 image = AREF (image, idx);
7171 }
7172 else
7173 idx = -1;
7174
7175 /* Ignore invalid image specifications. */
7176 if (!valid_image_p (image))
7177 continue;
7178
7179 /* Display the tool-bar button pressed, or depressed. */
7180 plist = Fcopy_sequence (XCDR (image));
7181
7182 /* Compute margin and relief to draw. */
7183 relief = tool_bar_button_relief > 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : 3;
7184 margin = relief + max (0, tool_bar_button_margin);
7185
7186 if (auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p)
7187 {
7188 /* Add a `:relief' property to the image spec if the item is
7189 selected. */
7190 if (selected_p)
7191 {
7192 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief, make_number (-relief));
7193 margin -= relief;
7194 }
7195 }
7196 else
7197 {
7198 /* If image is selected, display it pressed, i.e. with a
7199 negative relief. If it's not selected, display it with a
7200 raised relief. */
7201 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCrelief,
7202 (selected_p
7203 ? make_number (-relief)
7204 : make_number (relief)));
7205 margin -= relief;
7206 }
7207
7208 /* Put a margin around the image. */
7209 if (margin)
7210 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCmargin, make_number (margin));
7211
7212 /* If button is not enabled, and we don't have special images
7213 for the disabled state, make the image appear disabled by
7214 applying an appropriate algorithm to it. */
7215 if (!enabled_p && idx < 0)
7216 plist = Fplist_put (plist, QCalgorithm, Qdisabled);
7217
7218 /* Put a `display' text property on the string for the image to
7219 display. Put a `menu-item' property on the string that gives
7220 the start of this item's properties in the tool-bar items
7221 vector. */
7222 image = Fcons (Qimage, plist);
7223 props = list4 (Qdisplay, image,
7224 Qmenu_item, make_number (i * TOOL_BAR_ITEM_NSLOTS)),
7225 Fadd_text_properties (make_number (string_idx),
7226 make_number (string_idx + 1),
7227 props, f->desired_tool_bar_string);
7228 #undef PROP
7229 }
7230
7231 UNGCPRO;
7232 }
7233
7234
7235 /* Display one line of the tool-bar of frame IT->f. */
7236
7237 static void
7238 display_tool_bar_line (it)
7239 struct it *it;
7240 {
7241 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
7242 int max_x = it->last_visible_x;
7243 struct glyph *last;
7244
7245 prepare_desired_row (row);
7246 row->y = it->current_y;
7247
7248 /* Note that this isn't made use of if the face hasn't a box,
7249 so there's no need to check the face here. */
7250 it->start_of_box_run_p = 1;
7251
7252 while (it->current_x < max_x)
7253 {
7254 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
7255
7256 /* Get the next display element. */
7257 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
7258 break;
7259
7260 /* Produce glyphs. */
7261 x_before = it->current_x;
7262 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7263 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
7264
7265 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
7266 i = 0;
7267 x = x_before;
7268 while (i < nglyphs)
7269 {
7270 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
7271
7272 if (x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
7273 {
7274 /* Glyph doesn't fit on line. */
7275 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
7276 it->current_x = x;
7277 goto out;
7278 }
7279
7280 ++it->hpos;
7281 x += glyph->pixel_width;
7282 ++i;
7283 }
7284
7285 /* Stop at line ends. */
7286 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
7287 break;
7288
7289 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
7290 }
7291
7292 out:;
7293
7294 row->displays_text_p = row->used[TEXT_AREA] != 0;
7295 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
7296 last = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1;
7297 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
7298 if (last == row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA])
7299 last->left_box_line_p = 1;
7300 compute_line_metrics (it);
7301
7302 /* If line is empty, make it occupy the rest of the tool-bar. */
7303 if (!row->displays_text_p)
7304 {
7305 row->height = row->phys_height = it->last_visible_y - row->y;
7306 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
7307 }
7308
7309 row->full_width_p = 1;
7310 row->continued_p = 0;
7311 row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
7312 row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
7313
7314 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
7315 it->current_y += row->height;
7316 ++it->vpos;
7317 ++it->glyph_row;
7318 }
7319
7320
7321 /* Value is the number of screen lines needed to make all tool-bar
7322 items of frame F visible. */
7323
7324 static int
7325 tool_bar_lines_needed (f)
7326 struct frame *f;
7327 {
7328 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7329 struct it it;
7330
7331 /* Initialize an iterator for iteration over
7332 F->desired_tool_bar_string in the tool-bar window of frame F. */
7333 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7334 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7335 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7336 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7337
7338 while (!ITERATOR_AT_END_P (&it))
7339 {
7340 it.glyph_row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
7341 clear_glyph_row (it.glyph_row);
7342 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7343 }
7344
7345 return (it.current_y + CANON_Y_UNIT (f) - 1) / CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
7346 }
7347
7348
7349 /* Display the tool-bar of frame F. Value is non-zero if tool-bar's
7350 height should be changed. */
7351
7352 static int
7353 redisplay_tool_bar (f)
7354 struct frame *f;
7355 {
7356 struct window *w;
7357 struct it it;
7358 struct glyph_row *row;
7359 int change_height_p = 0;
7360
7361 /* If frame hasn't a tool-bar window or if it is zero-height, don't
7362 do anything. This means you must start with tool-bar-lines
7363 non-zero to get the auto-sizing effect. Or in other words, you
7364 can turn off tool-bars by specifying tool-bar-lines zero. */
7365 if (!WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
7366 || (w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window),
7367 XFASTINT (w->height) == 0))
7368 return 0;
7369
7370 /* Set up an iterator for the tool-bar window. */
7371 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, w->desired_matrix->rows, TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID);
7372 it.first_visible_x = 0;
7373 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
7374 row = it.glyph_row;
7375
7376 /* Build a string that represents the contents of the tool-bar. */
7377 build_desired_tool_bar_string (f);
7378 reseat_to_string (&it, NULL, f->desired_tool_bar_string, 0, 0, 0, -1);
7379
7380 /* Display as many lines as needed to display all tool-bar items. */
7381 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
7382 display_tool_bar_line (&it);
7383
7384 /* It doesn't make much sense to try scrolling in the tool-bar
7385 window, so don't do it. */
7386 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
7387 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
7388
7389 if (auto_resize_tool_bars_p)
7390 {
7391 int nlines;
7392
7393 /* If there are blank lines at the end, except for a partially
7394 visible blank line at the end that is smaller than
7395 CANON_Y_UNIT, change the tool-bar's height. */
7396 row = it.glyph_row - 1;
7397 if (!row->displays_text_p
7398 && row->height >= CANON_Y_UNIT (f))
7399 change_height_p = 1;
7400
7401 /* If row displays tool-bar items, but is partially visible,
7402 change the tool-bar's height. */
7403 if (row->displays_text_p
7404 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > it.last_visible_y)
7405 change_height_p = 1;
7406
7407 /* Resize windows as needed by changing the `tool-bar-lines'
7408 frame parameter. */
7409 if (change_height_p
7410 && (nlines = tool_bar_lines_needed (f),
7411 nlines != XFASTINT (w->height)))
7412 {
7413 extern Lisp_Object Qtool_bar_lines;
7414 Lisp_Object frame;
7415 int old_height = XFASTINT (w->height);
7416
7417 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7418 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
7419 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame,
7420 Fcons (Fcons (Qtool_bar_lines,
7421 make_number (nlines)),
7422 Qnil));
7423 if (XFASTINT (w->height) != old_height)
7424 fonts_changed_p = 1;
7425 }
7426 }
7427
7428 return change_height_p;
7429 }
7430
7431
7432 /* Get information about the tool-bar item which is displayed in GLYPH
7433 on frame F. Return in *PROP_IDX the index where tool-bar item
7434 properties start in F->tool_bar_items. Value is zero if
7435 GLYPH doesn't display a tool-bar item. */
7436
7437 int
7438 tool_bar_item_info (f, glyph, prop_idx)
7439 struct frame *f;
7440 struct glyph *glyph;
7441 int *prop_idx;
7442 {
7443 Lisp_Object prop;
7444 int success_p;
7445
7446 /* Get the text property `menu-item' at pos. The value of that
7447 property is the start index of this item's properties in
7448 F->tool_bar_items. */
7449 prop = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
7450 Qmenu_item, f->current_tool_bar_string);
7451 if (INTEGERP (prop))
7452 {
7453 *prop_idx = XINT (prop);
7454 success_p = 1;
7455 }
7456 else
7457 success_p = 0;
7458
7459 return success_p;
7460 }
7461
7462 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
7463
7464
7465 \f
7466 /************************************************************************
7467 Horizontal scrolling
7468 ************************************************************************/
7469
7470 static int hscroll_window_tree P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7471 static int hscroll_windows P_ ((Lisp_Object));
7472
7473 /* For all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW, set their
7474 hscroll value so that PT is (i) visible in the window, and (ii) so
7475 that it is not within a certain margin at the window's left and
7476 right border. Value is non-zero if any window's hscroll has been
7477 changed. */
7478
7479 static int
7480 hscroll_window_tree (window)
7481 Lisp_Object window;
7482 {
7483 int hscrolled_p = 0;
7484
7485 while (WINDOWP (window))
7486 {
7487 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7488
7489 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
7490 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->hchild);
7491 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
7492 hscrolled_p |= hscroll_window_tree (w->vchild);
7493 else if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
7494 {
7495 int hscroll_margin, text_area_x, text_area_y;
7496 int text_area_width, text_area_height;
7497 struct glyph_row *current_cursor_row
7498 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7499 struct glyph_row *desired_cursor_row
7500 = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
7501 struct glyph_row *cursor_row
7502 = (desired_cursor_row->enabled_p
7503 ? desired_cursor_row
7504 : current_cursor_row);
7505
7506 window_box (w, TEXT_AREA, &text_area_x, &text_area_y,
7507 &text_area_width, &text_area_height);
7508
7509 /* Scroll when cursor is inside this scroll margin. */
7510 hscroll_margin = 5 * CANON_X_UNIT (XFRAME (w->frame));
7511
7512 if ((XFASTINT (w->hscroll)
7513 && w->cursor.x < hscroll_margin)
7514 || (cursor_row->enabled_p
7515 && cursor_row->truncated_on_right_p
7516 && (w->cursor.x > text_area_width - hscroll_margin)))
7517 {
7518 struct it it;
7519 int hscroll;
7520 struct buffer *saved_current_buffer;
7521 int pt;
7522
7523 /* Find point in a display of infinite width. */
7524 saved_current_buffer = current_buffer;
7525 current_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
7526
7527 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7528 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7529 else
7530 {
7531 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7532 pt = max (BEGV, pt);
7533 pt = min (ZV, pt);
7534 }
7535
7536 /* Move iterator to pt starting at cursor_row->start in
7537 a line with infinite width. */
7538 init_to_row_start (&it, w, cursor_row);
7539 it.last_visible_x = INFINITY;
7540 move_it_in_display_line_to (&it, pt, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
7541 current_buffer = saved_current_buffer;
7542
7543 /* Center cursor in window. */
7544 hscroll = (max (0, it.current_x - text_area_width / 2)
7545 / CANON_X_UNIT (it.f));
7546 hscroll = max (hscroll, XFASTINT (w->min_hscroll));
7547
7548 /* Don't call Fset_window_hscroll if value hasn't
7549 changed because it will prevent redisplay
7550 optimizations. */
7551 if (XFASTINT (w->hscroll) != hscroll)
7552 {
7553 XBUFFER (w->buffer)->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 1;
7554 w->hscroll = make_number (hscroll);
7555 hscrolled_p = 1;
7556 }
7557 }
7558 }
7559
7560 window = w->next;
7561 }
7562
7563 /* Value is non-zero if hscroll of any leaf window has been changed. */
7564 return hscrolled_p;
7565 }
7566
7567
7568 /* Set hscroll so that cursor is visible and not inside horizontal
7569 scroll margins for all windows in the tree rooted at WINDOW. See
7570 also hscroll_window_tree above. Value is non-zero if any window's
7571 hscroll has been changed. If it has, desired matrices on the frame
7572 of WINDOW are cleared. */
7573
7574 static int
7575 hscroll_windows (window)
7576 Lisp_Object window;
7577 {
7578 int hscrolled_p;
7579
7580 if (automatic_hscrolling_p)
7581 {
7582 hscrolled_p = hscroll_window_tree (window);
7583 if (hscrolled_p)
7584 clear_desired_matrices (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (window))));
7585 }
7586 else
7587 hscrolled_p = 0;
7588 return hscrolled_p;
7589 }
7590
7591
7592 \f
7593 /************************************************************************
7594 Redisplay
7595 ************************************************************************/
7596
7597 /* Variables holding some state of redisplay if GLYPH_DEBUG is defined
7598 to a non-zero value. This is sometimes handy to have in a debugger
7599 session. */
7600
7601 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
7602
7603 /* First and last unchanged row for try_window_id. */
7604
7605 int debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
7606 int debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos;
7607
7608 /* Delta vpos and y. */
7609
7610 int debug_dvpos, debug_dy;
7611
7612 /* Delta in characters and bytes for try_window_id. */
7613
7614 int debug_delta, debug_delta_bytes;
7615
7616 /* Values of window_end_pos and window_end_vpos at the end of
7617 try_window_id. */
7618
7619 int debug_end_pos, debug_end_vpos;
7620
7621 /* Append a string to W->desired_matrix->method. FMT is a printf
7622 format string. A1...A9 are a supplement for a variable-length
7623 argument list. If trace_redisplay_p is non-zero also printf the
7624 resulting string to stderr. */
7625
7626 static void
7627 debug_method_add (w, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9)
7628 struct window *w;
7629 char *fmt;
7630 int a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9;
7631 {
7632 char buffer[512];
7633 char *method = w->desired_matrix->method;
7634 int len = strlen (method);
7635 int size = sizeof w->desired_matrix->method;
7636 int remaining = size - len - 1;
7637
7638 sprintf (buffer, fmt, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8, a9);
7639 if (len && remaining)
7640 {
7641 method[len] = '|';
7642 --remaining, ++len;
7643 }
7644
7645 strncpy (method + len, buffer, remaining);
7646
7647 if (trace_redisplay_p)
7648 fprintf (stderr, "%p (%s): %s\n",
7649 w,
7650 ((BUFFERP (w->buffer)
7651 && STRINGP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name))
7652 ? (char *) XSTRING (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->name)->data
7653 : "no buffer"),
7654 buffer);
7655 }
7656
7657 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
7658
7659
7660 /* This counter is used to clear the face cache every once in a while
7661 in redisplay_internal. It is incremented for each redisplay.
7662 Every CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT full redisplays, the face cache is
7663 cleared. */
7664
7665 #define CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT 10000
7666 static int clear_face_cache_count;
7667
7668 /* Record the previous terminal frame we displayed. */
7669
7670 static struct frame *previous_terminal_frame;
7671
7672 /* Non-zero while redisplay_internal is in progress. */
7673
7674 int redisplaying_p;
7675
7676
7677 /* Value is non-zero if all changes in window W, which displays
7678 current_buffer, are in the text between START and END. START is a
7679 buffer position, END is given as a distance from Z. Used in
7680 redisplay_internal for display optimization. */
7681
7682 static INLINE int
7683 text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, start, end)
7684 struct window *w;
7685 int start, end;
7686 {
7687 int unchanged_p = 1;
7688
7689 /* If text or overlays have changed, see where. */
7690 if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7691 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7692 {
7693 /* Gap in the line? */
7694 if (GPT < start || Z - GPT < end)
7695 unchanged_p = 0;
7696
7697 /* Changes start in front of the line, or end after it? */
7698 if (unchanged_p
7699 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start - 1
7700 || END_UNCHANGED < end))
7701 unchanged_p = 0;
7702
7703 /* If selective display, can't optimize if changes start at the
7704 beginning of the line. */
7705 if (unchanged_p
7706 && INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display)
7707 && XINT (current_buffer->selective_display) > 0
7708 && (BEG_UNCHANGED < start || GPT <= start))
7709 unchanged_p = 0;
7710 }
7711
7712 return unchanged_p;
7713 }
7714
7715
7716 /* Do a frame update, taking possible shortcuts into account. This is
7717 the main external entry point for redisplay.
7718
7719 If the last redisplay displayed an echo area message and that message
7720 is no longer requested, we clear the echo area or bring back the
7721 mini-buffer if that is in use. */
7722
7723 void
7724 redisplay ()
7725 {
7726 redisplay_internal (0);
7727 }
7728
7729 /* Return 1 if point moved out of or into a composition. Otherwise
7730 return 0. PREV_BUF and PREV_PT are the last point buffer and
7731 position. BUF and PT are the current point buffer and position. */
7732
7733 int
7734 check_point_in_composition (prev_buf, prev_pt, buf, pt)
7735 struct buffer *prev_buf, *buf;
7736 int prev_pt, pt;
7737 {
7738 int start, end;
7739 Lisp_Object prop;
7740 Lisp_Object buffer;
7741
7742 XSETBUFFER (buffer, buf);
7743 /* Check a composition at the last point if point moved within the
7744 same buffer. */
7745 if (prev_buf == buf)
7746 {
7747 if (prev_pt == pt)
7748 /* Point didn't move. */
7749 return 0;
7750
7751 if (prev_pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && prev_pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7752 && find_composition (prev_pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7753 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7754 && start < prev_pt && end > prev_pt)
7755 /* The last point was within the composition. Return 1 iff
7756 point moved out of the composition. */
7757 return (pt <= start || pt >= end);
7758 }
7759
7760 /* Check a composition at the current point. */
7761 return (pt > BUF_BEGV (buf) && pt < BUF_ZV (buf)
7762 && find_composition (pt, -1, &start, &end, &prop, buffer)
7763 && COMPOSITION_VALID_P (start, end, prop)
7764 && start < pt && end > pt);
7765 }
7766
7767 /* Reconsider the setting of B->clip_changed which is displayed
7768 in window W. */
7769
7770 static INLINE void
7771 reconsider_clip_changes (w, b)
7772 struct window *w;
7773 struct buffer *b;
7774 {
7775 if (b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p)
7776 b->clip_changed = 1;
7777 else if (b->clip_changed
7778 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
7779 && w->current_matrix->buffer == b
7780 && w->current_matrix->zv == BUF_ZV (b)
7781 && w->current_matrix->begv == BUF_BEGV (b))
7782 b->clip_changed = 0;
7783
7784 /* If display wasn't paused, and W is not a tool bar window, see if
7785 point has been moved into or out of a composition. In that case,
7786 we set b->clip_changed to 1 to force updating the screen. If
7787 b->clip_changed has already been set to 1, we can skip this
7788 check. */
7789 if (!b->clip_changed
7790 && BUFFERP (w->buffer) && !NILP (w->window_end_valid))
7791 {
7792 int pt;
7793
7794 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
7795 pt = BUF_PT (current_buffer);
7796 else
7797 pt = marker_position (w->pointm);
7798
7799 if ((w->current_matrix->buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer)
7800 || pt != XINT (w->last_point))
7801 && check_point_in_composition (w->current_matrix->buffer,
7802 XINT (w->last_point),
7803 XBUFFER (w->buffer), pt))
7804 b->clip_changed = 1;
7805 }
7806 }
7807
7808
7809 /* If PRESERVE_ECHO_AREA is nonzero, it means this redisplay is not in
7810 response to any user action; therefore, we should preserve the echo
7811 area. (Actually, our caller does that job.) Perhaps in the future
7812 avoid recentering windows if it is not necessary; currently that
7813 causes some problems. */
7814
7815 static void
7816 redisplay_internal (preserve_echo_area)
7817 int preserve_echo_area;
7818 {
7819 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
7820 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
7821 int pause;
7822 int must_finish = 0;
7823 struct text_pos tlbufpos, tlendpos;
7824 int number_of_visible_frames;
7825 int count;
7826 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7827
7828 /* Non-zero means redisplay has to consider all windows on all
7829 frames. Zero means, only selected_window is considered. */
7830 int consider_all_windows_p;
7831
7832 TRACE ((stderr, "redisplay_internal %d\n", redisplaying_p));
7833
7834 /* No redisplay if running in batch mode or frame is not yet fully
7835 initialized, or redisplay is explicitly turned off by setting
7836 Vinhibit_redisplay. */
7837 if (noninteractive
7838 || !NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay)
7839 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
7840 return;
7841
7842 /* The flag redisplay_performed_directly_p is set by
7843 direct_output_for_insert when it already did the whole screen
7844 update necessary. */
7845 if (redisplay_performed_directly_p)
7846 {
7847 redisplay_performed_directly_p = 0;
7848 if (!hscroll_windows (selected_window))
7849 return;
7850 }
7851
7852 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7853 if (popup_activated ())
7854 return;
7855 #endif
7856
7857 /* I don't think this happens but let's be paranoid. */
7858 if (redisplaying_p)
7859 return;
7860
7861 /* Record a function that resets redisplaying_p to its old value
7862 when we leave this function. */
7863 count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
7864 record_unwind_protect (unwind_redisplay, make_number (redisplaying_p));
7865 ++redisplaying_p;
7866
7867 retry:
7868 pause = 0;
7869 reconsider_clip_changes (w, current_buffer);
7870
7871 /* If new fonts have been loaded that make a glyph matrix adjustment
7872 necessary, do it. */
7873 if (fonts_changed_p)
7874 {
7875 adjust_glyphs (NULL);
7876 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7877 fonts_changed_p = 0;
7878 }
7879
7880 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (sf)
7881 && previous_terminal_frame != sf)
7882 {
7883 /* Since frames on an ASCII terminal share the same display
7884 area, displaying a different frame means redisplay the whole
7885 thing. */
7886 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
7887 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (sf);
7888 XSETFRAME (Vterminal_frame, sf);
7889 }
7890 previous_terminal_frame = sf;
7891
7892 /* Set the visible flags for all frames. Do this before checking
7893 for resized or garbaged frames; they want to know if their frames
7894 are visible. See the comment in frame.h for
7895 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY. */
7896 {
7897 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
7898
7899 number_of_visible_frames = 0;
7900
7901 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7902 {
7903 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
7904
7905 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
7906 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
7907 ++number_of_visible_frames;
7908 clear_desired_matrices (f);
7909 }
7910 }
7911
7912 /* Notice any pending interrupt request to change frame size. */
7913 do_pending_window_change (1);
7914
7915 /* Clear frames marked as garbaged. */
7916 if (frame_garbaged)
7917 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7918
7919 /* Build menubar and tool-bar items. */
7920 prepare_menu_bars ();
7921
7922 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
7923 update_mode_lines++;
7924
7925 /* Detect case that we need to write or remove a star in the mode line. */
7926 if ((SAVE_MODIFF < MODIFF) != !NILP (w->last_had_star))
7927 {
7928 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7929 if (buffer_shared > 1)
7930 update_mode_lines++;
7931 }
7932
7933 /* If %c is in the mode line, update it if needed. */
7934 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
7935 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
7936 where no change is needed. */
7937 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
7938 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
7939 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7940 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
7941 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
7942
7943 FRAME_SCROLL_BOTTOM_VPOS (XFRAME (w->frame)) = -1;
7944
7945 /* The variable buffer_shared is set in redisplay_window and
7946 indicates that we redisplay a buffer in different windows. See
7947 there. */
7948 consider_all_windows_p = update_mode_lines || buffer_shared > 1;
7949
7950 /* If specs for an arrow have changed, do thorough redisplay
7951 to ensure we remove any arrow that should no longer exist. */
7952 if (! EQ (COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position), last_arrow_position)
7953 || ! EQ (Voverlay_arrow_string, last_arrow_string))
7954 consider_all_windows_p = windows_or_buffers_changed = 1;
7955
7956 /* Normally the message* functions will have already displayed and
7957 updated the echo area, but the frame may have been trashed, or
7958 the update may have been preempted, so display the echo area
7959 again here. Checking both message buffers captures the case that
7960 the echo area should be cleared. */
7961 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]) || !NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
7962 {
7963 int window_height_changed_p = echo_area_display (0);
7964 must_finish = 1;
7965
7966 if (fonts_changed_p)
7967 goto retry;
7968 else if (window_height_changed_p)
7969 {
7970 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7971 ++update_mode_lines;
7972 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7973
7974 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7975 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7976 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7977 if (frame_garbaged)
7978 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7979 }
7980 }
7981 else if (EQ (selected_window, minibuf_window)
7982 && (current_buffer->clip_changed
7983 || XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
7984 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF)
7985 && resize_mini_window (w, 0))
7986 {
7987 /* Resized active mini-window to fit the size of what it is
7988 showing if its contents might have changed. */
7989 must_finish = 1;
7990 consider_all_windows_p = 1;
7991 ++windows_or_buffers_changed;
7992 ++update_mode_lines;
7993
7994 /* If window configuration was changed, frames may have been
7995 marked garbaged. Clear them or we will experience
7996 surprises wrt scrolling. */
7997 if (frame_garbaged)
7998 clear_garbaged_frames ();
7999 }
8000
8001
8002 /* If showing the region, and mark has changed, we must redisplay
8003 the whole window. The assignment to this_line_start_pos prevents
8004 the optimization directly below this if-statement. */
8005 if (((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8006 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active))
8007 != !NILP (w->region_showing))
8008 || (!NILP (w->region_showing)
8009 && !EQ (w->region_showing,
8010 Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark))))
8011 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8012
8013 /* Optimize the case that only the line containing the cursor in the
8014 selected window has changed. Variables starting with this_ are
8015 set in display_line and record information about the line
8016 containing the cursor. */
8017 tlbufpos = this_line_start_pos;
8018 tlendpos = this_line_end_pos;
8019 if (!consider_all_windows_p
8020 && CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > 0
8021 && NILP (w->update_mode_line)
8022 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
8023 && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8024 && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
8025 /* Make sure recorded data applies to current buffer, etc. */
8026 && this_line_buffer == current_buffer
8027 && current_buffer == XBUFFER (w->buffer)
8028 && NILP (w->force_start)
8029 /* Point must be on the line that we have info recorded about. */
8030 && PT >= CHARPOS (tlbufpos)
8031 && PT <= Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8032 /* All text outside that line, including its final newline,
8033 must be unchanged */
8034 && text_outside_line_unchanged_p (w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos),
8035 CHARPOS (tlendpos)))
8036 {
8037 if (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) > BEGV
8038 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos) - 1) != '\n'
8039 && (CHARPOS (tlbufpos) == ZV
8040 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (tlbufpos)) == '\n'))
8041 /* Former continuation line has disappeared by becoming empty */
8042 goto cancel;
8043 else if (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) < MODIFF
8044 || XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) < OVERLAY_MODIFF
8045 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
8046 {
8047 /* We have to handle the case of continuation around a
8048 wide-column character (See the comment in indent.c around
8049 line 885).
8050
8051 For instance, in the following case:
8052
8053 -------- Insert --------
8054 K_A_N_\\ `a' K_A_N_a\ `X_' are wide-column chars.
8055 J_I_ ==> J_I_ `^^' are cursors.
8056 ^^ ^^
8057 -------- --------
8058
8059 As we have to redraw the line above, we should goto cancel. */
8060
8061 struct it it;
8062 int line_height_before = this_line_pixel_height;
8063
8064 /* Note that start_display will handle the case that the
8065 line starting at tlbufpos is a continuation lines. */
8066 start_display (&it, w, tlbufpos);
8067
8068 /* Implementation note: It this still necessary? */
8069 if (it.current_x != this_line_start_x)
8070 goto cancel;
8071
8072 TRACE ((stderr, "trying display optimization 1\n"));
8073 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
8074 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
8075 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8076 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8077 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos);
8078 display_line (&it);
8079
8080 /* If line contains point, is not continued,
8081 and ends at same distance from eob as before, we win */
8082 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0
8083 /* Line is not continued, otherwise this_line_start_pos
8084 would have been set to 0 in display_line. */
8085 && CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8086 /* Line ends as before. */
8087 && CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos) == CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8088 /* Line has same height as before. Otherwise other lines
8089 would have to be shifted up or down. */
8090 && this_line_pixel_height == line_height_before)
8091 {
8092 /* If this is not the window's last line, we must adjust
8093 the charstarts of the lines below. */
8094 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
8095 {
8096 struct glyph_row *row
8097 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos + 1);
8098 int delta, delta_bytes;
8099
8100 if (Z - CHARPOS (tlendpos) == ZV)
8101 {
8102 /* This line ends at end of (accessible part of)
8103 buffer. There is no newline to count. */
8104 delta = (Z
8105 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8106 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8107 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8108 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8109 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8110 }
8111 else
8112 {
8113 /* This line ends in a newline. Must take
8114 account of the newline and the rest of the
8115 text that follows. */
8116 delta = (Z
8117 - CHARPOS (tlendpos)
8118 - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row));
8119 delta_bytes = (Z_BYTE
8120 - BYTEPOS (tlendpos)
8121 - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
8122 }
8123
8124 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
8125 this_line_vpos + 1,
8126 w->current_matrix->nrows,
8127 delta, delta_bytes);
8128 }
8129
8130 /* If this row displays text now but previously didn't,
8131 or vice versa, w->window_end_vpos may have to be
8132 adjusted. */
8133 if ((it.glyph_row - 1)->displays_text_p)
8134 {
8135 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < this_line_vpos)
8136 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos);
8137 }
8138 else if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) == this_line_vpos
8139 && this_line_vpos > 0)
8140 XSETINT (w->window_end_vpos, this_line_vpos - 1);
8141 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
8142
8143 /* Update hint: No need to try to scroll in update_window. */
8144 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
8145
8146 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8147 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
8148 debug_method_add (w, "optimization 1");
8149 #endif
8150 goto update;
8151 }
8152 else
8153 goto cancel;
8154 }
8155 else if (/* Cursor position hasn't changed. */
8156 PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
8157 /* Make sure the cursor was last displayed
8158 in this window. Otherwise we have to reposition it. */
8159 && 0 <= w->cursor.vpos
8160 && XINT (w->height) > w->cursor.vpos)
8161 {
8162 if (!must_finish)
8163 {
8164 do_pending_window_change (1);
8165
8166 /* We used to always goto end_of_redisplay here, but this
8167 isn't enough if we have a blinking cursor. */
8168 if (w->cursor_off_p == w->last_cursor_off_p)
8169 goto end_of_redisplay;
8170 }
8171 goto update;
8172 }
8173 /* If highlighting the region, or if the cursor is in the echo area,
8174 then we can't just move the cursor. */
8175 else if (! (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8176 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
8177 && (EQ (selected_window, current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8178 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8179 && NILP (w->region_showing)
8180 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
8181 && !cursor_in_echo_area)
8182 {
8183 struct it it;
8184 struct glyph_row *row;
8185
8186 /* Skip from tlbufpos to PT and see where it is. Note that
8187 PT may be in invisible text. If so, we will end at the
8188 next visible position. */
8189 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (tlbufpos), BYTEPOS (tlbufpos),
8190 NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
8191 it.current_x = this_line_start_x;
8192 it.current_y = this_line_y;
8193 it.vpos = this_line_vpos;
8194
8195 /* The call to move_it_to stops in front of PT, but
8196 moves over before-strings. */
8197 move_it_to (&it, PT, -1, -1, -1, MOVE_TO_POS);
8198
8199 if (it.vpos == this_line_vpos
8200 && (row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, this_line_vpos),
8201 row->enabled_p))
8202 {
8203 xassert (this_line_vpos == it.vpos);
8204 xassert (this_line_y == it.current_y);
8205 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
8206 goto update;
8207 }
8208 else
8209 goto cancel;
8210 }
8211
8212 cancel:
8213 /* Text changed drastically or point moved off of line. */
8214 SET_MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, this_line_vpos, 0);
8215 }
8216
8217 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8218 consider_all_windows_p |= buffer_shared > 1;
8219 ++clear_face_cache_count;
8220
8221
8222 /* Build desired matrices, and update the display. If
8223 consider_all_windows_p is non-zero, do it for all windows on all
8224 frames. Otherwise do it for selected_window, only. */
8225
8226 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8227 {
8228 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8229
8230 /* Clear the face cache eventually. */
8231 if (clear_face_cache_count > CLEAR_FACE_CACHE_COUNT)
8232 {
8233 clear_face_cache (0);
8234 clear_face_cache_count = 0;
8235 }
8236
8237 /* Recompute # windows showing selected buffer. This will be
8238 incremented each time such a window is displayed. */
8239 buffer_shared = 0;
8240
8241 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8242 {
8243 struct frame *f = XFRAME (frame);
8244
8245 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f) || f == sf)
8246 {
8247 /* Mark all the scroll bars to be removed; we'll redeem
8248 the ones we want when we redisplay their windows. */
8249 if (condemn_scroll_bars_hook)
8250 condemn_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8251
8252 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8253 redisplay_windows (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f));
8254
8255 /* Any scroll bars which redisplay_windows should have
8256 nuked should now go away. */
8257 if (judge_scroll_bars_hook)
8258 judge_scroll_bars_hook (f);
8259
8260 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8261 if (fonts_changed_p)
8262 goto retry;
8263
8264 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
8265 {
8266 /* See if we have to hscroll. */
8267 if (hscroll_windows (f->root_window))
8268 goto retry;
8269
8270 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display
8271 update. stdio is not robust about handling
8272 signals, which can cause an apparent I/O
8273 error. */
8274 if (interrupt_input)
8275 unrequest_sigio ();
8276 stop_polling ();
8277
8278 /* Update the display. */
8279 set_window_update_flags (XWINDOW (f->root_window), 1);
8280 pause |= update_frame (f, 0, 0);
8281 if (pause)
8282 break;
8283
8284 mark_window_display_accurate (f->root_window, 1);
8285 if (frame_up_to_date_hook)
8286 frame_up_to_date_hook (f);
8287 }
8288 }
8289 }
8290 }
8291 else if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8292 {
8293 Lisp_Object mini_window;
8294 struct frame *mini_frame;
8295
8296 redisplay_window (selected_window, 1);
8297
8298 /* Compare desired and current matrices, perform output. */
8299 update:
8300
8301 /* If fonts changed, display again. */
8302 if (fonts_changed_p)
8303 goto retry;
8304
8305 /* Prevent various kinds of signals during display update.
8306 stdio is not robust about handling signals,
8307 which can cause an apparent I/O error. */
8308 if (interrupt_input)
8309 unrequest_sigio ();
8310 stop_polling ();
8311
8312 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (sf) && !FRAME_OBSCURED_P (sf))
8313 {
8314 if (hscroll_windows (selected_window))
8315 goto retry;
8316
8317 XWINDOW (selected_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8318 pause = update_frame (sf, 0, 0);
8319 }
8320
8321 /* We may have called echo_area_display at the top of this
8322 function. If the echo area is on another frame, that may
8323 have put text on a frame other than the selected one, so the
8324 above call to update_frame would not have caught it. Catch
8325 it here. */
8326 mini_window = FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (sf);
8327 mini_frame = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (mini_window)));
8328
8329 if (mini_frame != sf && FRAME_WINDOW_P (mini_frame))
8330 {
8331 XWINDOW (mini_window)->must_be_updated_p = 1;
8332 pause |= update_frame (mini_frame, 0, 0);
8333 if (!pause && hscroll_windows (mini_window))
8334 goto retry;
8335 }
8336 }
8337
8338 /* If display was paused because of pending input, make sure we do a
8339 thorough update the next time. */
8340 if (pause)
8341 {
8342 /* Prevent the optimization at the beginning of
8343 redisplay_internal that tries a single-line update of the
8344 line containing the cursor in the selected window. */
8345 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8346
8347 /* Let the overlay arrow be updated the next time. */
8348 if (!NILP (last_arrow_position))
8349 {
8350 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8351 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8352 }
8353
8354 /* If we pause after scrolling, some rows in the current
8355 matrices of some windows are not valid. */
8356 if (!WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)
8357 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame)))
8358 update_mode_lines = 1;
8359 }
8360
8361 /* Now text on frame agrees with windows, so put info into the
8362 windows for partial redisplay to follow. */
8363 if (!pause)
8364 {
8365 register struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8366
8367 BUF_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_MODIFF (b);
8368 BUF_OVERLAY_UNCHANGED_MODIFIED (b) = BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b);
8369 BUF_BEG_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_GPT (b) - BUF_BEG (b);
8370 BUF_END_UNCHANGED (b) = BUF_Z (b) - BUF_GPT (b);
8371
8372 if (consider_all_windows_p)
8373 mark_window_display_accurate (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (sf), 1);
8374 else
8375 {
8376 XSETFASTINT (w->last_point, BUF_PT (b));
8377 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8378 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8379
8380 b->clip_changed = 0;
8381 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8382 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8383 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, BUF_MODIFF (b));
8384 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b));
8385 w->last_had_star
8386 = (BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer)) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8387 ? Qt : Qnil);
8388
8389 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8390 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8391 w->region_showing = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8392 && (EQ (selected_window,
8393 current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8394 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8395 && !NILP (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark_active)
8396 ? Fmarker_position (XBUFFER (w->buffer)->mark)
8397 : Qnil);
8398
8399 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8400 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8401 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8402 if (frame_up_to_date_hook != 0)
8403 (*frame_up_to_date_hook) (sf);
8404
8405 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8406 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8407 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8408 }
8409
8410 update_mode_lines = 0;
8411 windows_or_buffers_changed = 0;
8412 }
8413
8414 /* Start SIGIO interrupts coming again. Having them off during the
8415 code above makes it less likely one will discard output, but not
8416 impossible, since there might be stuff in the system buffer here.
8417 But it is much hairier to try to do anything about that. */
8418 if (interrupt_input)
8419 request_sigio ();
8420 start_polling ();
8421
8422 /* If a frame has become visible which was not before, redisplay
8423 again, so that we display it. Expose events for such a frame
8424 (which it gets when becoming visible) don't call the parts of
8425 redisplay constructing glyphs, so simply exposing a frame won't
8426 display anything in this case. So, we have to display these
8427 frames here explicitly. */
8428 if (!pause)
8429 {
8430 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
8431 int new_count = 0;
8432
8433 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
8434 {
8435 int this_is_visible = 0;
8436
8437 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8438 this_is_visible = 1;
8439 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (XFRAME (frame));
8440 if (XFRAME (frame)->visible)
8441 this_is_visible = 1;
8442
8443 if (this_is_visible)
8444 new_count++;
8445 }
8446
8447 if (new_count != number_of_visible_frames)
8448 windows_or_buffers_changed++;
8449 }
8450
8451 /* Change frame size now if a change is pending. */
8452 do_pending_window_change (1);
8453
8454 /* If we just did a pending size change, or have additional
8455 visible frames, redisplay again. */
8456 if (windows_or_buffers_changed && !pause)
8457 goto retry;
8458
8459 end_of_redisplay:;
8460
8461 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
8462 }
8463
8464
8465 /* Redisplay, but leave alone any recent echo area message unless
8466 another message has been requested in its place.
8467
8468 This is useful in situations where you need to redisplay but no
8469 user action has occurred, making it inappropriate for the message
8470 area to be cleared. See tracking_off and
8471 wait_reading_process_input for examples of these situations. */
8472
8473 void
8474 redisplay_preserve_echo_area ()
8475 {
8476 if (!NILP (echo_area_buffer[1]))
8477 {
8478 /* We have a previously displayed message, but no current
8479 message. Redisplay the previous message. */
8480 display_last_displayed_message_p = 1;
8481 redisplay_internal (1);
8482 display_last_displayed_message_p = 0;
8483 }
8484 else
8485 redisplay_internal (1);
8486 }
8487
8488
8489 /* Function registered with record_unwind_protect in
8490 redisplay_internal. Clears the flag indicating that a redisplay is
8491 in progress. */
8492
8493 static Lisp_Object
8494 unwind_redisplay (old_redisplaying_p)
8495 Lisp_Object old_redisplaying_p;
8496 {
8497 redisplaying_p = XFASTINT (old_redisplaying_p);
8498 return Qnil;
8499 }
8500
8501
8502 /* Mark the display of windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW as
8503 accurate or inaccurate. If FLAG is non-zero mark display of WINDOW
8504 as accurate. If FLAG is zero arrange for WINDOW to be redisplayed
8505 the next time redisplay_internal is called. */
8506
8507 void
8508 mark_window_display_accurate (window, accurate_p)
8509 Lisp_Object window;
8510 int accurate_p;
8511 {
8512 struct window *w;
8513
8514 for (; !NILP (window); window = w->next)
8515 {
8516 w = XWINDOW (window);
8517
8518 if (BUFFERP (w->buffer))
8519 {
8520 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8521
8522 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified,
8523 accurate_p ? BUF_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8524 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified,
8525 accurate_p ? BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b) : 0);
8526 w->last_had_star = (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b)
8527 ? Qt : Qnil);
8528
8529 #if 0 /* I don't think this is necessary because display_line does it.
8530 Let's check it. */
8531 /* Record if we are showing a region, so can make sure to
8532 update it fully at next redisplay. */
8533 w->region_showing
8534 = (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
8535 && (w == XWINDOW (current_buffer->last_selected_window)
8536 || highlight_nonselected_windows)
8537 && (!NILP (b->mark_active)
8538 ? Fmarker_position (b->mark)
8539 : Qnil));
8540 #endif
8541
8542 if (accurate_p)
8543 {
8544 b->clip_changed = 0;
8545 b->prevent_redisplay_optimizations_p = 0;
8546 w->current_matrix->buffer = b;
8547 w->current_matrix->begv = BUF_BEGV (b);
8548 w->current_matrix->zv = BUF_ZV (b);
8549 w->last_cursor = w->cursor;
8550 w->last_cursor_off_p = w->cursor_off_p;
8551 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8552 w->last_point = make_number (BUF_PT (b));
8553 else
8554 w->last_point = make_number (XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos);
8555 }
8556 }
8557
8558 w->window_end_valid = w->buffer;
8559 w->update_mode_line = Qnil;
8560
8561 if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8562 mark_window_display_accurate (w->vchild, accurate_p);
8563 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8564 mark_window_display_accurate (w->hchild, accurate_p);
8565 }
8566
8567 if (accurate_p)
8568 {
8569 last_arrow_position = COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position);
8570 last_arrow_string = Voverlay_arrow_string;
8571 }
8572 else
8573 {
8574 /* Force a thorough redisplay the next time by setting
8575 last_arrow_position and last_arrow_string to t, which is
8576 unequal to any useful value of Voverlay_arrow_... */
8577 last_arrow_position = Qt;
8578 last_arrow_string = Qt;
8579 }
8580 }
8581
8582
8583 /* Return value in display table DP (Lisp_Char_Table *) for character
8584 C. Since a display table doesn't have any parent, we don't have to
8585 follow parent. Do not call this function directly but use the
8586 macro DISP_CHAR_VECTOR. */
8587
8588 Lisp_Object
8589 disp_char_vector (dp, c)
8590 struct Lisp_Char_Table *dp;
8591 int c;
8592 {
8593 int code[4], i;
8594 Lisp_Object val;
8595
8596 if (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c))
8597 return (dp->contents[c]);
8598
8599 SPLIT_CHAR (c, code[0], code[1], code[2]);
8600 if (code[1] < 32)
8601 code[1] = -1;
8602 else if (code[2] < 32)
8603 code[2] = -1;
8604
8605 /* Here, the possible range of code[0] (== charset ID) is
8606 128..max_charset. Since the top level char table contains data
8607 for multibyte characters after 256th element, we must increment
8608 code[0] by 128 to get a correct index. */
8609 code[0] += 128;
8610 code[3] = -1; /* anchor */
8611
8612 for (i = 0; code[i] >= 0; i++, dp = XCHAR_TABLE (val))
8613 {
8614 val = dp->contents[code[i]];
8615 if (!SUB_CHAR_TABLE_P (val))
8616 return (NILP (val) ? dp->defalt : val);
8617 }
8618
8619 /* Here, val is a sub char table. We return the default value of
8620 it. */
8621 return (dp->defalt);
8622 }
8623
8624
8625 \f
8626 /***********************************************************************
8627 Window Redisplay
8628 ***********************************************************************/
8629
8630 /* Redisplay all leaf windows in the window tree rooted at WINDOW. */
8631
8632 static void
8633 redisplay_windows (window)
8634 Lisp_Object window;
8635 {
8636 while (!NILP (window))
8637 {
8638 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8639
8640 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
8641 redisplay_windows (w->hchild);
8642 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
8643 redisplay_windows (w->vchild);
8644 else
8645 redisplay_window (window, 0);
8646
8647 window = w->next;
8648 }
8649 }
8650
8651
8652 /* Set cursor position of W. PT is assumed to be displayed in ROW.
8653 DELTA is the number of bytes by which positions recorded in ROW
8654 differ from current buffer positions. */
8655
8656 void
8657 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, matrix, delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos)
8658 struct window *w;
8659 struct glyph_row *row;
8660 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8661 int delta, delta_bytes, dy, dvpos;
8662 {
8663 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8664 struct glyph *end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
8665 int x = row->x;
8666 int pt_old = PT - delta;
8667
8668 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
8669 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
8670 frames. */
8671 if (row->displays_text_p)
8672 while (glyph < end
8673 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8674 && glyph->charpos < 0)
8675 {
8676 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8677 ++glyph;
8678 }
8679
8680 while (glyph < end
8681 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
8682 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
8683 || glyph->charpos < pt_old))
8684 {
8685 x += glyph->pixel_width;
8686 ++glyph;
8687 }
8688
8689 w->cursor.hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
8690 w->cursor.x = x;
8691 w->cursor.vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, matrix) + dvpos;
8692 w->cursor.y = row->y + dy;
8693
8694 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8695 {
8696 if (!row->continued_p
8697 && !MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row)
8698 && row->x == 0)
8699 {
8700 this_line_buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
8701
8702 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8703 = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) + delta;
8704 BYTEPOS (this_line_start_pos)
8705 = MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes;
8706
8707 CHARPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8708 = Z - (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + delta);
8709 BYTEPOS (this_line_end_pos)
8710 = Z_BYTE - (MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + delta_bytes);
8711
8712 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8713 this_line_pixel_height = row->height;
8714 this_line_vpos = w->cursor.vpos;
8715 this_line_start_x = row->x;
8716 }
8717 else
8718 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
8719 }
8720 }
8721
8722
8723 /* Run window scroll functions, if any, for WINDOW with new window
8724 start STARTP. Sets the window start of WINDOW to that position.
8725
8726 We assume that the window's buffer is really current. */
8727
8728 static INLINE struct text_pos
8729 run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp)
8730 Lisp_Object window;
8731 struct text_pos startp;
8732 {
8733 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8734 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, startp);
8735
8736 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8737 abort ();
8738
8739 if (!NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
8740 {
8741 run_hook_with_args_2 (Qwindow_scroll_functions, window,
8742 make_number (CHARPOS (startp)));
8743 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8744 /* In case the hook functions switch buffers. */
8745 if (current_buffer != XBUFFER (w->buffer))
8746 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
8747 }
8748
8749 return startp;
8750 }
8751
8752
8753 /* Modify the desired matrix of window W and W->vscroll so that the
8754 line containing the cursor is fully visible. */
8755
8756 static void
8757 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w)
8758 struct window *w;
8759 {
8760 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
8761 struct glyph_row *row;
8762 int window_height, header_line_height;
8763
8764 /* It's not always possible to find the cursor, e.g, when a window
8765 is full of overlay strings. Don't do anything in that case. */
8766 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
8767 return;
8768
8769 matrix = w->desired_matrix;
8770 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, w->cursor.vpos);
8771
8772 /* If the cursor row is not partially visible, there's nothing
8773 to do. */
8774 if (!MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
8775 return;
8776
8777 /* If the row the cursor is in is taller than the window's height,
8778 it's not clear what to do, so do nothing. */
8779 window_height = window_box_height (w);
8780 if (row->height >= window_height)
8781 return;
8782
8783 if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (w, row))
8784 {
8785 int dy = row->height - row->visible_height;
8786 w->vscroll = 0;
8787 w->cursor.y += dy;
8788 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8789 }
8790 else /* MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_BOTTOM_P (w, row)) */
8791 {
8792 int dy = - (row->height - row->visible_height);
8793 w->vscroll = dy;
8794 w->cursor.y += dy;
8795 shift_glyph_matrix (w, matrix, 0, matrix->nrows, dy);
8796 }
8797
8798 /* When we change the cursor y-position of the selected window,
8799 change this_line_y as well so that the display optimization for
8800 the cursor line of the selected window in redisplay_internal uses
8801 the correct y-position. */
8802 if (w == XWINDOW (selected_window))
8803 this_line_y = w->cursor.y;
8804 }
8805
8806
8807 /* Try scrolling PT into view in window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P
8808 non-zero means only WINDOW is redisplayed in redisplay_internal.
8809 TEMP_SCROLL_STEP has the same meaning as scroll_step, and is used
8810 in redisplay_window to bring a partially visible line into view in
8811 the case that only the cursor has moved.
8812
8813 Value is
8814
8815 1 if scrolling succeeded
8816
8817 0 if scrolling didn't find point.
8818
8819 -1 if new fonts have been loaded so that we must interrupt
8820 redisplay, adjust glyph matrices, and try again. */
8821
8822 static int
8823 try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p, scroll_conservatively,
8824 scroll_step, temp_scroll_step)
8825 Lisp_Object window;
8826 int just_this_one_p;
8827 int scroll_conservatively, scroll_step;
8828 int temp_scroll_step;
8829 {
8830 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
8831 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8832 struct text_pos scroll_margin_pos;
8833 struct text_pos pos;
8834 struct text_pos startp;
8835 struct it it;
8836 Lisp_Object window_end;
8837 int this_scroll_margin;
8838 int dy = 0;
8839 int scroll_max;
8840 int rc;
8841 int amount_to_scroll = 0;
8842 Lisp_Object aggressive;
8843 int height;
8844
8845 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
8846 debug_method_add (w, "try_scrolling");
8847 #endif
8848
8849 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
8850
8851 /* Compute scroll margin height in pixels. We scroll when point is
8852 within this distance from the top or bottom of the window. */
8853 if (scroll_margin > 0)
8854 {
8855 this_scroll_margin = min (scroll_margin, XINT (w->height) / 4);
8856 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8857 }
8858 else
8859 this_scroll_margin = 0;
8860
8861 /* Compute how much we should try to scroll maximally to bring point
8862 into view. */
8863 if (scroll_step || scroll_conservatively || temp_scroll_step)
8864 scroll_max = max (scroll_step,
8865 max (scroll_conservatively, temp_scroll_step));
8866 else if (NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively)
8867 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively))
8868 /* We're trying to scroll because of aggressive scrolling
8869 but no scroll_step is set. Choose an arbitrary one. Maybe
8870 there should be a variable for this. */
8871 scroll_max = 10;
8872 else
8873 scroll_max = 0;
8874 scroll_max *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
8875
8876 /* Decide whether we have to scroll down. Start at the window end
8877 and move this_scroll_margin up to find the position of the scroll
8878 margin. */
8879 window_end = Fwindow_end (window, Qt);
8880 CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = XINT (window_end);
8881 BYTEPOS (scroll_margin_pos) = CHAR_TO_BYTE (CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos));
8882 if (this_scroll_margin)
8883 {
8884 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8885 move_it_vertically (&it, - this_scroll_margin);
8886 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8887 }
8888
8889 if (PT >= CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8890 {
8891 int y0;
8892 #if 0
8893 int line_height;
8894 #endif
8895
8896 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the bottom of the window, or
8897 below. Compute a new window start that makes point visible. */
8898
8899 /* Compute the distance from the scroll margin to PT.
8900 Give up if the distance is greater than scroll_max. */
8901 start_display (&it, w, scroll_margin_pos);
8902 y0 = it.current_y;
8903 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
8904 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8905 #if 0 /* Taking the line's height into account here looks wrong. */
8906 line_height = (it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8907 ? it.max_ascent + it.max_descent
8908 : last_height);
8909 dy = it.current_y + line_height - y0;
8910 #else
8911 /* With a scroll_margin of 0, scroll_margin_pos is at the window
8912 end, which is one line below the window. The iterator's
8913 current_y will be same as y0 in that case, but we have to
8914 scroll a line to make PT visible. That's the reason why 1 is
8915 added below. */
8916 dy = 1 + it.current_y - y0;
8917 #endif
8918
8919 if (dy > scroll_max)
8920 return 0;
8921
8922 /* Move the window start down. If scrolling conservatively,
8923 move it just enough down to make point visible. If
8924 scroll_step is set, move it down by scroll_step. */
8925 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8926
8927 if (scroll_conservatively)
8928 amount_to_scroll =
8929 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
8930 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8931 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8932 else
8933 {
8934 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively;
8935 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8936 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8937 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8938 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8939 }
8940
8941 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8942 return 0;
8943
8944 move_it_vertically (&it, amount_to_scroll);
8945 startp = it.current.pos;
8946 }
8947 else
8948 {
8949 /* See if point is inside the scroll margin at the top of the
8950 window. */
8951 scroll_margin_pos = startp;
8952 if (this_scroll_margin)
8953 {
8954 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8955 move_it_vertically (&it, this_scroll_margin);
8956 scroll_margin_pos = it.current.pos;
8957 }
8958
8959 if (PT < CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos))
8960 {
8961 /* Point is in the scroll margin at the top of the window or
8962 above what is displayed in the window. */
8963 int y0;
8964
8965 /* Compute the vertical distance from PT to the scroll
8966 margin position. Give up if distance is greater than
8967 scroll_max. */
8968 SET_TEXT_POS (pos, PT, PT_BYTE);
8969 start_display (&it, w, pos);
8970 y0 = it.current_y;
8971 move_it_to (&it, CHARPOS (scroll_margin_pos), 0,
8972 it.last_visible_y, -1,
8973 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
8974 dy = it.current_y - y0;
8975 if (dy > scroll_max)
8976 return 0;
8977
8978 /* Compute new window start. */
8979 start_display (&it, w, startp);
8980
8981 if (scroll_conservatively)
8982 amount_to_scroll =
8983 max (dy, CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * max (scroll_step, temp_scroll_step));
8984 else if (scroll_step || temp_scroll_step)
8985 amount_to_scroll = scroll_max;
8986 else
8987 {
8988 aggressive = current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively;
8989 height = (WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (w)
8990 - WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
8991 if (NUMBERP (aggressive))
8992 amount_to_scroll = XFLOATINT (aggressive) * height;
8993 }
8994
8995 if (amount_to_scroll <= 0)
8996 return 0;
8997
8998 move_it_vertically (&it, - amount_to_scroll);
8999 startp = it.current.pos;
9000 }
9001 }
9002
9003 /* Run window scroll functions. */
9004 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9005
9006 /* Display the window. Give up if new fonts are loaded, or if point
9007 doesn't appear. */
9008 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9009 rc = -1;
9010 else if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9011 {
9012 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9013 rc = 0;
9014 }
9015 else
9016 {
9017 /* Maybe forget recorded base line for line number display. */
9018 if (!just_this_one_p
9019 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9020 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9021 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9022
9023 /* If cursor ends up on a partially visible line, shift display
9024 lines up or down. */
9025 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9026 rc = 1;
9027 }
9028
9029 return rc;
9030 }
9031
9032
9033 /* Compute a suitable window start for window W if display of W starts
9034 on a continuation line. Value is non-zero if a new window start
9035 was computed.
9036
9037 The new window start will be computed, based on W's width, starting
9038 from the start of the continued line. It is the start of the
9039 screen line with the minimum distance from the old start W->start. */
9040
9041 static int
9042 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w)
9043 struct window *w;
9044 {
9045 struct text_pos pos, start_pos;
9046 int window_start_changed_p = 0;
9047
9048 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start_pos, w->start);
9049
9050 /* If window start is on a continuation line... Window start may be
9051 < BEGV in case there's invisible text at the start of the
9052 buffer (M-x rmail, for example). */
9053 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > BEGV
9054 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start_pos) - 1) != '\n')
9055 {
9056 struct it it;
9057 struct glyph_row *row;
9058
9059 /* Handle the case that the window start is out of range. */
9060 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) < BEGV)
9061 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9062 else if (CHARPOS (start_pos) > ZV)
9063 SET_TEXT_POS (start_pos, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9064
9065 /* Find the start of the continued line. This should be fast
9066 because scan_buffer is fast (newline cache). */
9067 row = w->desired_matrix->rows + (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0);
9068 init_iterator (&it, w, CHARPOS (start_pos), BYTEPOS (start_pos),
9069 row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9070 reseat_at_previous_visible_line_start (&it);
9071
9072 /* If the line start is "too far" away from the window start,
9073 say it takes too much time to compute a new window start. */
9074 if (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it)
9075 < XFASTINT (w->height) * XFASTINT (w->width))
9076 {
9077 int min_distance, distance;
9078
9079 /* Move forward by display lines to find the new window
9080 start. If window width was enlarged, the new start can
9081 be expected to be > the old start. If window width was
9082 decreased, the new window start will be < the old start.
9083 So, we're looking for the display line start with the
9084 minimum distance from the old window start. */
9085 pos = it.current.pos;
9086 min_distance = INFINITY;
9087 while ((distance = abs (CHARPOS (start_pos) - IT_CHARPOS (it))),
9088 distance < min_distance)
9089 {
9090 min_distance = distance;
9091 pos = it.current.pos;
9092 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9093 }
9094
9095 /* Set the window start there. */
9096 SET_MARKER_FROM_TEXT_POS (w->start, pos);
9097 window_start_changed_p = 1;
9098 }
9099 }
9100
9101 return window_start_changed_p;
9102 }
9103
9104
9105 /* Try cursor movement in case text has not changes in window WINDOW,
9106 with window start STARTP. Value is
9107
9108 1 if successful
9109
9110 0 if this method cannot be used
9111
9112 -1 if we know we have to scroll the display. *SCROLL_STEP is
9113 set to 1, under certain circumstances, if we want to scroll as
9114 if scroll-step were set to 1. See the code. */
9115
9116 static int
9117 try_cursor_movement (window, startp, scroll_step)
9118 Lisp_Object window;
9119 struct text_pos startp;
9120 int *scroll_step;
9121 {
9122 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9123 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9124 int rc = 0;
9125
9126 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9127 not moved off the frame. */
9128 if (/* Point may be in this window. */
9129 PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9130 /* Selective display hasn't changed. */
9131 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9132 /* Function force-mode-line-update is used to force a thorough
9133 redisplay. It sets either windows_or_buffers_changed or
9134 update_mode_lines. So don't take a shortcut here for these
9135 cases. */
9136 && !update_mode_lines
9137 && !windows_or_buffers_changed
9138 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region. When a
9139 region exists, cursor movement has to do more than just
9140 set the cursor. */
9141 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9142 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9143 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9144 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9145 /* Right after splitting windows, last_point may be nil. */
9146 && INTEGERP (w->last_point)
9147 /* This code is not used for mini-buffer for the sake of the case
9148 of redisplaying to replace an echo area message; since in
9149 that case the mini-buffer contents per se are usually
9150 unchanged. This code is of no real use in the mini-buffer
9151 since the handling of this_line_start_pos, etc., in redisplay
9152 handles the same cases. */
9153 && !EQ (window, minibuf_window)
9154 /* When splitting windows or for new windows, it happens that
9155 redisplay is called with a nil window_end_vpos or one being
9156 larger than the window. This should really be fixed in
9157 window.c. I don't have this on my list, now, so we do
9158 approximately the same as the old redisplay code. --gerd. */
9159 && INTEGERP (w->window_end_vpos)
9160 && XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) < w->current_matrix->nrows
9161 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9162 || !MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
9163 || current_buffer != XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer))
9164 {
9165 int this_scroll_margin;
9166 struct glyph_row *row;
9167
9168 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9169 debug_method_add (w, "cursor movement");
9170 #endif
9171
9172 /* Scroll if point within this distance from the top or bottom
9173 of the window. This is a pixel value. */
9174 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
9175 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin, XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
9176 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
9177
9178 /* Start with the row the cursor was displayed during the last
9179 not paused redisplay. Give up if that row is not valid. */
9180 if (w->last_cursor.vpos < 0
9181 || w->last_cursor.vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows)
9182 rc = -1;
9183 else
9184 {
9185 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->last_cursor.vpos);
9186 if (row->mode_line_p)
9187 ++row;
9188 if (!row->enabled_p)
9189 rc = -1;
9190 }
9191
9192 if (rc == 0)
9193 {
9194 int scroll_p = 0;
9195 int last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w) - this_scroll_margin;
9196
9197 if (PT > XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9198 {
9199 /* Point has moved forward. */
9200 while (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < PT
9201 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
9202 {
9203 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9204 ++row;
9205 }
9206
9207 /* The end position of a row equals the start position
9208 of the next row. If PT is there, we would rather
9209 display it in the next line. */
9210 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9211 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9212 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9213 ++row;
9214
9215 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. Note that
9216 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y gives the pixel position at which
9217 the next line would be drawn, and that
9218 this_scroll_margin can be zero. */
9219 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) > last_y
9220 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9221 /* Line is completely visible last line in window
9222 and PT is to be set in the next line. */
9223 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) == last_y
9224 && PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9225 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9226 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9227 scroll_p = 1;
9228 }
9229 else if (PT < XFASTINT (w->last_point))
9230 {
9231 /* Cursor has to be moved backward. Note that PT >=
9232 CHARPOS (startp) because of the outer
9233 if-statement. */
9234 while (!row->mode_line_p
9235 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) > PT
9236 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9237 && MATRIX_ROW_STARTS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)))
9238 && (row->y > this_scroll_margin
9239 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV))
9240 {
9241 xassert (row->enabled_p);
9242 --row;
9243 }
9244
9245 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV,
9246 there is invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that
9247 display starts at some point START > BEGV. It can
9248 happen that we are called with PT somewhere between
9249 BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9250 if (row < w->current_matrix->rows
9251 || row->mode_line_p)
9252 {
9253 row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9254 if (row->mode_line_p)
9255 ++row;
9256 }
9257
9258 /* Due to newlines in overlay strings, we may have to
9259 skip forward over overlay strings. */
9260 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y
9261 && MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == PT
9262 && !cursor_row_p (w, row))
9263 ++row;
9264
9265 /* If within the scroll margin, scroll. */
9266 if (row->y < this_scroll_margin
9267 && CHARPOS (startp) != BEGV)
9268 scroll_p = 1;
9269 }
9270
9271 if (PT < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
9272 || PT > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
9273 {
9274 /* if PT is not in the glyph row, give up. */
9275 rc = -1;
9276 }
9277 else if (MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (row))
9278 {
9279 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
9280 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
9281 && !MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
9282 rc = -1;
9283 else if (row->height > window_box_height (w))
9284 {
9285 /* If we end up in a partially visible line, let's
9286 make it fully visible, except when it's taller
9287 than the window, in which case we can't do much
9288 about it. */
9289 *scroll_step = 1;
9290 rc = -1;
9291 }
9292 else
9293 {
9294 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9295 try_window (window, startp);
9296 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9297 rc = 1;
9298 }
9299 }
9300 else if (scroll_p)
9301 rc = -1;
9302 else
9303 {
9304 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9305 rc = 1;
9306 }
9307 }
9308 }
9309
9310 return rc;
9311 }
9312
9313
9314 /* Redisplay leaf window WINDOW. JUST_THIS_ONE_P non-zero means only
9315 selected_window is redisplayed. */
9316
9317 static void
9318 redisplay_window (window, just_this_one_p)
9319 Lisp_Object window;
9320 int just_this_one_p;
9321 {
9322 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9323 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9324 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
9325 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
9326 struct text_pos lpoint, opoint, startp;
9327 int update_mode_line;
9328 int tem;
9329 struct it it;
9330 /* Record it now because it's overwritten. */
9331 int current_matrix_up_to_date_p = 0;
9332 int temp_scroll_step = 0;
9333 int count = BINDING_STACK_SIZE ();
9334 int rc;
9335
9336 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9337 opoint = lpoint;
9338
9339 /* W must be a leaf window here. */
9340 xassert (!NILP (w->buffer));
9341 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9342 *w->desired_matrix->method = 0;
9343 #endif
9344
9345 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks, Qt);
9346
9347 reconsider_clip_changes (w, buffer);
9348
9349 /* Has the mode line to be updated? */
9350 update_mode_line = (!NILP (w->update_mode_line)
9351 || update_mode_lines
9352 || buffer->clip_changed);
9353
9354 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w))
9355 {
9356 if (w == XWINDOW (echo_area_window)
9357 && !NILP (echo_area_buffer[0]))
9358 {
9359 if (update_mode_line)
9360 /* We may have to update a tty frame's menu bar or a
9361 tool-bar. Example `M-x C-h C-h C-g'. */
9362 goto finish_menu_bars;
9363 else
9364 /* We've already displayed the echo area glyphs in this window. */
9365 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9366 }
9367 else if (w != XWINDOW (minibuf_window))
9368 {
9369 /* W is a mini-buffer window, but it's not the currently
9370 active one, so clear it. */
9371 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
9372 struct glyph_row *row;
9373 int y;
9374
9375 for (y = 0, row = w->desired_matrix->rows;
9376 y < yb;
9377 y += row->height, ++row)
9378 blank_row (w, row, y);
9379 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9380 }
9381 }
9382
9383 /* Otherwise set up data on this window; select its buffer and point
9384 value. */
9385 /* Really select the buffer, for the sake of buffer-local
9386 variables. */
9387 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
9388 SET_TEXT_POS (opoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9389
9390 current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9391 = (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9392 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9393 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9394 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF);
9395
9396 /* When windows_or_buffers_changed is non-zero, we can't rely on
9397 the window end being valid, so set it to nil there. */
9398 if (windows_or_buffers_changed)
9399 {
9400 /* If window starts on a continuation line, maybe adjust the
9401 window start in case the window's width changed. */
9402 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer == current_buffer)
9403 compute_window_start_on_continuation_line (w);
9404
9405 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9406 }
9407
9408 /* Some sanity checks. */
9409 CHECK_WINDOW_END (w);
9410 if (Z == Z_BYTE && CHARPOS (opoint) != BYTEPOS (opoint))
9411 abort ();
9412 if (BYTEPOS (opoint) < CHARPOS (opoint))
9413 abort ();
9414
9415 /* If %c is in mode line, update it if needed. */
9416 if (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9417 /* This alternative quickly identifies a common case
9418 where no change is needed. */
9419 && !(PT == XFASTINT (w->last_point)
9420 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9421 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)
9422 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ())
9423 update_mode_line = 1;
9424
9425 /* Count number of windows showing the selected buffer. An indirect
9426 buffer counts as its base buffer. */
9427 if (!just_this_one_p)
9428 {
9429 struct buffer *current_base, *window_base;
9430 current_base = current_buffer;
9431 window_base = XBUFFER (XWINDOW (selected_window)->buffer);
9432 if (current_base->base_buffer)
9433 current_base = current_base->base_buffer;
9434 if (window_base->base_buffer)
9435 window_base = window_base->base_buffer;
9436 if (current_base == window_base)
9437 buffer_shared++;
9438 }
9439
9440 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any other
9441 window, set up appropriate value. */
9442 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
9443 {
9444 int new_pt = XMARKER (w->pointm)->charpos;
9445 int new_pt_byte = marker_byte_position (w->pointm);
9446 if (new_pt < BEGV)
9447 {
9448 new_pt = BEGV;
9449 new_pt_byte = BEGV_BYTE;
9450 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9451 }
9452 else if (new_pt > (ZV - 1))
9453 {
9454 new_pt = ZV;
9455 new_pt_byte = ZV_BYTE;
9456 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9457 }
9458
9459 /* We don't use SET_PT so that the point-motion hooks don't run. */
9460 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (new_pt, new_pt_byte);
9461 }
9462
9463 /* If any of the character widths specified in the display table
9464 have changed, invalidate the width run cache. It's true that
9465 this may be a bit late to catch such changes, but the rest of
9466 redisplay goes (non-fatally) haywire when the display table is
9467 changed, so why should we worry about doing any better? */
9468 if (current_buffer->width_run_cache)
9469 {
9470 struct Lisp_Char_Table *disptab = buffer_display_table ();
9471
9472 if (! disptab_matches_widthtab (disptab,
9473 XVECTOR (current_buffer->width_table)))
9474 {
9475 invalidate_region_cache (current_buffer,
9476 current_buffer->width_run_cache,
9477 BEG, Z);
9478 recompute_width_table (current_buffer, disptab);
9479 }
9480 }
9481
9482 /* If window-start is screwed up, choose a new one. */
9483 if (XMARKER (w->start)->buffer != current_buffer)
9484 goto recenter;
9485
9486 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9487
9488 /* If someone specified a new starting point but did not insist,
9489 check whether it can be used. */
9490 if (!NILP (w->optional_new_start)
9491 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9492 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9493 {
9494 w->optional_new_start = Qnil;
9495 start_display (&it, w, startp);
9496 move_it_to (&it, PT, 0, it.last_visible_y, -1,
9497 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X | MOVE_TO_Y);
9498 if (IT_CHARPOS (it) == PT)
9499 w->force_start = Qt;
9500 }
9501
9502 /* Handle case where place to start displaying has been specified,
9503 unless the specified location is outside the accessible range. */
9504 if (!NILP (w->force_start)
9505 || w->frozen_window_start_p)
9506 {
9507 w->force_start = Qnil;
9508 w->vscroll = 0;
9509 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
9510
9511 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9512 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9513 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9514 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9515
9516 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that.
9517 Also, run the hook window-scroll-functions
9518 because we have scrolled. */
9519 /* Note, we do this after clearing force_start because
9520 if there's an error, it is better to forget about force_start
9521 than to get into an infinite loop calling the hook functions
9522 and having them get more errors. */
9523 if (!update_mode_line
9524 || ! NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions))
9525 {
9526 update_mode_line = 1;
9527 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9528 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, startp);
9529 }
9530
9531 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9532 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9533 if (CHARPOS (startp) < BEGV)
9534 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
9535 else if (CHARPOS (startp) > ZV)
9536 SET_TEXT_POS (startp, ZV, ZV_BYTE);
9537
9538 /* Redisplay, then check if cursor has been set during the
9539 redisplay. Give up if new fonts were loaded. */
9540 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9541 {
9542 w->force_start = Qt;
9543 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9544 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9545 }
9546
9547 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0 && !w->frozen_window_start_p)
9548 {
9549 /* If point does not appear, try to move point so it does
9550 appear. The desired matrix has been built above, so we
9551 can use it here. */
9552 int window_height;
9553 struct glyph_row *row;
9554
9555 window_height = window_box_height (w) / 2;
9556 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->desired_matrix);
9557 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_height)
9558 ++row;
9559
9560 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
9561 MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (row));
9562
9563 if (w != XWINDOW (selected_window))
9564 set_marker_both (w->pointm, Qnil, PT, PT_BYTE);
9565 else if (current_buffer == old)
9566 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
9567
9568 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9569
9570 /* If we are highlighting the region, then we just changed
9571 the region, so redisplay to show it. */
9572 if (!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9573 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9574 {
9575 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9576 if (!try_window (window, startp))
9577 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9578 }
9579 }
9580
9581 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9582 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9583 debug_method_add (w, "forced window start");
9584 #endif
9585 goto done;
9586 }
9587
9588 /* Handle case where text has not changed, only point, and it has
9589 not moved off the frame. */
9590 if (current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9591 && (rc = try_cursor_movement (window, startp, &temp_scroll_step),
9592 rc != 0))
9593 {
9594 if (rc == -1)
9595 goto try_to_scroll;
9596 else
9597 goto done;
9598 }
9599 /* If current starting point was originally the beginning of a line
9600 but no longer is, find a new starting point. */
9601 else if (!NILP (w->start_at_line_beg)
9602 && !(CHARPOS (startp) <= BEGV
9603 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n'))
9604 {
9605 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9606 debug_method_add (w, "recenter 1");
9607 #endif
9608 goto recenter;
9609 }
9610
9611 /* Try scrolling with try_window_id. */
9612 else if (/* Windows and buffers haven't changed. */
9613 !windows_or_buffers_changed
9614 /* Window must be either use window-based redisplay or
9615 be full width. */
9616 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9617 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)))
9618 && !MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9619 /* Point is not known NOT to appear in window. */
9620 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9621 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified)
9622 /* Window is not hscrolled. */
9623 && XFASTINT (w->hscroll) == 0
9624 /* Selective display has not changed. */
9625 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9626 /* Current matrix is up to date. */
9627 && !NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9628 /* Can't use this case if highlighting a region because
9629 a cursor movement will do more than just set the cursor. */
9630 && !(!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
9631 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
9632 && NILP (w->region_showing)
9633 && NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace)
9634 /* Overlay arrow position and string not changed. */
9635 && EQ (last_arrow_position, COERCE_MARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position))
9636 && EQ (last_arrow_string, Voverlay_arrow_string)
9637 /* Value is > 0 if update has been done, it is -1 if we
9638 know that the same window start will not work. It is 0
9639 if unsuccessful for some other reason. */
9640 && (tem = try_window_id (w)) != 0)
9641 {
9642 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9643 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_id %d", tem);
9644 #endif
9645
9646 if (fonts_changed_p)
9647 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9648 if (tem > 0)
9649 goto done;
9650
9651 /* Otherwise try_window_id has returned -1 which means that we
9652 don't want the alternative below this comment to execute. */
9653 }
9654 else if (CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9655 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV
9656 && PT >= CHARPOS (startp)
9657 && (CHARPOS (startp) < ZV
9658 /* Avoid starting at end of buffer. */
9659 || CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9660 || (XFASTINT (w->last_modified) >= MODIFF
9661 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) >= OVERLAY_MODIFF)))
9662 {
9663 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9664 debug_method_add (w, "same window start");
9665 #endif
9666
9667 /* Try to redisplay starting at same place as before.
9668 If point has not moved off frame, accept the results. */
9669 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9670 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9671 because a window scroll function can have changed the
9672 buffer. */
9673 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9674 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9675 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9676 {
9677 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "1"));
9678 try_window (window, startp);
9679 }
9680
9681 if (fonts_changed_p)
9682 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9683
9684 if (w->cursor.vpos >= 0)
9685 {
9686 if (!just_this_one_p
9687 || current_buffer->clip_changed
9688 || BEG_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (startp))
9689 /* Forget any recorded base line for line number display. */
9690 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9691
9692 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9693 goto done;
9694 }
9695 else
9696 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9697 }
9698
9699 try_to_scroll:
9700
9701 XSETFASTINT (w->last_modified, 0);
9702 XSETFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified, 0);
9703
9704 /* Redisplay the mode line. Select the buffer properly for that. */
9705 if (!update_mode_line)
9706 {
9707 update_mode_line = 1;
9708 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
9709 }
9710
9711 /* Try to scroll by specified few lines. */
9712 if ((scroll_conservatively
9713 || scroll_step
9714 || temp_scroll_step
9715 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_up_aggressively)
9716 || NUMBERP (current_buffer->scroll_down_aggressively))
9717 && !current_buffer->clip_changed
9718 && CHARPOS (startp) >= BEGV
9719 && CHARPOS (startp) <= ZV)
9720 {
9721 /* The function returns -1 if new fonts were loaded, 1 if
9722 successful, 0 if not successful. */
9723 int rc = try_scrolling (window, just_this_one_p,
9724 scroll_conservatively,
9725 scroll_step,
9726 temp_scroll_step);
9727 if (rc > 0)
9728 goto done;
9729 else if (rc < 0)
9730 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9731 }
9732
9733 /* Finally, just choose place to start which centers point */
9734
9735 recenter:
9736
9737 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
9738 debug_method_add (w, "recenter");
9739 #endif
9740
9741 /* w->vscroll = 0; */
9742
9743 /* Forget any previously recorded base line for line number display. */
9744 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9745 || current_buffer->clip_changed)
9746 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9747
9748 /* Move backward half the height of the window. */
9749 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9750 it.current_y = it.last_visible_y;
9751 move_it_vertically_backward (&it, it.last_visible_y / 2);
9752 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) >= BEGV);
9753
9754 /* The function move_it_vertically_backward may move over more
9755 than the specified y-distance. If it->w is small, e.g. a
9756 mini-buffer window, we may end up in front of the window's
9757 display area. Start displaying at the start of the line
9758 containing PT in this case. */
9759 if (it.current_y <= 0)
9760 {
9761 init_iterator (&it, w, PT, PT_BYTE, NULL, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
9762 move_it_vertically (&it, 0);
9763 xassert (IT_CHARPOS (it) <= PT);
9764 it.current_y = 0;
9765 }
9766
9767 it.current_x = it.hpos = 0;
9768
9769 /* Set startp here explicitly in case that helps avoid an infinite loop
9770 in case the window-scroll-functions functions get errors. */
9771 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, IT_CHARPOS (it), IT_BYTEPOS (it));
9772
9773 /* Run scroll hooks. */
9774 startp = run_window_scroll_functions (window, it.current.pos);
9775
9776 /* Redisplay the window. */
9777 if (!current_matrix_up_to_date_p
9778 || windows_or_buffers_changed
9779 /* Don't use try_window_reusing_current_matrix in this case
9780 because it can have changed the buffer. */
9781 || !NILP (Vwindow_scroll_functions)
9782 || !just_this_one_p
9783 || MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9784 || !try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w))
9785 try_window (window, startp);
9786
9787 /* If new fonts have been loaded (due to fontsets), give up. We
9788 have to start a new redisplay since we need to re-adjust glyph
9789 matrices. */
9790 if (fonts_changed_p)
9791 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9792
9793 /* If cursor did not appear assume that the middle of the window is
9794 in the first line of the window. Do it again with the next line.
9795 (Imagine a window of height 100, displaying two lines of height
9796 60. Moving back 50 from it->last_visible_y will end in the first
9797 line.) */
9798 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9799 {
9800 if (!NILP (w->window_end_valid)
9801 && PT >= Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos))
9802 {
9803 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9804 move_it_by_lines (&it, 1, 0);
9805 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9806 }
9807 else if (PT < IT_CHARPOS (it))
9808 {
9809 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
9810 move_it_by_lines (&it, -1, 0);
9811 try_window (window, it.current.pos);
9812 }
9813 else
9814 {
9815 /* Not much we can do about it. */
9816 }
9817 }
9818
9819 /* Consider the following case: Window starts at BEGV, there is
9820 invisible, intangible text at BEGV, so that display starts at
9821 some point START > BEGV. It can happen that we are called with
9822 PT somewhere between BEGV and START. Try to handle that case. */
9823 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
9824 {
9825 struct glyph_row *row = w->current_matrix->rows;
9826 if (row->mode_line_p)
9827 ++row;
9828 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9829 }
9830
9831 make_cursor_line_fully_visible (w);
9832
9833 done:
9834
9835 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (startp, w->start);
9836 w->start_at_line_beg = ((CHARPOS (startp) == BEGV
9837 || FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (startp) - 1) == '\n')
9838 ? Qt : Qnil);
9839
9840 /* Display the mode line, if we must. */
9841 if ((update_mode_line
9842 /* If window not full width, must redo its mode line
9843 if (a) the window to its side is being redone and
9844 (b) we do a frame-based redisplay. This is a consequence
9845 of how inverted lines are drawn in frame-based redisplay. */
9846 || (!just_this_one_p
9847 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
9848 && !WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w))
9849 /* Line number to display. */
9850 || INTEGERP (w->base_line_pos)
9851 /* Column number is displayed and different from the one displayed. */
9852 || (!NILP (w->column_number_displayed)
9853 && XFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed) != current_column ()))
9854 /* This means that the window has a mode line. */
9855 && (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9856 || WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)))
9857 {
9858 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
9859
9860 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
9861
9862 XSETFRAME (selected_frame, f);
9863 display_mode_lines (w);
9864 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
9865
9866 /* If mode line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9867 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9868 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
9869 && CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9870 {
9871 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9872 MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9873 = DESIRED_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9874 }
9875
9876 /* If top line height has changed, arrange for a thorough
9877 immediate redisplay using the correct mode line height. */
9878 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
9879 && CURRENT_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w) != DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w))
9880 {
9881 fonts_changed_p = 1;
9882 MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->height
9883 = DESIRED_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9884 }
9885
9886 if (fonts_changed_p)
9887 goto finish_scroll_bars;
9888 }
9889
9890 if (!line_number_displayed
9891 && !BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
9892 {
9893 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
9894 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
9895 }
9896
9897 finish_menu_bars:
9898
9899 /* When we reach a frame's selected window, redo the frame's menu bar. */
9900 if (update_mode_line
9901 && EQ (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f), window))
9902 {
9903 int redisplay_menu_p = 0;
9904
9905 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
9906 {
9907 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (HAVE_NTGUI) || defined (macintosh)
9908 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f);
9909 #else
9910 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9911 #endif
9912 }
9913 else
9914 redisplay_menu_p = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f) > 0;
9915
9916 if (redisplay_menu_p)
9917 display_menu_bar (w);
9918
9919 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
9920 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
9921 && (FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f) > 0
9922 || auto_resize_tool_bars_p))
9923 redisplay_tool_bar (f);
9924 #endif
9925 }
9926
9927 finish_scroll_bars:
9928
9929 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
9930 {
9931 int start, end, whole;
9932
9933 /* Calculate the start and end positions for the current window.
9934 At some point, it would be nice to choose between scrollbars
9935 which reflect the whole buffer size, with special markers
9936 indicating narrowing, and scrollbars which reflect only the
9937 visible region.
9938
9939 Note that mini-buffers sometimes aren't displaying any text. */
9940 if (!MINI_WINDOW_P (w)
9941 || (w == XWINDOW (minibuf_window)
9942 && NILP (echo_area_buffer[0])))
9943 {
9944 whole = ZV - BEGV;
9945 start = marker_position (w->start) - BEGV;
9946 /* I don't think this is guaranteed to be right. For the
9947 moment, we'll pretend it is. */
9948 end = (Z - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos)) - BEGV;
9949
9950 if (end < start)
9951 end = start;
9952 if (whole < (end - start))
9953 whole = end - start;
9954 }
9955 else
9956 start = end = whole = 0;
9957
9958 /* Indicate what this scroll bar ought to be displaying now. */
9959 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook (w, end - start, whole, start);
9960
9961 /* Note that we actually used the scroll bar attached to this
9962 window, so it shouldn't be deleted at the end of redisplay. */
9963 redeem_scroll_bar_hook (w);
9964 }
9965
9966 /* Restore current_buffer and value of point in it. */
9967 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (opoint), BYTEPOS (opoint));
9968 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
9969 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
9970
9971 unbind_to (count, Qnil);
9972 }
9973
9974
9975 /* Build the complete desired matrix of WINDOW with a window start
9976 buffer position POS. Value is non-zero if successful. It is zero
9977 if fonts were loaded during redisplay which makes re-adjusting
9978 glyph matrices necessary. */
9979
9980 int
9981 try_window (window, pos)
9982 Lisp_Object window;
9983 struct text_pos pos;
9984 {
9985 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
9986 struct it it;
9987 struct glyph_row *last_text_row = NULL;
9988
9989 /* Make POS the new window start. */
9990 set_marker_both (w->start, Qnil, CHARPOS (pos), BYTEPOS (pos));
9991
9992 /* Mark cursor position as unknown. No overlay arrow seen. */
9993 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
9994 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
9995
9996 /* Initialize iterator and info to start at POS. */
9997 start_display (&it, w, pos);
9998
9999 /* Display all lines of W. */
10000 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10001 {
10002 if (display_line (&it))
10003 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10004 if (fonts_changed_p)
10005 return 0;
10006 }
10007
10008 /* If bottom moved off end of frame, change mode line percentage. */
10009 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= 0
10010 && Z != IT_CHARPOS (it))
10011 w->update_mode_line = Qt;
10012
10013 /* Set window_end_pos to the offset of the last character displayed
10014 on the window from the end of current_buffer. Set
10015 window_end_vpos to its row number. */
10016 if (last_text_row)
10017 {
10018 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (last_text_row));
10019 w->window_end_bytepos
10020 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10021 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10022 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10023 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10024 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10025 xassert (MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos))
10026 ->displays_text_p);
10027 }
10028 else
10029 {
10030 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10031 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10032 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10033 }
10034
10035 /* But that is not valid info until redisplay finishes. */
10036 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10037 return 1;
10038 }
10039
10040
10041 \f
10042 /************************************************************************
10043 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has not changed
10044 ************************************************************************/
10045
10046 /* Try redisplay of window W showing an unchanged buffer with a
10047 different window start than the last time it was displayed by
10048 reusing its current matrix. Value is non-zero if successful.
10049 W->start is the new window start. */
10050
10051 static int
10052 try_window_reusing_current_matrix (w)
10053 struct window *w;
10054 {
10055 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10056 struct glyph_row *row, *bottom_row;
10057 struct it it;
10058 struct run run;
10059 struct text_pos start, new_start;
10060 int nrows_scrolled, i;
10061 struct glyph_row *last_text_row;
10062 struct glyph_row *last_reused_text_row;
10063 struct glyph_row *start_row;
10064 int start_vpos, min_y, max_y;
10065
10066 if (/* This function doesn't handle terminal frames. */
10067 !FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
10068 /* Don't try to reuse the display if windows have been split
10069 or such. */
10070 || windows_or_buffers_changed)
10071 return 0;
10072
10073 /* Can't do this if region may have changed. */
10074 if ((!NILP (Vtransient_mark_mode)
10075 && !NILP (current_buffer->mark_active))
10076 || !NILP (w->region_showing)
10077 || !NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
10078 return 0;
10079
10080 /* If top-line visibility has changed, give up. */
10081 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w)
10082 != MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->mode_line_p)
10083 return 0;
10084
10085 /* Give up if old or new display is scrolled vertically. We could
10086 make this function handle this, but right now it doesn't. */
10087 start_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10088 if (w->vscroll || MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_P (start_row))
10089 return 0;
10090
10091 /* The variable new_start now holds the new window start. The old
10092 start `start' can be determined from the current matrix. */
10093 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (new_start, w->start);
10094 start = start_row->start.pos;
10095 start_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (start_row, w->current_matrix);
10096
10097 /* Clear the desired matrix for the display below. */
10098 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10099
10100 if (CHARPOS (new_start) <= CHARPOS (start))
10101 {
10102 int first_row_y;
10103
10104 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu1"));
10105
10106 /* Display up to a row that can be reused. The variable
10107 last_text_row is set to the last row displayed that displays
10108 text. Note that it.vpos == 0 if or if not there is a
10109 header-line; it's not the same as the MATRIX_ROW_VPOS! */
10110 start_display (&it, w, new_start);
10111 first_row_y = it.current_y;
10112 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10113 last_text_row = last_reused_text_row = NULL;
10114
10115 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10116 && IT_CHARPOS (it) < CHARPOS (start)
10117 && !fonts_changed_p)
10118 if (display_line (&it))
10119 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10120
10121 /* A value of current_y < last_visible_y means that we stopped
10122 at the previous window start, which in turn means that we
10123 have at least one reusable row. */
10124 if (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10125 {
10126 /* IT.vpos always starts from 0; it counts text lines. */
10127 nrows_scrolled = it.vpos;
10128
10129 /* Find PT if not already found in the lines displayed. */
10130 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10131 {
10132 int dy = it.current_y - first_row_y;
10133
10134 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10135 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10136 {
10137 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10138 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10139 {
10140 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0,
10141 dy, nrows_scrolled);
10142 break;
10143 }
10144
10145 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) + dy >= it.last_visible_y)
10146 break;
10147
10148 ++row;
10149 }
10150
10151 /* Give up if point was not found. This shouldn't
10152 happen often; not more often than with try_window
10153 itself. */
10154 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10155 {
10156 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10157 return 0;
10158 }
10159 }
10160
10161 /* Scroll the display. Do it before the current matrix is
10162 changed. The problem here is that update has not yet
10163 run, i.e. part of the current matrix is not up to date.
10164 scroll_run_hook will clear the cursor, and use the
10165 current matrix to get the height of the row the cursor is
10166 in. */
10167 run.current_y = first_row_y;
10168 run.desired_y = it.current_y;
10169 run.height = it.last_visible_y - it.current_y;
10170
10171 if (run.height > 0 && run.current_y != run.desired_y)
10172 {
10173 update_begin (f);
10174 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10175 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10176 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10177 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10178 update_end (f);
10179 }
10180
10181 /* Shift current matrix down by nrows_scrolled lines. */
10182 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10183 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10184 start_vpos,
10185 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10186 nrows_scrolled);
10187
10188 /* Disable lines that must be updated. */
10189 for (i = 0; i < it.vpos; ++i)
10190 (start_row + i)->enabled_p = 0;
10191
10192 /* Re-compute Y positions. */
10193 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10194 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10195 for (row = start_row + nrows_scrolled;
10196 row < bottom_row;
10197 ++row)
10198 {
10199 row->y = it.current_y;
10200
10201 if (row->y < min_y)
10202 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10203 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10204 row->visible_height
10205 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10206 else
10207 row->visible_height = row->height;
10208
10209 it.current_y += row->height;
10210
10211 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10212 last_reused_text_row = row;
10213 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it.last_visible_y)
10214 break;
10215 }
10216
10217 /* Disable lines in the current matrix which are now
10218 below the window. */
10219 for (; row < bottom_row; ++row)
10220 row->enabled_p = 0;
10221 }
10222
10223 /* Update window_end_pos etc.; last_reused_text_row is the last
10224 reused row from the current matrix containing text, if any.
10225 The value of last_text_row is the last displayed line
10226 containing text. */
10227 if (last_reused_text_row)
10228 {
10229 w->window_end_bytepos
10230 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_reused_text_row);
10231 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10232 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_reused_text_row));
10233 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10234 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_reused_text_row,
10235 w->current_matrix));
10236 }
10237 else if (last_text_row)
10238 {
10239 w->window_end_bytepos
10240 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10241 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10242 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10243 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10244 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10245 }
10246 else
10247 {
10248 /* This window must be completely empty. */
10249 w->window_end_bytepos = 0;
10250 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, 0);
10251 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos, 0);
10252 }
10253 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10254
10255 /* Update hint: don't try scrolling again in update_window. */
10256 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10257
10258 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10259 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 1");
10260 #endif
10261 return 1;
10262 }
10263 else if (CHARPOS (new_start) > CHARPOS (start))
10264 {
10265 struct glyph_row *pt_row, *row;
10266 struct glyph_row *first_reusable_row;
10267 struct glyph_row *first_row_to_display;
10268 int dy;
10269 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10270
10271 IF_DEBUG (debug_method_add (w, "twu2"));
10272
10273 /* Find the row starting at new_start, if there is one. Don't
10274 reuse a partially visible line at the end. */
10275 first_reusable_row = start_row;
10276 while (first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10277 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) < yb
10278 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10279 < CHARPOS (new_start)))
10280 ++first_reusable_row;
10281
10282 /* Give up if there is no row to reuse. */
10283 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_reusable_row) >= yb
10284 || !first_reusable_row->enabled_p
10285 || (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_reusable_row)
10286 != CHARPOS (new_start)))
10287 return 0;
10288
10289 /* We can reuse fully visible rows beginning with
10290 first_reusable_row to the end of the window. Set
10291 first_row_to_display to the first row that cannot be reused.
10292 Set pt_row to the row containing point, if there is any. */
10293 first_row_to_display = first_reusable_row;
10294 pt_row = NULL;
10295 while (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_row_to_display) < yb)
10296 {
10297 if (PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display)
10298 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (first_row_to_display))
10299 pt_row = first_row_to_display;
10300
10301 ++first_row_to_display;
10302 }
10303
10304 /* Start displaying at the start of first_row_to_display. */
10305 xassert (first_row_to_display->y < yb);
10306 init_to_row_start (&it, w, first_row_to_display);
10307 nrows_scrolled = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row, w->current_matrix)
10308 - start_vpos);
10309 it.vpos = (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_row_to_display, w->current_matrix)
10310 - nrows_scrolled);
10311 it.current_y = (first_row_to_display->y - first_reusable_row->y
10312 + WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w));
10313
10314 /* Display lines beginning with first_row_to_display in the
10315 desired matrix. Set last_text_row to the last row displayed
10316 that displays text. */
10317 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10318 if (pt_row == NULL)
10319 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10320 last_text_row = NULL;
10321 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y && !fonts_changed_p)
10322 if (display_line (&it))
10323 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10324
10325 /* Give up If point isn't in a row displayed or reused. */
10326 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10327 {
10328 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
10329 return 0;
10330 }
10331
10332 /* If point is in a reused row, adjust y and vpos of the cursor
10333 position. */
10334 if (pt_row)
10335 {
10336 w->cursor.vpos -= MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_reusable_row,
10337 w->current_matrix);
10338 w->cursor.y -= first_reusable_row->y;
10339 }
10340
10341 /* Scroll the display. */
10342 run.current_y = first_reusable_row->y;
10343 run.desired_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10344 run.height = it.last_visible_y - run.current_y;
10345 dy = run.current_y - run.desired_y;
10346
10347 if (run.height)
10348 {
10349 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
10350 update_begin (f);
10351 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
10352 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
10353 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
10354 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
10355 update_end (f);
10356 }
10357
10358 /* Adjust Y positions of reused rows. */
10359 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix, w);
10360 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
10361 max_y = it.last_visible_y;
10362 for (row = first_reusable_row; row < first_row_to_display; ++row)
10363 {
10364 row->y -= dy;
10365 if (row->y < min_y)
10366 row->visible_height = row->height - (min_y - row->y);
10367 else if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
10368 row->visible_height
10369 = row->height - (row->y + row->height - max_y);
10370 else
10371 row->visible_height = row->height;
10372 }
10373
10374 /* Disable rows not reused. */
10375 while (row < bottom_row)
10376 {
10377 row->enabled_p = 0;
10378 ++row;
10379 }
10380
10381 /* Scroll the current matrix. */
10382 xassert (nrows_scrolled > 0);
10383 rotate_matrix (w->current_matrix,
10384 start_vpos,
10385 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, w->current_matrix),
10386 -nrows_scrolled);
10387
10388 /* Adjust window end. A null value of last_text_row means that
10389 the window end is in reused rows which in turn means that
10390 only its vpos can have changed. */
10391 if (last_text_row)
10392 {
10393 w->window_end_bytepos
10394 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
10395 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
10396 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
10397 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10398 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, w->desired_matrix));
10399 }
10400 else
10401 {
10402 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
10403 XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) - nrows_scrolled);
10404 }
10405
10406 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
10407 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
10408
10409 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10410 debug_method_add (w, "try_window_reusing_current_matrix 2");
10411 #endif
10412 return 1;
10413 }
10414
10415 return 0;
10416 }
10417
10418
10419 \f
10420 /************************************************************************
10421 Window redisplay reusing current matrix when buffer has changed
10422 ************************************************************************/
10423
10424 static struct glyph_row *find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row P_ ((struct window *));
10425 static struct glyph_row *find_first_unchanged_at_end_row P_ ((struct window *,
10426 int *, int *));
10427 static struct glyph_row *
10428 find_last_row_displaying_text P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, struct it *,
10429 struct glyph_row *));
10430
10431
10432 /* Return the last row in MATRIX displaying text. If row START is
10433 non-null, start searching with that row. IT gives the dimensions
10434 of the display. Value is null if matrix is empty; otherwise it is
10435 a pointer to the row found. */
10436
10437 static struct glyph_row *
10438 find_last_row_displaying_text (matrix, it, start)
10439 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
10440 struct it *it;
10441 struct glyph_row *start;
10442 {
10443 struct glyph_row *row, *row_found;
10444
10445 /* Set row_found to the last row in IT->w's current matrix
10446 displaying text. The loop looks funny but think of partially
10447 visible lines. */
10448 row_found = NULL;
10449 row = start ? start : MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (matrix);
10450 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10451 {
10452 xassert (row->enabled_p);
10453 row_found = row;
10454 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= it->last_visible_y)
10455 break;
10456 ++row;
10457 }
10458
10459 return row_found;
10460 }
10461
10462
10463 /* Return the last row in the current matrix of W that is not affected
10464 by changes at the start of current_buffer that occurred since the
10465 last time W was redisplayed. Value is null if no such row exists.
10466
10467 The global variable beg_unchanged has to contain the number of
10468 bytes unchanged at the start of current_buffer. BEG +
10469 beg_unchanged is the buffer position of the first changed byte in
10470 current_buffer. Characters at positions < BEG + beg_unchanged are
10471 at the same buffer positions as they were when the current matrix
10472 was built. */
10473
10474 static struct glyph_row *
10475 find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w)
10476 struct window *w;
10477 {
10478 int first_changed_pos = BEG + BEG_UNCHANGED;
10479 struct glyph_row *row;
10480 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10481 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10482
10483 /* Find the last row displaying unchanged text. */
10484 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10485 while (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row)
10486 && MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) < first_changed_pos)
10487 {
10488 if (/* If row ends before first_changed_pos, it is unchanged,
10489 except in some case. */
10490 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) <= first_changed_pos
10491 /* When row ends in ZV and we write at ZV it is not
10492 unchanged. */
10493 && !row->ends_at_zv_p
10494 /* When first_changed_pos is the end of a continued line,
10495 row is not unchanged because it may be no longer
10496 continued. */
10497 && !(MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == first_changed_pos
10498 && row->continued_p))
10499 row_found = row;
10500
10501 /* Stop if last visible row. */
10502 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) >= yb)
10503 break;
10504
10505 ++row;
10506 }
10507
10508 return row_found;
10509 }
10510
10511
10512 /* Find the first glyph row in the current matrix of W that is not
10513 affected by changes at the end of current_buffer since the last
10514 time the window was redisplayed. Return in *DELTA the number of
10515 chars by which buffer positions in unchanged text at the end of
10516 current_buffer must be adjusted. Return in *DELTA_BYTES the
10517 corresponding number of bytes. Value is null if no such row
10518 exists, i.e. all rows are affected by changes. */
10519
10520 static struct glyph_row *
10521 find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, delta, delta_bytes)
10522 struct window *w;
10523 int *delta, *delta_bytes;
10524 {
10525 struct glyph_row *row;
10526 struct glyph_row *row_found = NULL;
10527
10528 *delta = *delta_bytes = 0;
10529
10530 /* Display must not have been paused, otherwise the current matrix
10531 is not up to date. */
10532 if (NILP (w->window_end_valid))
10533 abort ();
10534
10535 /* A value of window_end_pos >= END_UNCHANGED means that the window
10536 end is in the range of changed text. If so, there is no
10537 unchanged row at the end of W's current matrix. */
10538 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) >= END_UNCHANGED)
10539 return NULL;
10540
10541 /* Set row to the last row in W's current matrix displaying text. */
10542 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10543
10544 /* If matrix is entirely empty, no unchanged row exists. */
10545 if (MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10546 {
10547 /* The value of row is the last glyph row in the matrix having a
10548 meaningful buffer position in it. The end position of row
10549 corresponds to window_end_pos. This allows us to translate
10550 buffer positions in the current matrix to current buffer
10551 positions for characters not in changed text. */
10552 int Z_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) + XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
10553 int Z_BYTE_old = MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row) + w->window_end_bytepos;
10554 int last_unchanged_pos, last_unchanged_pos_old;
10555 struct glyph_row *first_text_row
10556 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10557
10558 *delta = Z - Z_old;
10559 *delta_bytes = Z_BYTE - Z_BYTE_old;
10560
10561 /* Set last_unchanged_pos to the buffer position of the last
10562 character in the buffer that has not been changed. Z is the
10563 index + 1 of the last byte in current_buffer, i.e. by
10564 subtracting end_unchanged we get the index of the last
10565 unchanged character, and we have to add BEG to get its buffer
10566 position. */
10567 last_unchanged_pos = Z - END_UNCHANGED + BEG;
10568 last_unchanged_pos_old = last_unchanged_pos - *delta;
10569
10570 /* Search backward from ROW for a row displaying a line that
10571 starts at a minimum position >= last_unchanged_pos_old. */
10572 for (; row > first_text_row; --row)
10573 {
10574 if (!row->enabled_p || !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row))
10575 abort ();
10576
10577 if (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row) >= last_unchanged_pos_old)
10578 row_found = row;
10579 }
10580 }
10581
10582 if (row_found && !MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row_found))
10583 abort ();
10584
10585 return row_found;
10586 }
10587
10588
10589 /* Make sure that glyph rows in the current matrix of window W
10590 reference the same glyph memory as corresponding rows in the
10591 frame's frame matrix. This function is called after scrolling W's
10592 current matrix on a terminal frame in try_window_id and
10593 try_window_reusing_current_matrix. */
10594
10595 static void
10596 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w)
10597 struct window *w;
10598 {
10599 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10600 struct glyph_row *window_row, *window_row_end, *frame_row;
10601
10602 /* Preconditions: W must be a leaf window and full-width. Its frame
10603 must have a frame matrix. */
10604 xassert (NILP (w->hchild) && NILP (w->vchild));
10605 xassert (WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w));
10606 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
10607
10608 /* If W is a full-width window, glyph pointers in W's current matrix
10609 have, by definition, to be the same as glyph pointers in the
10610 corresponding frame matrix. */
10611 window_row = w->current_matrix->rows;
10612 window_row_end = window_row + w->current_matrix->nrows;
10613 frame_row = f->current_matrix->rows + XFASTINT (w->top);
10614 while (window_row < window_row_end)
10615 {
10616 int area;
10617
10618 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area <= LAST_AREA; ++area)
10619 frame_row->glyphs[area] = window_row->glyphs[area];
10620
10621 /* Disable frame rows whose corresponding window rows have
10622 been disabled in try_window_id. */
10623 if (!window_row->enabled_p)
10624 frame_row->enabled_p = 0;
10625
10626 ++window_row, ++frame_row;
10627 }
10628 }
10629
10630
10631 /* Find the glyph row in window W containing CHARPOS. Consider all
10632 rows between START and END (not inclusive). END null means search
10633 all rows to the end of the display area of W. Value is the row
10634 containing CHARPOS or null. */
10635
10636 static struct glyph_row *
10637 row_containing_pos (w, charpos, start, end)
10638 struct window *w;
10639 int charpos;
10640 struct glyph_row *start, *end;
10641 {
10642 struct glyph_row *row = start;
10643 int last_y;
10644
10645 /* If we happen to start on a header-line, skip that. */
10646 if (row->mode_line_p)
10647 ++row;
10648
10649 if ((end && row >= end) || !row->enabled_p)
10650 return NULL;
10651
10652 last_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
10653
10654 while ((end == NULL || row < end)
10655 && (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) < charpos
10656 /* The end position of a row equals the start
10657 position of the next row. If CHARPOS is there, we
10658 would rather display it in the next line, except
10659 when this line ends in ZV. */
10660 || (MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row) == charpos
10661 && (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row)
10662 || !row->ends_at_zv_p)))
10663 && MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < last_y)
10664 ++row;
10665
10666 /* Give up if CHARPOS not found. */
10667 if ((end && row >= end)
10668 || charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
10669 || charpos > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10670 row = NULL;
10671
10672 return row;
10673 }
10674
10675
10676 /* Try to redisplay window W by reusing its existing display. W's
10677 current matrix must be up to date when this function is called,
10678 i.e. window_end_valid must not be nil.
10679
10680 Value is
10681
10682 1 if display has been updated
10683 0 if otherwise unsuccessful
10684 -1 if redisplay with same window start is known not to succeed
10685
10686 The following steps are performed:
10687
10688 1. Find the last row in the current matrix of W that is not
10689 affected by changes at the start of current_buffer. If no such row
10690 is found, give up.
10691
10692 2. Find the first row in W's current matrix that is not affected by
10693 changes at the end of current_buffer. Maybe there is no such row.
10694
10695 3. Display lines beginning with the row + 1 found in step 1 to the
10696 row found in step 2 or, if step 2 didn't find a row, to the end of
10697 the window.
10698
10699 4. If cursor is not known to appear on the window, give up.
10700
10701 5. If display stopped at the row found in step 2, scroll the
10702 display and current matrix as needed.
10703
10704 6. Maybe display some lines at the end of W, if we must. This can
10705 happen under various circumstances, like a partially visible line
10706 becoming fully visible, or because newly displayed lines are displayed
10707 in smaller font sizes.
10708
10709 7. Update W's window end information. */
10710
10711 /* Check that window end is what we expect it to be. */
10712
10713 static int
10714 try_window_id (w)
10715 struct window *w;
10716 {
10717 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
10718 struct glyph_matrix *current_matrix = w->current_matrix;
10719 struct glyph_matrix *desired_matrix = w->desired_matrix;
10720 struct glyph_row *last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10721 struct glyph_row *first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10722 struct glyph_row *row;
10723 struct glyph_row *bottom_row;
10724 int bottom_vpos;
10725 struct it it;
10726 int delta = 0, delta_bytes = 0, stop_pos, dvpos, dy;
10727 struct text_pos start_pos;
10728 struct run run;
10729 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = 0;
10730 struct glyph_row *last_text_row, *last_text_row_at_end;
10731 struct text_pos start;
10732
10733 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (start, w->start);
10734
10735 /* Check pre-conditions. Window end must be valid, otherwise
10736 the current matrix would not be up to date. */
10737 xassert (!NILP (w->window_end_valid));
10738 xassert (FRAME_WINDOW_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
10739 || (line_ins_del_ok && WINDOW_FULL_WIDTH_P (w)));
10740
10741 /* Make sure beg_unchanged and end_unchanged are up to date. Do it
10742 only if buffer has really changed. The reason is that the gap is
10743 initially at Z for freshly visited files. The code below would
10744 set end_unchanged to 0 in that case. */
10745 if (MODIFF > SAVE_MODIFF
10746 /* This seems to happen sometimes after saving a buffer. */
10747 || BEG_UNCHANGED + END_UNCHANGED > Z_BYTE)
10748 {
10749 if (GPT - BEG < BEG_UNCHANGED)
10750 BEG_UNCHANGED = GPT - BEG;
10751 if (Z - GPT < END_UNCHANGED)
10752 END_UNCHANGED = Z - GPT;
10753 }
10754
10755 /* If window starts after a line end, and the last change is in
10756 front of that newline, then changes don't affect the display.
10757 This case happens with stealth-fontification. Note that although
10758 the display is unchanged, glyph positions in the matrix have to
10759 be adjusted, of course. */
10760 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
10761 if (CHARPOS (start) > BEGV
10762 && Z - END_UNCHANGED < CHARPOS (start) - 1
10763 && FETCH_BYTE (BYTEPOS (start) - 1) == '\n'
10764 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10765 {
10766 struct glyph_row *r0 = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix);
10767 int delta = CHARPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r0);
10768
10769 if (delta)
10770 {
10771 struct glyph_row *r1 = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
10772 int delta_bytes = BYTEPOS (start) - MATRIX_ROW_START_BYTEPOS (r0);
10773
10774 increment_matrix_positions (w->current_matrix,
10775 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r0, current_matrix),
10776 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (r1, current_matrix),
10777 delta, delta_bytes);
10778 }
10779
10780 #if 0 /* If changes are all in front of the window start, the
10781 distance of the last displayed glyph from Z hasn't
10782 changed. */
10783 w->window_end_pos
10784 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10785 w->window_end_bytepos
10786 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10787 #endif
10788
10789 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, r0, NULL);
10790 if (row == NULL)
10791 return 0;
10792
10793 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10794 return 1;
10795 }
10796
10797 /* Return quickly if changes are all below what is displayed in the
10798 window, and if PT is in the window. */
10799 if (BEG_UNCHANGED > MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
10800 && PT < MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
10801 {
10802 /* We have to update window end positions because the buffer's
10803 size has changed. */
10804 w->window_end_pos
10805 = make_number (Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
10806 w->window_end_bytepos
10807 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
10808
10809 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10810 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT, row, NULL);
10811 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10812 return 2;
10813 }
10814
10815 /* Check that window start agrees with the start of the first glyph
10816 row in its current matrix. Check this after we know the window
10817 start is not in changed text, otherwise positions would not be
10818 comparable. */
10819 row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
10820 if (!TEXT_POS_EQUAL_P (start, row->start.pos))
10821 return 0;
10822
10823 /* Compute the position at which we have to start displaying new
10824 lines. Some of the lines at the top of the window might be
10825 reusable because they are not displaying changed text. Find the
10826 last row in W's current matrix not affected by changes at the
10827 start of current_buffer. Value is null if changes start in the
10828 first line of window. */
10829 last_unchanged_at_beg_row = find_last_unchanged_at_beg_row (w);
10830 if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10831 {
10832 /* Avoid starting to display in the moddle of a character, a TAB
10833 for instance. This is easier than to set up the iterator
10834 exactly, and it's not a frequent case, so the additional
10835 effort wouldn't really pay off. */
10836 while (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10837 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row > w->current_matrix->rows)
10838 --last_unchanged_at_beg_row;
10839
10840 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (last_unchanged_at_beg_row))
10841 return 0;
10842
10843 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10844 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10845
10846 /* Start displaying new lines in the desired matrix at the same
10847 vpos we would use in the current matrix, i.e. below
10848 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
10849 it.vpos = 1 + MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row,
10850 current_matrix);
10851 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
10852 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10853
10854 xassert (it.hpos == 0 && it.current_x == 0);
10855 }
10856 else
10857 {
10858 /* There are no reusable lines at the start of the window.
10859 Start displaying in the first line. */
10860 start_display (&it, w, start);
10861 start_pos = it.current.pos;
10862 }
10863
10864 /* Find the first row that is not affected by changes at the end of
10865 the buffer. Value will be null if there is no unchanged row, in
10866 which case we must redisplay to the end of the window. delta
10867 will be set to the value by which buffer positions beginning with
10868 first_unchanged_at_end_row have to be adjusted due to text
10869 changes. */
10870 first_unchanged_at_end_row
10871 = find_first_unchanged_at_end_row (w, &delta, &delta_bytes);
10872 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta = delta);
10873 IF_DEBUG (debug_delta_bytes = delta_bytes);
10874
10875 /* Set stop_pos to the buffer position up to which we will have to
10876 display new lines. If first_unchanged_at_end_row != NULL, this
10877 is the buffer position of the start of the line displayed in that
10878 row. For first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL, use 0 to indicate
10879 that we don't stop at a buffer position. */
10880 stop_pos = 0;
10881 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10882 {
10883 xassert (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL
10884 || first_unchanged_at_end_row >= last_unchanged_at_beg_row);
10885
10886 /* If this is a continuation line, move forward to the next one
10887 that isn't. Changes in lines above affect this line.
10888 Caution: this may move first_unchanged_at_end_row to a row
10889 not displaying text. */
10890 while (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10891 && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10892 && (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10893 < it.last_visible_y))
10894 ++first_unchanged_at_end_row;
10895
10896 if (!MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10897 || (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10898 >= it.last_visible_y))
10899 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10900 else
10901 {
10902 stop_pos = (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10903 + delta);
10904 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
10905 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, current_matrix);
10906 xassert (stop_pos >= Z - END_UNCHANGED);
10907 }
10908 }
10909 else if (last_unchanged_at_beg_row == NULL)
10910 return 0;
10911
10912
10913 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10914
10915 /* Either there is no unchanged row at the end, or the one we have
10916 now displays text. This is a necessary condition for the window
10917 end pos calculation at the end of this function. */
10918 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10919 || MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (first_unchanged_at_end_row));
10920
10921 debug_last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos
10922 = (last_unchanged_at_beg_row
10923 ? MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_unchanged_at_beg_row, current_matrix)
10924 : -1);
10925 debug_first_unchanged_at_end_vpos = first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
10926
10927 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10928
10929
10930 /* Display new lines. Set last_text_row to the last new line
10931 displayed which has text on it, i.e. might end up as being the
10932 line where the window_end_vpos is. */
10933 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
10934 last_text_row = NULL;
10935 overlay_arrow_seen = 0;
10936 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
10937 && !fonts_changed_p
10938 && (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
10939 || IT_CHARPOS (it) < stop_pos))
10940 {
10941 if (display_line (&it))
10942 last_text_row = it.glyph_row - 1;
10943 }
10944
10945 if (fonts_changed_p)
10946 return -1;
10947
10948
10949 /* Compute differences in buffer positions, y-positions etc. for
10950 lines reused at the bottom of the window. Compute what we can
10951 scroll. */
10952 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
10953 /* No lines reused because we displayed everything up to the
10954 bottom of the window. */
10955 && it.current_y < it.last_visible_y)
10956 {
10957 dvpos = (it.vpos
10958 - MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row,
10959 current_matrix));
10960 dy = it.current_y - first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10961 run.current_y = first_unchanged_at_end_row->y;
10962 run.desired_y = run.current_y + dy;
10963 run.height = it.last_visible_y - max (run.current_y, run.desired_y);
10964 }
10965 else
10966 {
10967 delta = dvpos = dy = run.current_y = run.desired_y = run.height = 0;
10968 first_unchanged_at_end_row = NULL;
10969 }
10970 IF_DEBUG (debug_dvpos = dvpos; debug_dy = dy);
10971
10972
10973 /* Find the cursor if not already found. We have to decide whether
10974 PT will appear on this window (it sometimes doesn't, but this is
10975 not a very frequent case.) This decision has to be made before
10976 the current matrix is altered. A value of cursor.vpos < 0 means
10977 that PT is either in one of the lines beginning at
10978 first_unchanged_at_end_row or below the window. Don't care for
10979 lines that might be displayed later at the window end; as
10980 mentioned, this is not a frequent case. */
10981 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
10982 {
10983 /* Cursor in unchanged rows at the top? */
10984 if (PT < CHARPOS (start_pos)
10985 && last_unchanged_at_beg_row)
10986 {
10987 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT,
10988 MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix),
10989 last_unchanged_at_beg_row + 1);
10990 if (row)
10991 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
10992 }
10993
10994 /* Start from first_unchanged_at_end_row looking for PT. */
10995 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
10996 {
10997 row = row_containing_pos (w, PT - delta,
10998 first_unchanged_at_end_row, NULL);
10999 if (row)
11000 set_cursor_from_row (w, row, w->current_matrix, delta,
11001 delta_bytes, dy, dvpos);
11002 }
11003
11004 /* Give up if cursor was not found. */
11005 if (w->cursor.vpos < 0)
11006 {
11007 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11008 return -1;
11009 }
11010 }
11011
11012 /* Don't let the cursor end in the scroll margins. */
11013 {
11014 int this_scroll_margin, cursor_height;
11015
11016 this_scroll_margin = max (0, scroll_margin);
11017 this_scroll_margin = min (this_scroll_margin,
11018 XFASTINT (w->height) / 4);
11019 this_scroll_margin *= CANON_Y_UNIT (it.f);
11020 cursor_height = MATRIX_ROW (w->desired_matrix, w->cursor.vpos)->height;
11021
11022 if ((w->cursor.y < this_scroll_margin
11023 && CHARPOS (start) > BEGV)
11024 /* Don't take scroll margin into account at the bottom because
11025 old redisplay didn't do it either. */
11026 || w->cursor.y + cursor_height > it.last_visible_y)
11027 {
11028 w->cursor.vpos = -1;
11029 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
11030 return -1;
11031 }
11032 }
11033
11034 /* Scroll the display. Do it before changing the current matrix so
11035 that xterm.c doesn't get confused about where the cursor glyph is
11036 found. */
11037 if (dy && run.height)
11038 {
11039 update_begin (f);
11040
11041 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11042 {
11043 rif->update_window_begin_hook (w);
11044 rif->clear_mouse_face (w);
11045 rif->scroll_run_hook (w, &run);
11046 rif->update_window_end_hook (w, 0, 0);
11047 }
11048 else
11049 {
11050 /* Terminal frame. In this case, dvpos gives the number of
11051 lines to scroll by; dvpos < 0 means scroll up. */
11052 int first_unchanged_at_end_vpos
11053 = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (first_unchanged_at_end_row, w->current_matrix);
11054 int from = XFASTINT (w->top) + first_unchanged_at_end_vpos;
11055 int end = XFASTINT (w->top) + window_internal_height (w);
11056
11057 /* Perform the operation on the screen. */
11058 if (dvpos > 0)
11059 {
11060 /* Scroll last_unchanged_at_beg_row to the end of the
11061 window down dvpos lines. */
11062 set_terminal_window (end);
11063
11064 /* On dumb terminals delete dvpos lines at the end
11065 before inserting dvpos empty lines. */
11066 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11067 ins_del_lines (end - dvpos, -dvpos);
11068
11069 /* Insert dvpos empty lines in front of
11070 last_unchanged_at_beg_row. */
11071 ins_del_lines (from, dvpos);
11072 }
11073 else if (dvpos < 0)
11074 {
11075 /* Scroll up last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos to the end of
11076 the window to last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos - |dvpos|. */
11077 set_terminal_window (end);
11078
11079 /* Delete dvpos lines in front of
11080 last_unchanged_at_beg_vpos. ins_del_lines will set
11081 the cursor to the given vpos and emit |dvpos| delete
11082 line sequences. */
11083 ins_del_lines (from + dvpos, dvpos);
11084
11085 /* On a dumb terminal insert dvpos empty lines at the
11086 end. */
11087 if (!scroll_region_ok)
11088 ins_del_lines (end + dvpos, -dvpos);
11089 }
11090
11091 set_terminal_window (0);
11092 }
11093
11094 update_end (f);
11095 }
11096
11097 /* Shift reused rows of the current matrix to the right position.
11098 BOTTOM_ROW is the last + 1 row in the current matrix reserved for
11099 text. */
11100 bottom_row = MATRIX_BOTTOM_TEXT_ROW (current_matrix, w);
11101 bottom_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (bottom_row, current_matrix);
11102 if (dvpos < 0)
11103 {
11104 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11105 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11106 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, bottom_vpos + dvpos,
11107 bottom_vpos, 0);
11108 }
11109 else if (dvpos > 0)
11110 {
11111 rotate_matrix (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11112 bottom_vpos, dvpos);
11113 enable_glyph_matrix_rows (current_matrix, first_unchanged_at_end_vpos,
11114 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos, 0);
11115 }
11116
11117 /* For frame-based redisplay, make sure that current frame and window
11118 matrix are in sync with respect to glyph memory. */
11119 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11120 sync_frame_with_window_matrix_rows (w);
11121
11122 /* Adjust buffer positions in reused rows. */
11123 if (delta)
11124 increment_matrix_positions (current_matrix,
11125 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11126 bottom_vpos, delta, delta_bytes);
11127
11128 /* Adjust Y positions. */
11129 if (dy)
11130 shift_glyph_matrix (w, current_matrix,
11131 first_unchanged_at_end_vpos + dvpos,
11132 bottom_vpos, dy);
11133
11134 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row)
11135 first_unchanged_at_end_row += dvpos;
11136
11137 /* If scrolling up, there may be some lines to display at the end of
11138 the window. */
11139 last_text_row_at_end = NULL;
11140 if (dy < 0)
11141 {
11142 /* Set last_row to the glyph row in the current matrix where the
11143 window end line is found. It has been moved up or down in
11144 the matrix by dvpos. */
11145 int last_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos) + dvpos;
11146 struct glyph_row *last_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_matrix, last_vpos);
11147
11148 /* If last_row is the window end line, it should display text. */
11149 xassert (last_row->displays_text_p);
11150
11151 /* If window end line was partially visible before, begin
11152 displaying at that line. Otherwise begin displaying with the
11153 line following it. */
11154 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row) - dy >= it.last_visible_y)
11155 {
11156 init_to_row_start (&it, w, last_row);
11157 it.vpos = last_vpos;
11158 it.current_y = last_row->y;
11159 }
11160 else
11161 {
11162 init_to_row_end (&it, w, last_row);
11163 it.vpos = 1 + last_vpos;
11164 it.current_y = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (last_row);
11165 ++last_row;
11166 }
11167
11168 /* We may start in a continuation line. If so, we have to get
11169 the right continuation_lines_width and current_x. */
11170 it.continuation_lines_width = last_row->continuation_lines_width;
11171 it.hpos = it.current_x = 0;
11172
11173 /* Display the rest of the lines at the window end. */
11174 it.glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (desired_matrix, it.vpos);
11175 while (it.current_y < it.last_visible_y
11176 && !fonts_changed_p)
11177 {
11178 /* Is it always sure that the display agrees with lines in
11179 the current matrix? I don't think so, so we mark rows
11180 displayed invalid in the current matrix by setting their
11181 enabled_p flag to zero. */
11182 MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, it.vpos)->enabled_p = 0;
11183 if (display_line (&it))
11184 last_text_row_at_end = it.glyph_row - 1;
11185 }
11186 }
11187
11188 /* Update window_end_pos and window_end_vpos. */
11189 if (first_unchanged_at_end_row
11190 && first_unchanged_at_end_row->y < it.last_visible_y
11191 && !last_text_row_at_end)
11192 {
11193 /* Window end line if one of the preserved rows from the current
11194 matrix. Set row to the last row displaying text in current
11195 matrix starting at first_unchanged_at_end_row, after
11196 scrolling. */
11197 xassert (first_unchanged_at_end_row->displays_text_p);
11198 row = find_last_row_displaying_text (w->current_matrix, &it,
11199 first_unchanged_at_end_row);
11200 xassert (row && MATRIX_ROW_DISPLAYS_TEXT_P (row));
11201
11202 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos, Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row));
11203 w->window_end_bytepos = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (row);
11204 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11205 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix));
11206 }
11207 else if (last_text_row_at_end)
11208 {
11209 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11210 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row_at_end));
11211 w->window_end_bytepos
11212 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row_at_end);
11213 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11214 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row_at_end, desired_matrix));
11215 }
11216 else if (last_text_row)
11217 {
11218 /* We have displayed either to the end of the window or at the
11219 end of the window, i.e. the last row with text is to be found
11220 in the desired matrix. */
11221 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_pos,
11222 Z - MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (last_text_row));
11223 w->window_end_bytepos
11224 = Z_BYTE - MATRIX_ROW_END_BYTEPOS (last_text_row);
11225 XSETFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos,
11226 MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (last_text_row, desired_matrix));
11227 }
11228 else if (first_unchanged_at_end_row == NULL
11229 && last_text_row == NULL
11230 && last_text_row_at_end == NULL)
11231 {
11232 /* Displayed to end of window, but no line containing text was
11233 displayed. Lines were deleted at the end of the window. */
11234 int vpos;
11235 int header_line_p = WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w) ? 1 : 0;
11236
11237 for (vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos); vpos > 0; --vpos)
11238 if ((w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11239 && w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p)
11240 || (!w->desired_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].enabled_p
11241 && w->current_matrix->rows[vpos + header_line_p].displays_text_p))
11242 break;
11243
11244 w->window_end_vpos = make_number (vpos);
11245 }
11246 else
11247 abort ();
11248
11249 IF_DEBUG (debug_end_pos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
11250 debug_end_vpos = XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
11251
11252 /* Record that display has not been completed. */
11253 w->window_end_valid = Qnil;
11254 w->desired_matrix->no_scrolling_p = 1;
11255 return 3;
11256 }
11257
11258
11259 \f
11260 /***********************************************************************
11261 More debugging support
11262 ***********************************************************************/
11263
11264 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
11265
11266 void dump_glyph_row P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int, int));
11267 void dump_glyph_matrix P_ ((struct glyph_matrix *, int));
11268
11269
11270 /* Dump the contents of glyph matrix MATRIX on stderr.
11271
11272 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11273 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11274 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11275
11276 void
11277 dump_glyph_matrix (matrix, glyphs)
11278 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11279 int glyphs;
11280 {
11281 int i;
11282 for (i = 0; i < matrix->nrows; ++i)
11283 dump_glyph_row (matrix, i, glyphs);
11284 }
11285
11286
11287 /* Dump the contents of glyph row at VPOS in MATRIX to stderr.
11288 GLYPHS 0 means don't show glyph contents.
11289 GLYPHS 1 means show glyphs in short form
11290 GLYPHS > 1 means show glyphs in long form. */
11291
11292 void
11293 dump_glyph_row (matrix, vpos, glyphs)
11294 struct glyph_matrix *matrix;
11295 int vpos, glyphs;
11296 {
11297 struct glyph_row *row;
11298
11299 if (vpos < 0 || vpos >= matrix->nrows)
11300 return;
11301
11302 row = MATRIX_ROW (matrix, vpos);
11303
11304 if (glyphs != 1)
11305 {
11306 fprintf (stderr, "Row Start End Used oEI><O\\CTZFes X Y W H V A P\n");
11307 fprintf (stderr, "=======================================================================\n");
11308
11309 fprintf (stderr, "%3d %5d %5d %4d %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d\
11310 %1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d%1.1d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d %4d\n",
11311 row - matrix->rows,
11312 MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row),
11313 MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row),
11314 row->used[TEXT_AREA],
11315 row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p,
11316 row->enabled_p,
11317 row->inverse_p,
11318 row->truncated_on_left_p,
11319 row->truncated_on_right_p,
11320 row->overlay_arrow_p,
11321 row->continued_p,
11322 MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row),
11323 row->displays_text_p,
11324 row->ends_at_zv_p,
11325 row->fill_line_p,
11326 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p,
11327 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p,
11328 row->x,
11329 row->y,
11330 row->pixel_width,
11331 row->height,
11332 row->visible_height,
11333 row->ascent,
11334 row->phys_ascent);
11335 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.overlay_string_index,
11336 row->end.overlay_string_index);
11337 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n",
11338 CHARPOS (row->start.string_pos),
11339 CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos));
11340 fprintf (stderr, "%9d %5d\n", row->start.dpvec_index,
11341 row->end.dpvec_index);
11342 }
11343
11344 if (glyphs > 1)
11345 {
11346 struct glyph *glyph, *glyph_end;
11347 int prev_had_glyphs_p;
11348
11349 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11350 glyph_end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11351
11352 /* Glyph for a line end in text. */
11353 if (glyph == glyph_end && glyph->charpos > 0)
11354 ++glyph_end;
11355
11356 if (glyph < glyph_end)
11357 {
11358 fprintf (stderr, " Glyph Type Pos O W Code C Face LR\n");
11359 prev_had_glyphs_p = 1;
11360 }
11361 else
11362 prev_had_glyphs_p = 0;
11363
11364 while (glyph < glyph_end)
11365 {
11366 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
11367 {
11368 fprintf (stderr,
11369 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11370 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11371 'C',
11372 glyph->charpos,
11373 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11374 ? 'B'
11375 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11376 ? 'S'
11377 : '-')),
11378 glyph->pixel_width,
11379 glyph->u.ch,
11380 (glyph->u.ch < 0x80 && glyph->u.ch >= ' '
11381 ? glyph->u.ch
11382 : '.'),
11383 glyph->face_id,
11384 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11385 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11386 }
11387 else if (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH)
11388 {
11389 fprintf (stderr,
11390 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11391 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11392 'S',
11393 glyph->charpos,
11394 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11395 ? 'B'
11396 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11397 ? 'S'
11398 : '-')),
11399 glyph->pixel_width,
11400 0,
11401 '.',
11402 glyph->face_id,
11403 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11404 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11405 }
11406 else if (glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
11407 {
11408 fprintf (stderr,
11409 " %5d %4c %6d %c %3d 0x%05x %c %4d %1.1d%1.1d\n",
11410 glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA],
11411 'I',
11412 glyph->charpos,
11413 (BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11414 ? 'B'
11415 : (STRINGP (glyph->object)
11416 ? 'S'
11417 : '-')),
11418 glyph->pixel_width,
11419 glyph->u.img_id,
11420 '.',
11421 glyph->face_id,
11422 glyph->left_box_line_p,
11423 glyph->right_box_line_p);
11424 }
11425 ++glyph;
11426 }
11427 }
11428 else if (glyphs == 1)
11429 {
11430 char *s = (char *) alloca (row->used[TEXT_AREA] + 1);
11431 int i;
11432
11433 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11434 {
11435 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
11436 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11437 && glyph->u.ch < 0x80
11438 && glyph->u.ch >= ' ')
11439 s[i] = glyph->u.ch;
11440 else
11441 s[i] = '.';
11442 }
11443
11444 s[i] = '\0';
11445 fprintf (stderr, "%3d: (%d) '%s'\n", vpos, row->enabled_p, s);
11446 }
11447 }
11448
11449
11450 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-matrix", Fdump_glyph_matrix,
11451 Sdump_glyph_matrix, 0, 1, "p",
11452 "Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr.\n\
11453 Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil\n\
11454 parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show\n\
11455 glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form.")
11456 (glyphs)
11457 Lisp_Object glyphs;
11458 {
11459 struct window *w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
11460 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11461
11462 fprintf (stderr, "PT = %d, BEGV = %d. ZV = %d\n",
11463 BUF_PT (buffer), BUF_BEGV (buffer), BUF_ZV (buffer));
11464 fprintf (stderr, "Cursor x = %d, y = %d, hpos = %d, vpos = %d\n",
11465 w->cursor.x, w->cursor.y, w->cursor.hpos, w->cursor.vpos);
11466 fprintf (stderr, "=============================================\n");
11467 dump_glyph_matrix (w->current_matrix,
11468 NILP (glyphs) ? 0 : XINT (glyphs));
11469 return Qnil;
11470 }
11471
11472
11473 DEFUN ("dump-glyph-row", Fdump_glyph_row, Sdump_glyph_row, 1, 2, "",
11474 "Dump glyph row ROW to stderr.\n\
11475 GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs.\n\
11476 GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form.\n\
11477 GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form.")
11478 (row, glyphs)
11479 Lisp_Object row, glyphs;
11480 {
11481 CHECK_NUMBER (row, 0);
11482 dump_glyph_row (XWINDOW (selected_window)->current_matrix,
11483 XINT (row),
11484 INTEGERP (glyphs) ? XINT (glyphs) : 2);
11485 return Qnil;
11486 }
11487
11488
11489 DEFUN ("dump-tool-bar-row", Fdump_tool_bar_row, Sdump_tool_bar_row,
11490 0, 0, "", "")
11491 ()
11492 {
11493 struct frame *sf = SELECTED_FRAME ();
11494 struct glyph_matrix *m = (XWINDOW (sf->tool_bar_window)
11495 ->current_matrix);
11496 dump_glyph_row (m, 0, 1);
11497 return Qnil;
11498 }
11499
11500
11501 DEFUN ("trace-redisplay-toggle", Ftrace_redisplay_toggle,
11502 Strace_redisplay_toggle, 0, 0, "",
11503 "Toggle tracing of redisplay.")
11504 ()
11505 {
11506 trace_redisplay_p = !trace_redisplay_p;
11507 return Qnil;
11508 }
11509
11510
11511 DEFUN ("trace-to-stderr", Ftrace_to_stderr, Strace_to_stderr, 1, 1, "",
11512 "Print STRING to stderr.")
11513 (string)
11514 Lisp_Object string;
11515 {
11516 CHECK_STRING (string, 0);
11517 fprintf (stderr, "%s", XSTRING (string)->data);
11518 return Qnil;
11519 }
11520
11521 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11522
11523
11524 \f
11525 /***********************************************************************
11526 Building Desired Matrix Rows
11527 ***********************************************************************/
11528
11529 /* Return a temporary glyph row holding the glyphs of an overlay
11530 arrow. Only used for non-window-redisplay windows. */
11531
11532 static struct glyph_row *
11533 get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (w)
11534 struct window *w;
11535 {
11536 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
11537 struct buffer *buffer = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
11538 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
11539 unsigned char *arrow_string = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->data;
11540 int arrow_len = XSTRING (Voverlay_arrow_string)->size;
11541 unsigned char *arrow_end = arrow_string + arrow_len;
11542 unsigned char *p;
11543 struct it it;
11544 int multibyte_p;
11545 int n_glyphs_before;
11546
11547 set_buffer_temp (buffer);
11548 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, &scratch_glyph_row, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
11549 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11550 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, 0, 0);
11551
11552 multibyte_p = !NILP (buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
11553 p = arrow_string;
11554 while (p < arrow_end)
11555 {
11556 Lisp_Object face, ilisp;
11557
11558 /* Get the next character. */
11559 if (multibyte_p)
11560 it.c = string_char_and_length (p, arrow_len, &it.len);
11561 else
11562 it.c = *p, it.len = 1;
11563 p += it.len;
11564
11565 /* Get its face. */
11566 XSETFASTINT (ilisp, p - arrow_string);
11567 face = Fget_text_property (ilisp, Qface, Voverlay_arrow_string);
11568 it.face_id = compute_char_face (f, it.c, face);
11569
11570 /* Compute its width, get its glyphs. */
11571 n_glyphs_before = it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11572 SET_TEXT_POS (it.position, -1, -1);
11573 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (&it);
11574
11575 /* If this character doesn't fit any more in the line, we have
11576 to remove some glyphs. */
11577 if (it.current_x > it.last_visible_x)
11578 {
11579 it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
11580 break;
11581 }
11582 }
11583
11584 set_buffer_temp (old);
11585 return it.glyph_row;
11586 }
11587
11588
11589 /* Insert truncation glyphs at the start of IT->glyph_row. Truncation
11590 glyphs are only inserted for terminal frames since we can't really
11591 win with truncation glyphs when partially visible glyphs are
11592 involved. Which glyphs to insert is determined by
11593 produce_special_glyphs. */
11594
11595 static void
11596 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it)
11597 struct it *it;
11598 {
11599 struct it truncate_it;
11600 struct glyph *from, *end, *to, *toend;
11601
11602 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f));
11603
11604 /* Get the truncation glyphs. */
11605 truncate_it = *it;
11606 truncate_it.current_x = 0;
11607 truncate_it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11608 truncate_it.glyph_row = &scratch_glyph_row;
11609 truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 0;
11610 CHARPOS (truncate_it.position) = BYTEPOS (truncate_it.position) = -1;
11611 truncate_it.object = make_number (0);
11612 produce_special_glyphs (&truncate_it, IT_TRUNCATION);
11613
11614 /* Overwrite glyphs from IT with truncation glyphs. */
11615 from = truncate_it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11616 end = from + truncate_it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11617 to = it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11618 toend = to + it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11619
11620 while (from < end)
11621 *to++ = *from++;
11622
11623 /* There may be padding glyphs left over. Remove them. */
11624 from = to;
11625 while (from < toend && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*from))
11626 ++from;
11627 while (from < toend)
11628 *to++ = *from++;
11629
11630 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = to - it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11631 }
11632
11633
11634 /* Compute the pixel height and width of IT->glyph_row.
11635
11636 Most of the time, ascent and height of a display line will be equal
11637 to the max_ascent and max_height values of the display iterator
11638 structure. This is not the case if
11639
11640 1. We hit ZV without displaying anything. In this case, max_ascent
11641 and max_height will be zero.
11642
11643 2. We have some glyphs that don't contribute to the line height.
11644 (The glyph row flag contributes_to_line_height_p is for future
11645 pixmap extensions).
11646
11647 The first case is easily covered by using default values because in
11648 these cases, the line height does not really matter, except that it
11649 must not be zero. */
11650
11651 static void
11652 compute_line_metrics (it)
11653 struct it *it;
11654 {
11655 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
11656 int area, i;
11657
11658 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11659 {
11660 int i, header_line_height;
11661
11662 /* The line may consist of one space only, that was added to
11663 place the cursor on it. If so, the row's height hasn't been
11664 computed yet. */
11665 if (row->height == 0)
11666 {
11667 if (it->max_ascent + it->max_descent == 0)
11668 it->max_descent = it->max_phys_descent = CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
11669 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
11670 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
11671 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
11672 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
11673 }
11674
11675 /* Compute the width of this line. */
11676 row->pixel_width = row->x;
11677 for (i = 0; i < row->used[TEXT_AREA]; ++i)
11678 row->pixel_width += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
11679
11680 xassert (row->pixel_width >= 0);
11681 xassert (row->ascent >= 0 && row->height > 0);
11682
11683 row->overlapping_p = (MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row)
11684 || MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row));
11685
11686 /* If first line's physical ascent is larger than its logical
11687 ascent, use the physical ascent, and make the row taller.
11688 This makes accented characters fully visible. */
11689 if (row == MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (it->w->desired_matrix)
11690 && row->phys_ascent > row->ascent)
11691 {
11692 row->height += row->phys_ascent - row->ascent;
11693 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent;
11694 }
11695
11696 /* Compute how much of the line is visible. */
11697 row->visible_height = row->height;
11698
11699 header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (it->w);
11700 if (row->y < header_line_height)
11701 row->visible_height -= header_line_height - row->y;
11702 else
11703 {
11704 int max_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEIGHT_NO_MODE_LINE (it->w);
11705 if (row->y + row->height > max_y)
11706 row->visible_height -= row->y + row->height - max_y;
11707 }
11708 }
11709 else
11710 {
11711 row->pixel_width = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11712 row->ascent = row->phys_ascent = 0;
11713 row->height = row->phys_height = row->visible_height = 1;
11714 }
11715
11716 /* Compute a hash code for this row. */
11717 row->hash = 0;
11718 for (area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA; area < LAST_AREA; ++area)
11719 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area]; ++i)
11720 row->hash = ((((row->hash << 4) + (row->hash >> 24)) & 0x0fffffff)
11721 + row->glyphs[area][i].u.val
11722 + row->glyphs[area][i].face_id
11723 + row->glyphs[area][i].padding_p
11724 + (row->glyphs[area][i].type << 2));
11725
11726 it->max_ascent = it->max_descent = 0;
11727 it->max_phys_ascent = it->max_phys_descent = 0;
11728 }
11729
11730
11731 /* Append one space to the glyph row of iterator IT if doing a
11732 window-based redisplay. DEFAULT_FACE_P non-zero means let the
11733 space have the default face, otherwise let it have the same face as
11734 IT->face_id. Value is non-zero if a space was added.
11735
11736 This function is called to make sure that there is always one glyph
11737 at the end of a glyph row that the cursor can be set on under
11738 window-systems. (If there weren't such a glyph we would not know
11739 how wide and tall a box cursor should be displayed).
11740
11741 At the same time this space let's a nicely handle clearing to the
11742 end of the line if the row ends in italic text. */
11743
11744 static int
11745 append_space (it, default_face_p)
11746 struct it *it;
11747 int default_face_p;
11748 {
11749 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
11750 {
11751 int n = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11752
11753 if (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n
11754 < it->glyph_row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
11755 {
11756 /* Save some values that must not be changed.
11757 Must save IT->c and IT->len because otherwise
11758 ITERATOR_AT_END_P wouldn't work anymore after
11759 append_space has been called. */
11760 int saved_what = it->what;
11761 int saved_c = it->c, saved_len = it->len;
11762 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11763 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11764 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11765 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11766 struct face *face;
11767
11768 saved_object = it->object;
11769 saved_pos = it->position;
11770
11771 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11772 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11773 it->object = make_number (0);
11774 it->c = ' ';
11775 it->len = 1;
11776
11777 if (default_face_p)
11778 it->face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11779 else if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11780 it->face_id = it->saved_face_id;
11781 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
11782 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, 0);
11783
11784 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11785
11786 it->current_x = saved_x;
11787 it->object = saved_object;
11788 it->position = saved_pos;
11789 it->what = saved_what;
11790 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11791 it->len = saved_len;
11792 it->c = saved_c;
11793 return 1;
11794 }
11795 }
11796
11797 return 0;
11798 }
11799
11800
11801 /* Extend the face of the last glyph in the text area of IT->glyph_row
11802 to the end of the display line. Called from display_line.
11803 If the glyph row is empty, add a space glyph to it so that we
11804 know the face to draw. Set the glyph row flag fill_line_p. */
11805
11806 static void
11807 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it)
11808 struct it *it;
11809 {
11810 struct face *face;
11811 struct frame *f = it->f;
11812
11813 /* If line is already filled, do nothing. */
11814 if (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
11815 return;
11816
11817 /* Face extension extends the background and box of IT->face_id
11818 to the end of the line. If the background equals the background
11819 of the frame, we don't have to do anything. */
11820 if (it->face_before_selective_p)
11821 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->saved_face_id);
11822 else
11823 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, it->face_id);
11824
11825 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f)
11826 && face->box == FACE_NO_BOX
11827 && face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f)
11828 && !face->stipple)
11829 return;
11830
11831 /* Set the glyph row flag indicating that the face of the last glyph
11832 in the text area has to be drawn to the end of the text area. */
11833 it->glyph_row->fill_line_p = 1;
11834
11835 /* If current character of IT is not ASCII, make sure we have the
11836 ASCII face. This will be automatically undone the next time
11837 get_next_display_element returns a multibyte character. Note
11838 that the character will always be single byte in unibyte text. */
11839 if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c))
11840 {
11841 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, 0);
11842 }
11843
11844 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
11845 {
11846 /* If the row is empty, add a space with the current face of IT,
11847 so that we know which face to draw. */
11848 if (it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
11849 {
11850 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0] = space_glyph;
11851 it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][0].face_id = it->face_id;
11852 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = 1;
11853 }
11854 }
11855 else
11856 {
11857 /* Save some values that must not be changed. */
11858 int saved_x = it->current_x;
11859 struct text_pos saved_pos;
11860 Lisp_Object saved_object;
11861 int saved_what = it->what;
11862 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
11863
11864 saved_object = it->object;
11865 saved_pos = it->position;
11866
11867 it->what = IT_CHARACTER;
11868 bzero (&it->position, sizeof it->position);
11869 it->object = make_number (0);
11870 it->c = ' ';
11871 it->len = 1;
11872 it->face_id = face->id;
11873
11874 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11875
11876 while (it->current_x <= it->last_visible_x)
11877 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
11878
11879 /* Don't count these blanks really. It would let us insert a left
11880 truncation glyph below and make us set the cursor on them, maybe. */
11881 it->current_x = saved_x;
11882 it->object = saved_object;
11883 it->position = saved_pos;
11884 it->what = saved_what;
11885 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
11886 }
11887 }
11888
11889
11890 /* Value is non-zero if text starting at CHARPOS in current_buffer is
11891 trailing whitespace. */
11892
11893 static int
11894 trailing_whitespace_p (charpos)
11895 int charpos;
11896 {
11897 int bytepos = CHAR_TO_BYTE (charpos);
11898 int c = 0;
11899
11900 while (bytepos < ZV_BYTE
11901 && (c = FETCH_CHAR (bytepos),
11902 c == ' ' || c == '\t'))
11903 ++bytepos;
11904
11905 if (bytepos >= ZV_BYTE || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
11906 {
11907 if (bytepos != PT_BYTE)
11908 return 1;
11909 }
11910 return 0;
11911 }
11912
11913
11914 /* Highlight trailing whitespace, if any, in ROW. */
11915
11916 void
11917 highlight_trailing_whitespace (f, row)
11918 struct frame *f;
11919 struct glyph_row *row;
11920 {
11921 int used = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
11922
11923 if (used)
11924 {
11925 struct glyph *start = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
11926 struct glyph *glyph = start + used - 1;
11927
11928 /* Skip over the space glyph inserted to display the
11929 cursor at the end of a line. */
11930 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11931 && glyph->u.ch == ' '
11932 && INTEGERP (glyph->object))
11933 --glyph;
11934
11935 /* If last glyph is a space or stretch, and it's trailing
11936 whitespace, set the face of all trailing whitespace glyphs in
11937 IT->glyph_row to `trailing-whitespace'. */
11938 if (glyph >= start
11939 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11940 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11941 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11942 && glyph->u.ch == ' '))
11943 && trailing_whitespace_p (glyph->charpos))
11944 {
11945 int face_id = lookup_named_face (f, Qtrailing_whitespace, 0);
11946
11947 while (glyph >= start
11948 && BUFFERP (glyph->object)
11949 && (glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
11950 || (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
11951 && glyph->u.ch == ' ')))
11952 (glyph--)->face_id = face_id;
11953 }
11954 }
11955 }
11956
11957
11958 /* Value is non-zero if glyph row ROW in window W should be
11959 used to hold the cursor. */
11960
11961 static int
11962 cursor_row_p (w, row)
11963 struct window *w;
11964 struct glyph_row *row;
11965 {
11966 int cursor_row_p = 1;
11967
11968 if (PT == MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row))
11969 {
11970 /* If the row ends with a newline from a string, we don't want
11971 the cursor there (if the row is continued it doesn't end in a
11972 newline). */
11973 if (CHARPOS (row->end.string_pos) >= 0
11974 || MATRIX_ROW_ENDS_IN_MIDDLE_OF_CHAR_P (row))
11975 cursor_row_p = row->continued_p;
11976
11977 /* If the row ends at ZV, display the cursor at the end of that
11978 row instead of at the start of the row below. */
11979 else if (row->ends_at_zv_p)
11980 cursor_row_p = 1;
11981 else
11982 cursor_row_p = 0;
11983 }
11984
11985 return cursor_row_p;
11986 }
11987
11988
11989 /* Construct the glyph row IT->glyph_row in the desired matrix of
11990 IT->w from text at the current position of IT. See dispextern.h
11991 for an overview of struct it. Value is non-zero if
11992 IT->glyph_row displays text, as opposed to a line displaying ZV
11993 only. */
11994
11995 static int
11996 display_line (it)
11997 struct it *it;
11998 {
11999 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
12000
12001 /* We always start displaying at hpos zero even if hscrolled. */
12002 xassert (it->hpos == 0 && it->current_x == 0);
12003
12004 /* We must not display in a row that's not a text row. */
12005 xassert (MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, it->w->desired_matrix)
12006 < it->w->desired_matrix->nrows);
12007
12008 /* Is IT->w showing the region? */
12009 it->w->region_showing = it->region_beg_charpos > 0 ? Qt : Qnil;
12010
12011 /* Clear the result glyph row and enable it. */
12012 prepare_desired_row (row);
12013
12014 row->y = it->current_y;
12015 row->start = it->current;
12016 row->continuation_lines_width = it->continuation_lines_width;
12017 row->displays_text_p = 1;
12018 row->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p;
12019 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 0;
12020
12021 /* Arrange the overlays nicely for our purposes. Usually, we call
12022 display_line on only one line at a time, in which case this
12023 can't really hurt too much, or we call it on lines which appear
12024 one after another in the buffer, in which case all calls to
12025 recenter_overlay_lists but the first will be pretty cheap. */
12026 recenter_overlay_lists (current_buffer, IT_CHARPOS (*it));
12027
12028 /* Move over display elements that are not visible because we are
12029 hscrolled. This may stop at an x-position < IT->first_visible_x
12030 if the first glyph is partially visible or if we hit a line end. */
12031 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
12032 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, ZV, it->first_visible_x,
12033 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
12034
12035 /* Get the initial row height. This is either the height of the
12036 text hscrolled, if there is any, or zero. */
12037 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
12038 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
12039 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12040 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
12041
12042 /* Loop generating characters. The loop is left with IT on the next
12043 character to display. */
12044 while (1)
12045 {
12046 int n_glyphs_before, hpos_before, x_before;
12047 int x, i, nglyphs;
12048 int ascent = 0, descent = 0, phys_ascent = 0, phys_descent = 0;
12049
12050 /* Retrieve the next thing to display. Value is zero if end of
12051 buffer reached. */
12052 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
12053 {
12054 /* Maybe add a space at the end of this line that is used to
12055 display the cursor there under X. Set the charpos of the
12056 first glyph of blank lines not corresponding to any text
12057 to -1. */
12058 if ((append_space (it, 1) && row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 1)
12059 || row->used[TEXT_AREA] == 0)
12060 {
12061 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = -1;
12062 row->displays_text_p = 0;
12063
12064 if (!NILP (XBUFFER (it->w->buffer)->indicate_empty_lines))
12065 row->indicate_empty_line_p = 1;
12066 }
12067
12068 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12069 row->ends_at_zv_p = 1;
12070 break;
12071 }
12072
12073 /* Now, get the metrics of what we want to display. This also
12074 generates glyphs in `row' (which is IT->glyph_row). */
12075 n_glyphs_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12076 x = it->current_x;
12077
12078 /* Remember the line height so far in case the next element doesn't
12079 fit on the line. */
12080 if (!it->truncate_lines_p)
12081 {
12082 ascent = it->max_ascent;
12083 descent = it->max_descent;
12084 phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
12085 phys_descent = it->max_phys_descent;
12086 }
12087
12088 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
12089
12090 /* If this display element was in marginal areas, continue with
12091 the next one. */
12092 if (it->area != TEXT_AREA)
12093 {
12094 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12095 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12096 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12097 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12098 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12099 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12100 continue;
12101 }
12102
12103 /* Does the display element fit on the line? If we truncate
12104 lines, we should draw past the right edge of the window. If
12105 we don't truncate, we want to stop so that we can display the
12106 continuation glyph before the right margin. If lines are
12107 continued, there are two possible strategies for characters
12108 resulting in more than 1 glyph (e.g. tabs): Display as many
12109 glyphs as possible in this line and leave the rest for the
12110 continuation line, or display the whole element in the next
12111 line. Original redisplay did the former, so we do it also. */
12112 nglyphs = row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
12113 hpos_before = it->hpos;
12114 x_before = x;
12115
12116 if (nglyphs == 1
12117 && it->current_x < it->last_visible_x)
12118 {
12119 ++it->hpos;
12120 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12121 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12122 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12123 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12124 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12125 if (it->current_x - it->pixel_width < it->first_visible_x)
12126 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12127 }
12128 else
12129 {
12130 int new_x;
12131 struct glyph *glyph;
12132
12133 for (i = 0; i < nglyphs; ++i, x = new_x)
12134 {
12135 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
12136 new_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
12137
12138 if (/* Lines are continued. */
12139 !it->truncate_lines_p
12140 && (/* Glyph doesn't fit on the line. */
12141 new_x > it->last_visible_x
12142 /* Or it fits exactly on a window system frame. */
12143 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12144 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))))
12145 {
12146 /* End of a continued line. */
12147
12148 if (it->hpos == 0
12149 || (new_x == it->last_visible_x
12150 && FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)))
12151 {
12152 /* Current glyph is the only one on the line or
12153 fits exactly on the line. We must continue
12154 the line because we can't draw the cursor
12155 after the glyph. */
12156 row->continued_p = 1;
12157 it->current_x = new_x;
12158 it->continuation_lines_width += new_x;
12159 ++it->hpos;
12160 if (i == nglyphs - 1)
12161 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12162 }
12163 else if (CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*glyph)
12164 && !FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12165 {
12166 /* A padding glyph that doesn't fit on this line.
12167 This means the whole character doesn't fit
12168 on the line. */
12169 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before;
12170
12171 /* Fill the rest of the row with continuation
12172 glyphs like in 20.x. */
12173 while (row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA]
12174 < row->glyphs[1 + TEXT_AREA])
12175 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12176
12177 row->continued_p = 1;
12178 it->current_x = x_before;
12179 it->continuation_lines_width += x_before;
12180
12181 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12182 element not fitting on the line. */
12183 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12184 it->max_descent = descent;
12185 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12186 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12187 }
12188 else
12189 {
12190 /* Display element draws past the right edge of
12191 the window. Restore positions to values
12192 before the element. The next line starts
12193 with current_x before the glyph that could
12194 not be displayed, so that TAB works right. */
12195 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
12196
12197 /* Display continuation glyphs. */
12198 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12199 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_CONTINUATION);
12200 row->continued_p = 1;
12201
12202 it->current_x = x;
12203 it->continuation_lines_width += x;
12204 if (nglyphs > 1 && i > 0)
12205 {
12206 row->ends_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12207 it->starts_in_middle_of_char_p = 1;
12208 }
12209
12210 /* Restore the height to what it was before the
12211 element not fitting on the line. */
12212 it->max_ascent = ascent;
12213 it->max_descent = descent;
12214 it->max_phys_ascent = phys_ascent;
12215 it->max_phys_descent = phys_descent;
12216 }
12217
12218 break;
12219 }
12220 else if (new_x > it->first_visible_x)
12221 {
12222 /* Increment number of glyphs actually displayed. */
12223 ++it->hpos;
12224
12225 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
12226 /* Glyph is partially visible, i.e. row starts at
12227 negative X position. */
12228 row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
12229 }
12230 else
12231 {
12232 /* Glyph is completely off the left margin of the
12233 window. This should not happen because of the
12234 move_it_in_display_line at the start of
12235 this function. */
12236 abort ();
12237 }
12238 }
12239
12240 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
12241 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
12242 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
12243 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
12244 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
12245
12246 /* End of this display line if row is continued. */
12247 if (row->continued_p)
12248 break;
12249 }
12250
12251 /* Is this a line end? If yes, we're also done, after making
12252 sure that a non-default face is extended up to the right
12253 margin of the window. */
12254 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
12255 {
12256 int used_before = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12257
12258 /* Add a space at the end of the line that is used to
12259 display the cursor there. */
12260 append_space (it, 0);
12261
12262 /* Extend the face to the end of the line. */
12263 extend_face_to_end_of_line (it);
12264
12265 /* Make sure we have the position. */
12266 if (used_before == 0)
12267 row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
12268
12269 /* Consume the line end. This skips over invisible lines. */
12270 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12271 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12272 break;
12273 }
12274
12275 /* Proceed with next display element. Note that this skips
12276 over lines invisible because of selective display. */
12277 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
12278
12279 /* If we truncate lines, we are done when the last displayed
12280 glyphs reach past the right margin of the window. */
12281 if (it->truncate_lines_p
12282 && (FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f)
12283 ? (it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
12284 : (it->current_x > it->last_visible_x)))
12285 {
12286 /* Maybe add truncation glyphs. */
12287 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12288 {
12289 --it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12290 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
12291 }
12292
12293 row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
12294 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
12295 reseat_at_next_visible_line_start (it, 0);
12296 row->ends_at_zv_p = FETCH_BYTE (IT_BYTEPOS (*it) - 1) != '\n';
12297 it->hpos = hpos_before;
12298 it->current_x = x_before;
12299 break;
12300 }
12301 }
12302
12303 /* If line is not empty and hscrolled, maybe insert truncation glyphs
12304 at the left window margin. */
12305 if (it->first_visible_x
12306 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) != MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row))
12307 {
12308 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12309 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
12310 row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
12311 }
12312
12313 /* If the start of this line is the overlay arrow-position, then
12314 mark this glyph row as the one containing the overlay arrow.
12315 This is clearly a mess with variable size fonts. It would be
12316 better to let it be displayed like cursors under X. */
12317 if (MARKERP (Voverlay_arrow_position)
12318 && current_buffer == XMARKER (Voverlay_arrow_position)->buffer
12319 && (MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12320 == marker_position (Voverlay_arrow_position))
12321 && STRINGP (Voverlay_arrow_string)
12322 && ! overlay_arrow_seen)
12323 {
12324 /* Overlay arrow in window redisplay is a bitmap. */
12325 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
12326 {
12327 struct glyph_row *arrow_row = get_overlay_arrow_glyph_row (it->w);
12328 struct glyph *glyph = arrow_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12329 struct glyph *arrow_end = glyph + arrow_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12330 struct glyph *p = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12331 struct glyph *p2, *end;
12332
12333 /* Copy the arrow glyphs. */
12334 while (glyph < arrow_end)
12335 *p++ = *glyph++;
12336
12337 /* Throw away padding glyphs. */
12338 p2 = p;
12339 end = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12340 while (p2 < end && CHAR_GLYPH_PADDING_P (*p2))
12341 ++p2;
12342 if (p2 > p)
12343 {
12344 while (p2 < end)
12345 *p++ = *p2++;
12346 row->used[TEXT_AREA] = p2 - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
12347 }
12348 }
12349
12350 overlay_arrow_seen = 1;
12351 row->overlay_arrow_p = 1;
12352 }
12353
12354 /* Compute pixel dimensions of this line. */
12355 compute_line_metrics (it);
12356
12357 /* Remember the position at which this line ends. */
12358 row->end = it->current;
12359
12360 /* Maybe set the cursor. */
12361 if (it->w->cursor.vpos < 0
12362 && PT >= MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (row)
12363 && PT <= MATRIX_ROW_END_CHARPOS (row)
12364 && cursor_row_p (it->w, row))
12365 set_cursor_from_row (it->w, row, it->w->desired_matrix, 0, 0, 0, 0);
12366
12367 /* Highlight trailing whitespace. */
12368 if (!NILP (Vshow_trailing_whitespace))
12369 highlight_trailing_whitespace (it->f, it->glyph_row);
12370
12371 /* Prepare for the next line. This line starts horizontally at (X
12372 HPOS) = (0 0). Vertical positions are incremented. As a
12373 convenience for the caller, IT->glyph_row is set to the next
12374 row to be used. */
12375 it->current_x = it->hpos = 0;
12376 it->current_y += row->height;
12377 ++it->vpos;
12378 ++it->glyph_row;
12379 return row->displays_text_p;
12380 }
12381
12382
12383 \f
12384 /***********************************************************************
12385 Menu Bar
12386 ***********************************************************************/
12387
12388 /* Redisplay the menu bar in the frame for window W.
12389
12390 The menu bar of X frames that don't have X toolkit support is
12391 displayed in a special window W->frame->menu_bar_window.
12392
12393 The menu bar of terminal frames is treated specially as far as
12394 glyph matrices are concerned. Menu bar lines are not part of
12395 windows, so the update is done directly on the frame matrix rows
12396 for the menu bar. */
12397
12398 static void
12399 display_menu_bar (w)
12400 struct window *w;
12401 {
12402 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
12403 struct it it;
12404 Lisp_Object items;
12405 int i;
12406
12407 /* Don't do all this for graphical frames. */
12408 #ifdef HAVE_NTGUI
12409 if (!NILP (Vwindow_system))
12410 return;
12411 #endif
12412 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12413 if (FRAME_X_P (f))
12414 return;
12415 #endif
12416 #ifdef macintosh
12417 if (FRAME_MAC_P (f))
12418 return;
12419 #endif
12420
12421 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12422 xassert (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (f));
12423 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows, MENU_FACE_ID);
12424 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12425 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12426 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12427 if (FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
12428 {
12429 /* Menu bar lines are displayed in the desired matrix of the
12430 dummy window menu_bar_window. */
12431 struct window *menu_w;
12432 xassert (WINDOWP (f->menu_bar_window));
12433 menu_w = XWINDOW (f->menu_bar_window);
12434 init_iterator (&it, menu_w, -1, -1, menu_w->desired_matrix->rows,
12435 MENU_FACE_ID);
12436 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12437 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
12438 }
12439 else
12440 {
12441 /* This is a TTY frame, i.e. character hpos/vpos are used as
12442 pixel x/y. */
12443 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, f->desired_matrix->rows,
12444 MENU_FACE_ID);
12445 it.first_visible_x = 0;
12446 it.last_visible_x = FRAME_WIDTH (f);
12447 }
12448 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12449
12450 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12451 /* Force the menu-bar to be displayed in the default face. */
12452 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12453
12454 /* Clear all rows of the menu bar. */
12455 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f); ++i)
12456 {
12457 struct glyph_row *row = it.glyph_row + i;
12458 clear_glyph_row (row);
12459 row->enabled_p = 1;
12460 row->full_width_p = 1;
12461 }
12462
12463 /* Display all items of the menu bar. */
12464 items = FRAME_MENU_BAR_ITEMS (it.f);
12465 for (i = 0; i < XVECTOR (items)->size; i += 4)
12466 {
12467 Lisp_Object string;
12468
12469 /* Stop at nil string. */
12470 string = XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 1];
12471 if (NILP (string))
12472 break;
12473
12474 /* Remember where item was displayed. */
12475 XSETFASTINT (XVECTOR (items)->contents[i + 3], it.hpos);
12476
12477 /* Display the item, pad with one space. */
12478 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12479 display_string (NULL, string, Qnil, 0, 0, &it,
12480 XSTRING (string)->size + 1, 0, 0, -1);
12481 }
12482
12483 /* Fill out the line with spaces. */
12484 if (it.current_x < it.last_visible_x)
12485 display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, -1, 0, 0, -1);
12486
12487 /* Compute the total height of the lines. */
12488 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12489 }
12490
12491
12492 \f
12493 /***********************************************************************
12494 Mode Line
12495 ***********************************************************************/
12496
12497 /* Redisplay mode lines in the window tree whose root is WINDOW. If
12498 FORCE is non-zero, redisplay mode lines unconditionally.
12499 Otherwise, redisplay only mode lines that are garbaged. Value is
12500 the number of windows whose mode lines were redisplayed. */
12501
12502 static int
12503 redisplay_mode_lines (window, force)
12504 Lisp_Object window;
12505 int force;
12506 {
12507 int nwindows = 0;
12508
12509 while (!NILP (window))
12510 {
12511 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
12512
12513 if (WINDOWP (w->hchild))
12514 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->hchild, force);
12515 else if (WINDOWP (w->vchild))
12516 nwindows += redisplay_mode_lines (w->vchild, force);
12517 else if (force
12518 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (XFRAME (w->frame))
12519 || !MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix)->enabled_p)
12520 {
12521 Lisp_Object old_selected_frame;
12522 struct text_pos lpoint;
12523 struct buffer *old = current_buffer;
12524
12525 /* Set the window's buffer for the mode line display. */
12526 SET_TEXT_POS (lpoint, PT, PT_BYTE);
12527 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w->buffer));
12528
12529 /* Point refers normally to the selected window. For any
12530 other window, set up appropriate value. */
12531 if (!EQ (window, selected_window))
12532 {
12533 struct text_pos pt;
12534
12535 SET_TEXT_POS_FROM_MARKER (pt, w->pointm);
12536 if (CHARPOS (pt) < BEGV)
12537 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (BEGV, BEGV_BYTE);
12538 else if (CHARPOS (pt) > (ZV - 1))
12539 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (ZV, ZV_BYTE);
12540 else
12541 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (pt), BYTEPOS (pt));
12542 }
12543
12544 /* Temporarily set up the selected frame. */
12545 old_selected_frame = selected_frame;
12546 selected_frame = w->frame;
12547
12548 /* Display mode lines. */
12549 clear_glyph_matrix (w->desired_matrix);
12550 if (display_mode_lines (w))
12551 {
12552 ++nwindows;
12553 w->must_be_updated_p = 1;
12554 }
12555
12556 /* Restore old settings. */
12557 selected_frame = old_selected_frame;
12558 set_buffer_internal_1 (old);
12559 TEMP_SET_PT_BOTH (CHARPOS (lpoint), BYTEPOS (lpoint));
12560 }
12561
12562 window = w->next;
12563 }
12564
12565 return nwindows;
12566 }
12567
12568
12569 /* Display the mode and/or top line of window W. Value is the number
12570 of mode lines displayed. */
12571
12572 static int
12573 display_mode_lines (w)
12574 struct window *w;
12575 {
12576 int n = 0;
12577
12578 /* These will be set while the mode line specs are processed. */
12579 line_number_displayed = 0;
12580 w->column_number_displayed = Qnil;
12581
12582 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w))
12583 {
12584 display_mode_line (w, MODE_LINE_FACE_ID,
12585 current_buffer->mode_line_format);
12586 ++n;
12587 }
12588
12589 if (WINDOW_WANTS_HEADER_LINE_P (w))
12590 {
12591 display_mode_line (w, HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID,
12592 current_buffer->header_line_format);
12593 ++n;
12594 }
12595
12596 return n;
12597 }
12598
12599
12600 /* Display mode or top line of window W. FACE_ID specifies which line
12601 to display; it is either MODE_LINE_FACE_ID or HEADER_LINE_FACE_ID.
12602 FORMAT is the mode line format to display. Value is the pixel
12603 height of the mode line displayed. */
12604
12605 static int
12606 display_mode_line (w, face_id, format)
12607 struct window *w;
12608 enum face_id face_id;
12609 Lisp_Object format;
12610 {
12611 struct it it;
12612 struct face *face;
12613
12614 init_iterator (&it, w, -1, -1, NULL, face_id);
12615 prepare_desired_row (it.glyph_row);
12616
12617 if (! mode_line_inverse_video)
12618 /* Force the mode-line to be displayed in the default face. */
12619 it.base_face_id = it.face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
12620
12621 /* Temporarily make frame's keyboard the current kboard so that
12622 kboard-local variables in the mode_line_format will get the right
12623 values. */
12624 push_frame_kboard (it.f);
12625 display_mode_element (&it, 0, 0, 0, format);
12626 pop_frame_kboard ();
12627
12628 /* Fill up with spaces. */
12629 display_string (" ", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, &it, 10000, -1, -1, 0);
12630
12631 compute_line_metrics (&it);
12632 it.glyph_row->full_width_p = 1;
12633 it.glyph_row->mode_line_p = 1;
12634 it.glyph_row->inverse_p = 0;
12635 it.glyph_row->continued_p = 0;
12636 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 0;
12637 it.glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 0;
12638
12639 /* Make a 3D mode-line have a shadow at its right end. */
12640 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it.f, face_id);
12641 extend_face_to_end_of_line (&it);
12642 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
12643 {
12644 struct glyph *last = (it.glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12645 + it.glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - 1);
12646 last->right_box_line_p = 1;
12647 }
12648
12649 return it.glyph_row->height;
12650 }
12651
12652
12653 /* Contribute ELT to the mode line for window IT->w. How it
12654 translates into text depends on its data type.
12655
12656 IT describes the display environment in which we display, as usual.
12657
12658 DEPTH is the depth in recursion. It is used to prevent
12659 infinite recursion here.
12660
12661 FIELD_WIDTH is the number of characters the display of ELT should
12662 occupy in the mode line, and PRECISION is the maximum number of
12663 characters to display from ELT's representation. See
12664 display_string for details. *
12665
12666 Returns the hpos of the end of the text generated by ELT. */
12667
12668 static int
12669 display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width, precision, elt)
12670 struct it *it;
12671 int depth;
12672 int field_width, precision;
12673 Lisp_Object elt;
12674 {
12675 int n = 0, field, prec;
12676
12677 tail_recurse:
12678 if (depth > 10)
12679 goto invalid;
12680
12681 depth++;
12682
12683 switch (SWITCH_ENUM_CAST (XTYPE (elt)))
12684 {
12685 case Lisp_String:
12686 {
12687 /* A string: output it and check for %-constructs within it. */
12688 unsigned char c;
12689 unsigned char *this = XSTRING (elt)->data;
12690 unsigned char *lisp_string = this;
12691
12692 while ((precision <= 0 || n < precision)
12693 && *this
12694 && (frame_title_ptr
12695 || it->current_x < it->last_visible_x))
12696 {
12697 unsigned char *last = this;
12698
12699 /* Advance to end of string or next format specifier. */
12700 while ((c = *this++) != '\0' && c != '%')
12701 ;
12702
12703 if (this - 1 != last)
12704 {
12705 /* Output to end of string or up to '%'. Field width
12706 is length of string. Don't output more than
12707 PRECISION allows us. */
12708 prec = --this - last;
12709 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12710 prec = precision - n;
12711
12712 if (frame_title_ptr)
12713 n += store_frame_title (last, prec, prec);
12714 else
12715 n += display_string (NULL, elt, Qnil, 0, last - lisp_string,
12716 it, 0, prec, 0, -1);
12717 }
12718 else /* c == '%' */
12719 {
12720 unsigned char *percent_position = this;
12721
12722 /* Get the specified minimum width. Zero means
12723 don't pad. */
12724 field = 0;
12725 while ((c = *this++) >= '0' && c <= '9')
12726 field = field * 10 + c - '0';
12727
12728 /* Don't pad beyond the total padding allowed. */
12729 if (field_width - n > 0 && field > field_width - n)
12730 field = field_width - n;
12731
12732 /* Note that either PRECISION <= 0 or N < PRECISION. */
12733 prec = precision - n;
12734
12735 if (c == 'M')
12736 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field, prec,
12737 Vglobal_mode_string);
12738 else if (c != 0)
12739 {
12740 unsigned char *spec
12741 = decode_mode_spec (it->w, c, field, prec);
12742
12743 if (frame_title_ptr)
12744 n += store_frame_title (spec, field, prec);
12745 else
12746 {
12747 int nglyphs_before
12748 = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
12749 int charpos
12750 = percent_position - XSTRING (elt)->data;
12751 int nwritten
12752 = display_string (spec, Qnil, elt, charpos, 0, it,
12753 field, prec, 0, -1);
12754
12755 /* Assign to the glyphs written above the
12756 string where the `%x' came from, position
12757 of the `%'. */
12758 if (nwritten > 0)
12759 {
12760 struct glyph *glyph
12761 = (it->glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]
12762 + nglyphs_before);
12763 int i;
12764
12765 for (i = 0; i < nwritten; ++i)
12766 {
12767 glyph[i].object = elt;
12768 glyph[i].charpos = charpos;
12769 }
12770
12771 n += nwritten;
12772 }
12773 }
12774 }
12775 }
12776 }
12777 }
12778 break;
12779
12780 case Lisp_Symbol:
12781 /* A symbol: process the value of the symbol recursively
12782 as if it appeared here directly. Avoid error if symbol void.
12783 Special case: if value of symbol is a string, output the string
12784 literally. */
12785 {
12786 register Lisp_Object tem;
12787 tem = Fboundp (elt);
12788 if (!NILP (tem))
12789 {
12790 tem = Fsymbol_value (elt);
12791 /* If value is a string, output that string literally:
12792 don't check for % within it. */
12793 if (STRINGP (tem))
12794 {
12795 prec = XSTRING (tem)->size;
12796 if (precision > 0 && prec > precision - n)
12797 prec = precision - n;
12798 if (frame_title_ptr)
12799 n += store_frame_title (XSTRING (tem)->data, -1, prec);
12800 else
12801 n += display_string (NULL, tem, Qnil, 0, 0, it,
12802 0, prec, 0, -1);
12803 }
12804 else if (!EQ (tem, elt))
12805 {
12806 /* Give up right away for nil or t. */
12807 elt = tem;
12808 goto tail_recurse;
12809 }
12810 }
12811 }
12812 break;
12813
12814 case Lisp_Cons:
12815 {
12816 register Lisp_Object car, tem;
12817
12818 /* A cons cell: three distinct cases.
12819 If first element is a string or a cons, process all the elements
12820 and effectively concatenate them.
12821 If first element is a negative number, truncate displaying cdr to
12822 at most that many characters. If positive, pad (with spaces)
12823 to at least that many characters.
12824 If first element is a symbol, process the cadr or caddr recursively
12825 according to whether the symbol's value is non-nil or nil. */
12826 car = XCAR (elt);
12827 if (EQ (car, QCeval) && CONSP (XCDR (elt)))
12828 {
12829 /* An element of the form (:eval FORM) means evaluate FORM
12830 and use the result as mode line elements. */
12831 struct gcpro gcpro1;
12832 Lisp_Object spec;
12833
12834 spec = safe_eval (XCAR (XCDR (elt)));
12835 GCPRO1 (spec);
12836 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12837 precision - n, spec);
12838 UNGCPRO;
12839 }
12840 else if (SYMBOLP (car))
12841 {
12842 tem = Fboundp (car);
12843 elt = XCDR (elt);
12844 if (!CONSP (elt))
12845 goto invalid;
12846 /* elt is now the cdr, and we know it is a cons cell.
12847 Use its car if CAR has a non-nil value. */
12848 if (!NILP (tem))
12849 {
12850 tem = Fsymbol_value (car);
12851 if (!NILP (tem))
12852 {
12853 elt = XCAR (elt);
12854 goto tail_recurse;
12855 }
12856 }
12857 /* Symbol's value is nil (or symbol is unbound)
12858 Get the cddr of the original list
12859 and if possible find the caddr and use that. */
12860 elt = XCDR (elt);
12861 if (NILP (elt))
12862 break;
12863 else if (!CONSP (elt))
12864 goto invalid;
12865 elt = XCAR (elt);
12866 goto tail_recurse;
12867 }
12868 else if (INTEGERP (car))
12869 {
12870 register int lim = XINT (car);
12871 elt = XCDR (elt);
12872 if (lim < 0)
12873 {
12874 /* Negative int means reduce maximum width. */
12875 if (precision <= 0)
12876 precision = -lim;
12877 else
12878 precision = min (precision, -lim);
12879 }
12880 else if (lim > 0)
12881 {
12882 /* Padding specified. Don't let it be more than
12883 current maximum. */
12884 if (precision > 0)
12885 lim = min (precision, lim);
12886
12887 /* If that's more padding than already wanted, queue it.
12888 But don't reduce padding already specified even if
12889 that is beyond the current truncation point. */
12890 field_width = max (lim, field_width);
12891 }
12892 goto tail_recurse;
12893 }
12894 else if (STRINGP (car) || CONSP (car))
12895 {
12896 register int limit = 50;
12897 /* Limit is to protect against circular lists. */
12898 while (CONSP (elt)
12899 && --limit > 0
12900 && (precision <= 0 || n < precision))
12901 {
12902 n += display_mode_element (it, depth, field_width - n,
12903 precision - n, XCAR (elt));
12904 elt = XCDR (elt);
12905 }
12906 }
12907 }
12908 break;
12909
12910 default:
12911 invalid:
12912 if (frame_title_ptr)
12913 n += store_frame_title ("*invalid*", 0, precision - n);
12914 else
12915 n += display_string ("*invalid*", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, 0,
12916 precision - n, 0, 0);
12917 return n;
12918 }
12919
12920 /* Pad to FIELD_WIDTH. */
12921 if (field_width > 0 && n < field_width)
12922 {
12923 if (frame_title_ptr)
12924 n += store_frame_title ("", field_width - n, 0);
12925 else
12926 n += display_string ("", Qnil, Qnil, 0, 0, it, field_width - n,
12927 0, 0, 0);
12928 }
12929
12930 return n;
12931 }
12932
12933
12934 /* Write a null-terminated, right justified decimal representation of
12935 the positive integer D to BUF using a minimal field width WIDTH. */
12936
12937 static void
12938 pint2str (buf, width, d)
12939 register char *buf;
12940 register int width;
12941 register int d;
12942 {
12943 register char *p = buf;
12944
12945 if (d <= 0)
12946 *p++ = '0';
12947 else
12948 {
12949 while (d > 0)
12950 {
12951 *p++ = d % 10 + '0';
12952 d /= 10;
12953 }
12954 }
12955
12956 for (width -= (int) (p - buf); width > 0; --width)
12957 *p++ = ' ';
12958 *p-- = '\0';
12959 while (p > buf)
12960 {
12961 d = *buf;
12962 *buf++ = *p;
12963 *p-- = d;
12964 }
12965 }
12966
12967 /* Set a mnemonic character for coding_system (Lisp symbol) in BUF.
12968 If EOL_FLAG is 1, set also a mnemonic character for end-of-line
12969 type of CODING_SYSTEM. Return updated pointer into BUF. */
12970
12971 static unsigned char invalid_eol_type[] = "(*invalid*)";
12972
12973 static char *
12974 decode_mode_spec_coding (coding_system, buf, eol_flag)
12975 Lisp_Object coding_system;
12976 register char *buf;
12977 int eol_flag;
12978 {
12979 Lisp_Object val;
12980 int multibyte = !NILP (current_buffer->enable_multibyte_characters);
12981 unsigned char *eol_str;
12982 int eol_str_len;
12983 /* The EOL conversion we are using. */
12984 Lisp_Object eoltype;
12985
12986 val = Fget (coding_system, Qcoding_system);
12987 eoltype = Qnil;
12988
12989 if (!VECTORP (val)) /* Not yet decided. */
12990 {
12991 if (multibyte)
12992 *buf++ = '-';
12993 if (eol_flag)
12994 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
12995 /* Don't mention EOL conversion if it isn't decided. */
12996 }
12997 else
12998 {
12999 Lisp_Object eolvalue;
13000
13001 eolvalue = Fget (coding_system, Qeol_type);
13002
13003 if (multibyte)
13004 *buf++ = XFASTINT (XVECTOR (val)->contents[1]);
13005
13006 if (eol_flag)
13007 {
13008 /* The EOL conversion that is normal on this system. */
13009
13010 if (NILP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13011 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13012 else if (VECTORP (eolvalue)) /* Not yet decided. */
13013 eoltype = eol_mnemonic_undecided;
13014 else /* INTEGERP (eolvalue) -- 0:LF, 1:CRLF, 2:CR */
13015 eoltype = (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 0
13016 ? eol_mnemonic_unix
13017 : (XFASTINT (eolvalue) == 1
13018 ? eol_mnemonic_dos : eol_mnemonic_mac));
13019 }
13020 }
13021
13022 if (eol_flag)
13023 {
13024 /* Mention the EOL conversion if it is not the usual one. */
13025 if (STRINGP (eoltype))
13026 {
13027 eol_str = XSTRING (eoltype)->data;
13028 eol_str_len = XSTRING (eoltype)->size;
13029 }
13030 else if (INTEGERP (eoltype)
13031 && CHAR_VALID_P (XINT (eoltype), 0))
13032 {
13033 eol_str = (unsigned char *) alloca (MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH);
13034 eol_str_len = CHAR_STRING (XINT (eoltype), eol_str);
13035 }
13036 else
13037 {
13038 eol_str = invalid_eol_type;
13039 eol_str_len = sizeof (invalid_eol_type) - 1;
13040 }
13041 bcopy (eol_str, buf, eol_str_len);
13042 buf += eol_str_len;
13043 }
13044
13045 return buf;
13046 }
13047
13048 /* Return a string for the output of a mode line %-spec for window W,
13049 generated by character C. PRECISION >= 0 means don't return a
13050 string longer than that value. FIELD_WIDTH > 0 means pad the
13051 string returned with spaces to that value. */
13052
13053 static char lots_of_dashes[] = "--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------";
13054
13055 static char *
13056 decode_mode_spec (w, c, field_width, precision)
13057 struct window *w;
13058 register int c;
13059 int field_width, precision;
13060 {
13061 Lisp_Object obj;
13062 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
13063 char *decode_mode_spec_buf = f->decode_mode_spec_buffer;
13064 struct buffer *b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
13065
13066 obj = Qnil;
13067
13068 switch (c)
13069 {
13070 case '*':
13071 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13072 return "%";
13073 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13074 return "*";
13075 return "-";
13076
13077 case '+':
13078 /* This differs from %* only for a modified read-only buffer. */
13079 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13080 return "*";
13081 if (!NILP (b->read_only))
13082 return "%";
13083 return "-";
13084
13085 case '&':
13086 /* This differs from %* in ignoring read-only-ness. */
13087 if (BUF_MODIFF (b) > BUF_SAVE_MODIFF (b))
13088 return "*";
13089 return "-";
13090
13091 case '%':
13092 return "%";
13093
13094 case '[':
13095 {
13096 int i;
13097 char *p;
13098
13099 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13100 return "[[[... ";
13101 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13102 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13103 *p++ = '[';
13104 *p = 0;
13105 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13106 }
13107
13108 case ']':
13109 {
13110 int i;
13111 char *p;
13112
13113 if (command_loop_level > 5)
13114 return " ...]]]";
13115 p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13116 for (i = 0; i < command_loop_level; i++)
13117 *p++ = ']';
13118 *p = 0;
13119 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13120 }
13121
13122 case '-':
13123 {
13124 register int i;
13125
13126 /* Let lots_of_dashes be a string of infinite length. */
13127 if (field_width <= 0
13128 || field_width > sizeof (lots_of_dashes))
13129 {
13130 for (i = 0; i < FRAME_MESSAGE_BUF_SIZE (f) - 1; ++i)
13131 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '-';
13132 decode_mode_spec_buf[i] = '\0';
13133 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13134 }
13135 else
13136 return lots_of_dashes;
13137 }
13138
13139 case 'b':
13140 obj = b->name;
13141 break;
13142
13143 case 'c':
13144 {
13145 int col = current_column ();
13146 XSETFASTINT (w->column_number_displayed, col);
13147 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, col);
13148 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13149 }
13150
13151 case 'F':
13152 /* %F displays the frame name. */
13153 if (!NILP (f->title))
13154 return (char *) XSTRING (f->title)->data;
13155 if (f->explicit_name || ! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13156 return (char *) XSTRING (f->name)->data;
13157 return "Emacs";
13158
13159 case 'f':
13160 obj = b->filename;
13161 break;
13162
13163 case 'l':
13164 {
13165 int startpos = XMARKER (w->start)->charpos;
13166 int startpos_byte = marker_byte_position (w->start);
13167 int line, linepos, linepos_byte, topline;
13168 int nlines, junk;
13169 int height = XFASTINT (w->height);
13170
13171 /* If we decided that this buffer isn't suitable for line numbers,
13172 don't forget that too fast. */
13173 if (EQ (w->base_line_pos, w->buffer))
13174 goto no_value;
13175 /* But do forget it, if the window shows a different buffer now. */
13176 else if (BUFFERP (w->base_line_pos))
13177 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13178
13179 /* If the buffer is very big, don't waste time. */
13180 if (INTEGERP (Vline_number_display_limit)
13181 && BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b) > XINT (Vline_number_display_limit))
13182 {
13183 w->base_line_pos = Qnil;
13184 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13185 goto no_value;
13186 }
13187
13188 if (!NILP (w->base_line_number)
13189 && !NILP (w->base_line_pos)
13190 && XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos) <= startpos)
13191 {
13192 line = XFASTINT (w->base_line_number);
13193 linepos = XFASTINT (w->base_line_pos);
13194 linepos_byte = buf_charpos_to_bytepos (b, linepos);
13195 }
13196 else
13197 {
13198 line = 1;
13199 linepos = BUF_BEGV (b);
13200 linepos_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13201 }
13202
13203 /* Count lines from base line to window start position. */
13204 nlines = display_count_lines (linepos, linepos_byte,
13205 startpos_byte,
13206 startpos, &junk);
13207
13208 topline = nlines + line;
13209
13210 /* Determine a new base line, if the old one is too close
13211 or too far away, or if we did not have one.
13212 "Too close" means it's plausible a scroll-down would
13213 go back past it. */
13214 if (startpos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13215 {
13216 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline);
13217 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BUF_BEGV (b));
13218 }
13219 else if (nlines < height + 25 || nlines > height * 3 + 50
13220 || linepos == BUF_BEGV (b))
13221 {
13222 int limit = BUF_BEGV (b);
13223 int limit_byte = BUF_BEGV_BYTE (b);
13224 int position;
13225 int distance = (height * 2 + 30) * line_number_display_limit_width;
13226
13227 if (startpos - distance > limit)
13228 {
13229 limit = startpos - distance;
13230 limit_byte = CHAR_TO_BYTE (limit);
13231 }
13232
13233 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13234 limit_byte,
13235 - (height * 2 + 30),
13236 &position);
13237 /* If we couldn't find the lines we wanted within
13238 line_number_display_limit_width chars per line,
13239 give up on line numbers for this window. */
13240 if (position == limit_byte && limit == startpos - distance)
13241 {
13242 w->base_line_pos = w->buffer;
13243 w->base_line_number = Qnil;
13244 goto no_value;
13245 }
13246
13247 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_number, topline - nlines);
13248 XSETFASTINT (w->base_line_pos, BYTE_TO_CHAR (position));
13249 }
13250
13251 /* Now count lines from the start pos to point. */
13252 nlines = display_count_lines (startpos, startpos_byte,
13253 PT_BYTE, PT, &junk);
13254
13255 /* Record that we did display the line number. */
13256 line_number_displayed = 1;
13257
13258 /* Make the string to show. */
13259 pint2str (decode_mode_spec_buf, field_width, topline + nlines);
13260 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13261 no_value:
13262 {
13263 char* p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13264 int pad = field_width - 2;
13265 while (pad-- > 0)
13266 *p++ = ' ';
13267 *p++ = '?';
13268 *p++ = '?';
13269 *p = '\0';
13270 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13271 }
13272 }
13273 break;
13274
13275 case 'm':
13276 obj = b->mode_name;
13277 break;
13278
13279 case 'n':
13280 if (BUF_BEGV (b) > BUF_BEG (b) || BUF_ZV (b) < BUF_Z (b))
13281 return " Narrow";
13282 break;
13283
13284 case 'p':
13285 {
13286 int pos = marker_position (w->start);
13287 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13288
13289 if (XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos) <= BUF_Z (b) - BUF_ZV (b))
13290 {
13291 if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13292 return "All";
13293 else
13294 return "Bottom";
13295 }
13296 else if (pos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13297 return "Top";
13298 else
13299 {
13300 if (total > 1000000)
13301 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13302 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13303 else
13304 total = ((pos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13305 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13306 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13307 if (total == 100)
13308 total = 99;
13309 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13310 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13311 }
13312 }
13313
13314 /* Display percentage of size above the bottom of the screen. */
13315 case 'P':
13316 {
13317 int toppos = marker_position (w->start);
13318 int botpos = BUF_Z (b) - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos);
13319 int total = BUF_ZV (b) - BUF_BEGV (b);
13320
13321 if (botpos >= BUF_ZV (b))
13322 {
13323 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13324 return "All";
13325 else
13326 return "Bottom";
13327 }
13328 else
13329 {
13330 if (total > 1000000)
13331 /* Do it differently for a large value, to avoid overflow. */
13332 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) + (total / 100) - 1) / (total / 100);
13333 else
13334 total = ((botpos - BUF_BEGV (b)) * 100 + total - 1) / total;
13335 /* We can't normally display a 3-digit number,
13336 so get us a 2-digit number that is close. */
13337 if (total == 100)
13338 total = 99;
13339 if (toppos <= BUF_BEGV (b))
13340 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "Top%2d%%", total);
13341 else
13342 sprintf (decode_mode_spec_buf, "%2d%%", total);
13343 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13344 }
13345 }
13346
13347 case 's':
13348 /* status of process */
13349 obj = Fget_buffer_process (w->buffer);
13350 if (NILP (obj))
13351 return "no process";
13352 #ifdef subprocesses
13353 obj = Fsymbol_name (Fprocess_status (obj));
13354 #endif
13355 break;
13356
13357 case 't': /* indicate TEXT or BINARY */
13358 #ifdef MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT
13359 return MODE_LINE_BINARY_TEXT (b);
13360 #else
13361 return "T";
13362 #endif
13363
13364 case 'z':
13365 /* coding-system (not including end-of-line format) */
13366 case 'Z':
13367 /* coding-system (including end-of-line type) */
13368 {
13369 int eol_flag = (c == 'Z');
13370 char *p = decode_mode_spec_buf;
13371
13372 if (! FRAME_WINDOW_P (f))
13373 {
13374 /* No need to mention EOL here--the terminal never needs
13375 to do EOL conversion. */
13376 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (keyboard_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13377 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (terminal_coding.symbol, p, 0);
13378 }
13379 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (b->buffer_file_coding_system,
13380 p, eol_flag);
13381
13382 #if 0 /* This proves to be annoying; I think we can do without. -- rms. */
13383 #ifdef subprocesses
13384 obj = Fget_buffer_process (Fcurrent_buffer ());
13385 if (PROCESSP (obj))
13386 {
13387 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->decode_coding_system,
13388 p, eol_flag);
13389 p = decode_mode_spec_coding (XPROCESS (obj)->encode_coding_system,
13390 p, eol_flag);
13391 }
13392 #endif /* subprocesses */
13393 #endif /* 0 */
13394 *p = 0;
13395 return decode_mode_spec_buf;
13396 }
13397 }
13398
13399 if (STRINGP (obj))
13400 return (char *) XSTRING (obj)->data;
13401 else
13402 return "";
13403 }
13404
13405
13406 /* Count up to COUNT lines starting from START / START_BYTE.
13407 But don't go beyond LIMIT_BYTE.
13408 Return the number of lines thus found (always nonnegative).
13409
13410 Set *BYTE_POS_PTR to 1 if we found COUNT lines, 0 if we hit LIMIT. */
13411
13412 static int
13413 display_count_lines (start, start_byte, limit_byte, count, byte_pos_ptr)
13414 int start, start_byte, limit_byte, count;
13415 int *byte_pos_ptr;
13416 {
13417 register unsigned char *cursor;
13418 unsigned char *base;
13419
13420 register int ceiling;
13421 register unsigned char *ceiling_addr;
13422 int orig_count = count;
13423
13424 /* If we are not in selective display mode,
13425 check only for newlines. */
13426 int selective_display = (!NILP (current_buffer->selective_display)
13427 && !INTEGERP (current_buffer->selective_display));
13428
13429 if (count > 0)
13430 {
13431 while (start_byte < limit_byte)
13432 {
13433 ceiling = BUFFER_CEILING_OF (start_byte);
13434 ceiling = min (limit_byte - 1, ceiling);
13435 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) + 1;
13436 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte));
13437 while (1)
13438 {
13439 if (selective_display)
13440 while (*cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015 && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13441 ;
13442 else
13443 while (*cursor != '\n' && ++cursor != ceiling_addr)
13444 ;
13445
13446 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13447 {
13448 if (--count == 0)
13449 {
13450 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13451 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13452 return orig_count;
13453 }
13454 else
13455 if (++cursor == ceiling_addr)
13456 break;
13457 }
13458 else
13459 break;
13460 }
13461 start_byte += cursor - base;
13462 }
13463 }
13464 else
13465 {
13466 while (start_byte > limit_byte)
13467 {
13468 ceiling = BUFFER_FLOOR_OF (start_byte - 1);
13469 ceiling = max (limit_byte, ceiling);
13470 ceiling_addr = BYTE_POS_ADDR (ceiling) - 1;
13471 base = (cursor = BYTE_POS_ADDR (start_byte - 1) + 1);
13472 while (1)
13473 {
13474 if (selective_display)
13475 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr
13476 && *cursor != '\n' && *cursor != 015)
13477 ;
13478 else
13479 while (--cursor != ceiling_addr && *cursor != '\n')
13480 ;
13481
13482 if (cursor != ceiling_addr)
13483 {
13484 if (++count == 0)
13485 {
13486 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13487 *byte_pos_ptr = start_byte;
13488 /* When scanning backwards, we should
13489 not count the newline posterior to which we stop. */
13490 return - orig_count - 1;
13491 }
13492 }
13493 else
13494 break;
13495 }
13496 /* Here we add 1 to compensate for the last decrement
13497 of CURSOR, which took it past the valid range. */
13498 start_byte += cursor - base + 1;
13499 }
13500 }
13501
13502 *byte_pos_ptr = limit_byte;
13503
13504 if (count < 0)
13505 return - orig_count + count;
13506 return orig_count - count;
13507
13508 }
13509
13510
13511 \f
13512 /***********************************************************************
13513 Displaying strings
13514 ***********************************************************************/
13515
13516 /* Display a NUL-terminated string, starting with index START.
13517
13518 If STRING is non-null, display that C string. Otherwise, the Lisp
13519 string LISP_STRING is displayed.
13520
13521 If FACE_STRING is not nil, FACE_STRING_POS is a position in
13522 FACE_STRING. Display STRING or LISP_STRING with the face at
13523 FACE_STRING_POS in FACE_STRING:
13524
13525 Display the string in the environment given by IT, but use the
13526 standard display table, temporarily.
13527
13528 FIELD_WIDTH is the minimum number of output glyphs to produce.
13529 If STRING has fewer characters than FIELD_WIDTH, pad to the right
13530 with spaces. If STRING has more characters, more than FIELD_WIDTH
13531 glyphs will be produced. FIELD_WIDTH <= 0 means don't pad.
13532
13533 PRECISION is the maximum number of characters to output from
13534 STRING. PRECISION < 0 means don't truncate the string.
13535
13536 This is roughly equivalent to printf format specifiers:
13537
13538 FIELD_WIDTH PRECISION PRINTF
13539 ----------------------------------------
13540 -1 -1 %s
13541 -1 10 %.10s
13542 10 -1 %10s
13543 20 10 %20.10s
13544
13545 MULTIBYTE zero means do not display multibyte chars, > 0 means do
13546 display them, and < 0 means obey the current buffer's value of
13547 enable_multibyte_characters.
13548
13549 Value is the number of glyphs produced. */
13550
13551 static int
13552 display_string (string, lisp_string, face_string, face_string_pos,
13553 start, it, field_width, precision, max_x, multibyte)
13554 unsigned char *string;
13555 Lisp_Object lisp_string;
13556 Lisp_Object face_string;
13557 int face_string_pos;
13558 int start;
13559 struct it *it;
13560 int field_width, precision, max_x;
13561 int multibyte;
13562 {
13563 int hpos_at_start = it->hpos;
13564 int saved_face_id = it->face_id;
13565 struct glyph_row *row = it->glyph_row;
13566
13567 /* Initialize the iterator IT for iteration over STRING beginning
13568 with index START. We assume that IT may be modified here (which
13569 means that display_line has to do something when displaying a
13570 mini-buffer prompt, which it does). */
13571 reseat_to_string (it, string, lisp_string, start,
13572 precision, field_width, multibyte);
13573
13574 /* If displaying STRING, set up the face of the iterator
13575 from LISP_STRING, if that's given. */
13576 if (STRINGP (face_string))
13577 {
13578 int endptr;
13579 struct face *face;
13580
13581 it->face_id
13582 = face_at_string_position (it->w, face_string, face_string_pos,
13583 0, it->region_beg_charpos,
13584 it->region_end_charpos,
13585 &endptr, it->base_face_id);
13586 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
13587 it->face_box_p = face->box != FACE_NO_BOX;
13588 }
13589
13590 /* Set max_x to the maximum allowed X position. Don't let it go
13591 beyond the right edge of the window. */
13592 if (max_x <= 0)
13593 max_x = it->last_visible_x;
13594 else
13595 max_x = min (max_x, it->last_visible_x);
13596
13597 /* Skip over display elements that are not visible. because IT->w is
13598 hscrolled. */
13599 if (it->current_x < it->first_visible_x)
13600 move_it_in_display_line_to (it, 100000, it->first_visible_x,
13601 MOVE_TO_POS | MOVE_TO_X);
13602
13603 row->ascent = it->max_ascent;
13604 row->height = it->max_ascent + it->max_descent;
13605 row->phys_ascent = it->max_phys_ascent;
13606 row->phys_height = it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent;
13607
13608 /* This condition is for the case that we are called with current_x
13609 past last_visible_x. */
13610 while (it->current_x < max_x)
13611 {
13612 int x_before, x, n_glyphs_before, i, nglyphs;
13613
13614 /* Get the next display element. */
13615 if (!get_next_display_element (it))
13616 break;
13617
13618 /* Produce glyphs. */
13619 x_before = it->current_x;
13620 n_glyphs_before = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA];
13621 PRODUCE_GLYPHS (it);
13622
13623 nglyphs = it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] - n_glyphs_before;
13624 i = 0;
13625 x = x_before;
13626 while (i < nglyphs)
13627 {
13628 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + n_glyphs_before + i;
13629
13630 if (!it->truncate_lines_p
13631 && x + glyph->pixel_width > max_x)
13632 {
13633 /* End of continued line or max_x reached. */
13634 it->glyph_row->used[TEXT_AREA] = n_glyphs_before + i;
13635 it->current_x = x;
13636 break;
13637 }
13638 else if (x + glyph->pixel_width > it->first_visible_x)
13639 {
13640 /* Glyph is at least partially visible. */
13641 ++it->hpos;
13642 if (x < it->first_visible_x)
13643 it->glyph_row->x = x - it->first_visible_x;
13644 }
13645 else
13646 {
13647 /* Glyph is off the left margin of the display area.
13648 Should not happen. */
13649 abort ();
13650 }
13651
13652 row->ascent = max (row->ascent, it->max_ascent);
13653 row->height = max (row->height, it->max_ascent + it->max_descent);
13654 row->phys_ascent = max (row->phys_ascent, it->max_phys_ascent);
13655 row->phys_height = max (row->phys_height,
13656 it->max_phys_ascent + it->max_phys_descent);
13657 x += glyph->pixel_width;
13658 ++i;
13659 }
13660
13661 /* Stop if max_x reached. */
13662 if (i < nglyphs)
13663 break;
13664
13665 /* Stop at line ends. */
13666 if (ITERATOR_AT_END_OF_LINE_P (it))
13667 {
13668 it->continuation_lines_width = 0;
13669 break;
13670 }
13671
13672 set_iterator_to_next (it, 1);
13673
13674 /* Stop if truncating at the right edge. */
13675 if (it->truncate_lines_p
13676 && it->current_x >= it->last_visible_x)
13677 {
13678 /* Add truncation mark, but don't do it if the line is
13679 truncated at a padding space. */
13680 if (IT_CHARPOS (*it) < it->string_nchars)
13681 {
13682 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13683 produce_special_glyphs (it, IT_TRUNCATION);
13684 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_right_p = 1;
13685 }
13686 break;
13687 }
13688 }
13689
13690 /* Maybe insert a truncation at the left. */
13691 if (it->first_visible_x
13692 && IT_CHARPOS (*it) > 0)
13693 {
13694 if (!FRAME_WINDOW_P (it->f))
13695 insert_left_trunc_glyphs (it);
13696 it->glyph_row->truncated_on_left_p = 1;
13697 }
13698
13699 it->face_id = saved_face_id;
13700
13701 /* Value is number of columns displayed. */
13702 return it->hpos - hpos_at_start;
13703 }
13704
13705
13706 \f
13707 /* This is like a combination of memq and assq. Return 1 if PROPVAL
13708 appears as an element of LIST or as the car of an element of LIST.
13709 If PROPVAL is a list, compare each element against LIST in that
13710 way, and return 1 if any element of PROPVAL is found in LIST.
13711 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13712
13713 int
13714 invisible_p (propval, list)
13715 register Lisp_Object propval;
13716 Lisp_Object list;
13717 {
13718 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13719
13720 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13721 {
13722 register Lisp_Object tem;
13723 tem = XCAR (tail);
13724 if (EQ (propval, tem))
13725 return 1;
13726 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13727 return 1;
13728 }
13729
13730 if (CONSP (propval))
13731 {
13732 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13733 {
13734 Lisp_Object propelt;
13735 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13736 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13737 {
13738 register Lisp_Object tem;
13739 tem = XCAR (tail);
13740 if (EQ (propelt, tem))
13741 return 1;
13742 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13743 return 1;
13744 }
13745 }
13746 }
13747
13748 return 0;
13749 }
13750
13751
13752 /* Return 1 if PROPVAL appears as the car of an element of LIST and
13753 the cdr of that element is non-nil. If PROPVAL is a list, check
13754 each element of PROPVAL in that way, and the first time some
13755 element is found, return 1 if the cdr of that element is non-nil.
13756 Otherwise return 0. This function cannot quit. */
13757
13758 int
13759 invisible_ellipsis_p (propval, list)
13760 register Lisp_Object propval;
13761 Lisp_Object list;
13762 {
13763 register Lisp_Object tail, proptail;
13764
13765 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13766 {
13767 register Lisp_Object tem;
13768 tem = XCAR (tail);
13769 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propval, XCAR (tem)))
13770 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13771 }
13772
13773 if (CONSP (propval))
13774 for (proptail = propval; CONSP (proptail); proptail = XCDR (proptail))
13775 {
13776 Lisp_Object propelt;
13777 propelt = XCAR (proptail);
13778 for (tail = list; CONSP (tail); tail = XCDR (tail))
13779 {
13780 register Lisp_Object tem;
13781 tem = XCAR (tail);
13782 if (CONSP (tem) && EQ (propelt, XCAR (tem)))
13783 return ! NILP (XCDR (tem));
13784 }
13785 }
13786
13787 return 0;
13788 }
13789
13790
13791 \f
13792 /***********************************************************************
13793 Initialization
13794 ***********************************************************************/
13795
13796 void
13797 syms_of_xdisp ()
13798 {
13799 Vwith_echo_area_save_vector = Qnil;
13800 staticpro (&Vwith_echo_area_save_vector);
13801
13802 Vmessage_stack = Qnil;
13803 staticpro (&Vmessage_stack);
13804
13805 Qinhibit_redisplay = intern ("inhibit-redisplay");
13806 staticpro (&Qinhibit_redisplay);
13807
13808 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13809 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_matrix);
13810 defsubr (&Sdump_glyph_row);
13811 defsubr (&Sdump_tool_bar_row);
13812 defsubr (&Strace_redisplay_toggle);
13813 defsubr (&Strace_to_stderr);
13814 #endif
13815
13816 staticpro (&Qmenu_bar_update_hook);
13817 Qmenu_bar_update_hook = intern ("menu-bar-update-hook");
13818
13819 staticpro (&Qoverriding_terminal_local_map);
13820 Qoverriding_terminal_local_map = intern ("overriding-terminal-local-map");
13821
13822 staticpro (&Qoverriding_local_map);
13823 Qoverriding_local_map = intern ("overriding-local-map");
13824
13825 staticpro (&Qwindow_scroll_functions);
13826 Qwindow_scroll_functions = intern ("window-scroll-functions");
13827
13828 staticpro (&Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions);
13829 Qredisplay_end_trigger_functions = intern ("redisplay-end-trigger-functions");
13830
13831 staticpro (&Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks);
13832 Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks = intern ("inhibit-point-motion-hooks");
13833
13834 QCdata = intern (":data");
13835 staticpro (&QCdata);
13836 Qdisplay = intern ("display");
13837 staticpro (&Qdisplay);
13838 Qspace_width = intern ("space-width");
13839 staticpro (&Qspace_width);
13840 Qraise = intern ("raise");
13841 staticpro (&Qraise);
13842 Qspace = intern ("space");
13843 staticpro (&Qspace);
13844 Qmargin = intern ("margin");
13845 staticpro (&Qmargin);
13846 Qleft_margin = intern ("left-margin");
13847 staticpro (&Qleft_margin);
13848 Qright_margin = intern ("right-margin");
13849 staticpro (&Qright_margin);
13850 Qalign_to = intern ("align-to");
13851 staticpro (&Qalign_to);
13852 QCalign_to = intern (":align-to");
13853 staticpro (&QCalign_to);
13854 Qrelative_width = intern ("relative-width");
13855 staticpro (&Qrelative_width);
13856 QCrelative_width = intern (":relative-width");
13857 staticpro (&QCrelative_width);
13858 QCrelative_height = intern (":relative-height");
13859 staticpro (&QCrelative_height);
13860 QCeval = intern (":eval");
13861 staticpro (&QCeval);
13862 Qwhen = intern ("when");
13863 staticpro (&Qwhen);
13864 QCfile = intern (":file");
13865 staticpro (&QCfile);
13866 Qfontified = intern ("fontified");
13867 staticpro (&Qfontified);
13868 Qfontification_functions = intern ("fontification-functions");
13869 staticpro (&Qfontification_functions);
13870 Qtrailing_whitespace = intern ("trailing-whitespace");
13871 staticpro (&Qtrailing_whitespace);
13872 Qimage = intern ("image");
13873 staticpro (&Qimage);
13874 Qmessage_truncate_lines = intern ("message-truncate-lines");
13875 staticpro (&Qmessage_truncate_lines);
13876 Qgrow_only = intern ("grow-only");
13877 staticpro (&Qgrow_only);
13878
13879 last_arrow_position = Qnil;
13880 last_arrow_string = Qnil;
13881 staticpro (&last_arrow_position);
13882 staticpro (&last_arrow_string);
13883
13884 echo_buffer[0] = echo_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13885 staticpro (&echo_buffer[0]);
13886 staticpro (&echo_buffer[1]);
13887
13888 echo_area_buffer[0] = echo_area_buffer[1] = Qnil;
13889 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[0]);
13890 staticpro (&echo_area_buffer[1]);
13891
13892 Vmessages_buffer_name = build_string ("*Messages*");
13893 staticpro (&Vmessages_buffer_name);
13894
13895 DEFVAR_LISP ("show-trailing-whitespace", &Vshow_trailing_whitespace,
13896 "Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace.\n\
13897 The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.");
13898 Vshow_trailing_whitespace = Qnil;
13899
13900 DEFVAR_LISP ("inhibit-redisplay", &Vinhibit_redisplay,
13901 "Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay.\n\
13902 This is used for internal purposes.");
13903 Vinhibit_redisplay = Qnil;
13904
13905 DEFVAR_LISP ("global-mode-string", &Vglobal_mode_string,
13906 "String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.");
13907 Vglobal_mode_string = Qnil;
13908
13909 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-position", &Voverlay_arrow_position,
13910 "Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text.\n\
13911 This must be the beginning of a line in order to work.\n\
13912 See also `overlay-arrow-string'.");
13913 Voverlay_arrow_position = Qnil;
13914
13915 DEFVAR_LISP ("overlay-arrow-string", &Voverlay_arrow_string,
13916 "String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.");
13917 Voverlay_arrow_string = Qnil;
13918
13919 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-step", &scroll_step,
13920 "*The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out.\n\
13921 If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead.\n\
13922 If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame.\n\
13923 If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set\n\
13924 `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.");
13925
13926 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-conservatively", &scroll_conservatively,
13927 "*Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen.\n\
13928 A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically\n\
13929 in the window.");
13930 scroll_conservatively = 0;
13931
13932 DEFVAR_INT ("scroll-margin", &scroll_margin,
13933 "*Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window.\n\
13934 Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines\n\
13935 of the top or bottom of the window.");
13936 scroll_margin = 0;
13937
13938 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
13939 DEFVAR_INT ("debug-end-pos", &debug_end_pos, "Don't ask");
13940 #endif
13941
13942 DEFVAR_BOOL ("truncate-partial-width-windows",
13943 &truncate_partial_width_windows,
13944 "*Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.");
13945 truncate_partial_width_windows = 1;
13946
13947 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mode-line-inverse-video", &mode_line_inverse_video,
13948 "nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face.\n\
13949 Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line',\n\
13950 `header-line', or `menu' respectively.\n\
13951 \n\
13952 This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.");
13953 mode_line_inverse_video = 1;
13954
13955 DEFVAR_LISP ("line-number-display-limit", &Vline_number_display_limit,
13956 "*Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed.\n\
13957 If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear\n\
13958 in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.");
13959 Vline_number_display_limit = Qnil;
13960
13961 DEFVAR_INT ("line-number-display-limit-width",
13962 &line_number_display_limit_width,
13963 "*Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display.\n\
13964 If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the\n\
13965 line number may be omitted from the mode line.");
13966 line_number_display_limit_width = 200;
13967
13968 DEFVAR_BOOL ("highlight-nonselected-windows", &highlight_nonselected_windows,
13969 "*Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.");
13970 highlight_nonselected_windows = 0;
13971
13972 DEFVAR_BOOL ("multiple-frames", &multiple_frames,
13973 "Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display.\n\
13974 Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do.\n\
13975 This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing\n\
13976 `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.");
13977
13978 DEFVAR_LISP ("frame-title-format", &Vframe_title_format,
13979 "Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames.\n\
13980 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
13981 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
13982 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
13983 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
13984 DEFVAR_LISP ("icon-title-format", &Vicon_title_format,
13985 "Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame.\n\
13986 \(Assuming the window manager supports this feature.)\n\
13987 This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see),\n\
13988 and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set\n\
13989 \(see `modify-frame-parameters').");
13990 Vicon_title_format
13991 = Vframe_title_format
13992 = Fcons (intern ("multiple-frames"),
13993 Fcons (build_string ("%b"),
13994 Fcons (Fcons (build_string (""),
13995 Fcons (intern ("invocation-name"),
13996 Fcons (build_string ("@"),
13997 Fcons (intern ("system-name"),
13998 Qnil)))),
13999 Qnil)));
14000
14001 DEFVAR_LISP ("message-log-max", &Vmessage_log_max,
14002 "Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer.\n\
14003 If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate\n\
14004 the buffer when it becomes large.");
14005 XSETFASTINT (Vmessage_log_max, 50);
14006
14007 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-size-change-functions", &Vwindow_size_change_functions,
14008 "Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed.\n\
14009 The value should be a list of functions that take one argument.\n\
14010 Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed\n\
14011 size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted,\n\
14012 all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.");
14013 Vwindow_size_change_functions = Qnil;
14014
14015 DEFVAR_LISP ("window-scroll-functions", &Vwindow_scroll_functions,
14016 "List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling.\n\
14017 Each function is called with two arguments, the window\n\
14018 and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end'\n\
14019 is not valid when these functions are called.");
14020 Vwindow_scroll_functions = Qnil;
14021
14022 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-resize-tool-bars", &auto_resize_tool_bars_p,
14023 "*Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars.\n\
14024 This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible.\n\
14025 It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines\n\
14026 otherwise.");
14027 auto_resize_tool_bars_p = 1;
14028
14029 DEFVAR_BOOL ("auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons", &auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p,
14030 "*Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.");
14031 auto_raise_tool_bar_buttons_p = 1;
14032
14033 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-margin", &tool_bar_button_margin,
14034 "*Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels.");
14035 tool_bar_button_margin = 1;
14036
14037 DEFVAR_INT ("tool-bar-button-relief", &tool_bar_button_relief,
14038 "Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.");
14039 tool_bar_button_relief = 3;
14040
14041 DEFVAR_LISP ("fontification-functions", &Vfontification_functions,
14042 "List of functions to call to fontify regions of text.\n\
14043 Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must\n\
14044 fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give\n\
14045 fontified regions the property `fontified'.\n\
14046 This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.");
14047 Vfontification_functions = Qnil;
14048 Fmake_variable_buffer_local (Qfontification_functions);
14049
14050 DEFVAR_BOOL ("unibyte-display-via-language-environment",
14051 &unibyte_display_via_language_environment,
14052 "*Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment.\n\
14053 Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters\n\
14054 are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters\n\
14055 according to the current language environment. As a result, they are\n\
14056 displayed according to the current fontset.");
14057 unibyte_display_via_language_environment = 0;
14058
14059 DEFVAR_LISP ("max-mini-window-height", &Vmax_mini_window_height,
14060 "*Maximum height for resizing mini-windows.\n\
14061 If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height.\n\
14062 If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.");
14063 Vmax_mini_window_height = make_float (0.25);
14064
14065 DEFVAR_LISP ("resize-mini-windows", &Vresize_mini_windows,
14066 "*How to resize mini-windows.\n\
14067 A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows.\n\
14068 A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them.\n\
14069 A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow\n\
14070 only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows\n\
14071 go back to their normal size.");
14072 Vresize_mini_windows = Qgrow_only;
14073
14074 DEFVAR_BOOL ("cursor-in-non-selected-windows",
14075 &cursor_in_non_selected_windows,
14076 "*Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows.\n\
14077 Nil means don't display a cursor there.");
14078 cursor_in_non_selected_windows = 1;
14079
14080 DEFVAR_BOOL ("automatic-hscrolling", &automatic_hscrolling_p,
14081 "*Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.");
14082 automatic_hscrolling_p = 1;
14083
14084 DEFVAR_LISP ("image-types", &Vimage_types,
14085 "List of supported image types.\n\
14086 Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.");
14087 Vimage_types = Qnil;
14088
14089 DEFVAR_BOOL ("message-truncate-lines", &message_truncate_lines,
14090 "If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area.\n\
14091 Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.");
14092 message_truncate_lines = 0;
14093
14094 DEFVAR_LISP ("menu-bar-update-hook", &Vmenu_bar_update_hook,
14095 "Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu.\n\
14096 Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.");
14097 Vmenu_bar_update_hook = Qnil;
14098 }
14099
14100
14101 /* Initialize this module when Emacs starts. */
14102
14103 void
14104 init_xdisp ()
14105 {
14106 Lisp_Object root_window;
14107 struct window *mini_w;
14108
14109 current_header_line_height = current_mode_line_height = -1;
14110
14111 CHARPOS (this_line_start_pos) = 0;
14112
14113 mini_w = XWINDOW (minibuf_window);
14114 root_window = FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (mini_w)));
14115
14116 if (!noninteractive)
14117 {
14118 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (root_window)));
14119 int i;
14120
14121 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->top, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f));
14122 set_window_height (root_window,
14123 FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1 - FRAME_TOP_MARGIN (f),
14124 0);
14125 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->top, FRAME_HEIGHT (f) - 1);
14126 set_window_height (minibuf_window, 1, 0);
14127
14128 XSETFASTINT (XWINDOW (root_window)->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14129 XSETFASTINT (mini_w->width, FRAME_WIDTH (f));
14130
14131 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA] = scratch_glyphs;
14132 scratch_glyph_row.glyphs[TEXT_AREA + 1]
14133 = scratch_glyphs + MAX_SCRATCH_GLYPHS;
14134
14135 /* The default ellipsis glyphs `...'. */
14136 for (i = 0; i < 3; ++i)
14137 XSETFASTINT (default_invis_vector[i], '.');
14138 }
14139
14140 #ifdef HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM
14141 {
14142 /* Allocate the buffer for frame titles. */
14143 int size = 100;
14144 frame_title_buf = (char *) xmalloc (size);
14145 frame_title_buf_end = frame_title_buf + size;
14146 frame_title_ptr = NULL;
14147 }
14148 #endif /* HAVE_WINDOW_SYSTEM */
14149
14150 help_echo_showing_p = 0;
14151 }
14152
14153